price_eur_br

price_eur_br_a

additional_softcover

springer_reference

nr_of_arabic_pages

key_book_for_libraries

pub_date_actual_sec_loc

pub_date_planned_sec_loc

ebook_info_no_e_rights

intellectual_unit_id

more_media_app

978-1-349-96075-0

Political Science and International Studies

Flags of the World/Map of the World .- Key World Facts.- Chronology of World Events.- PART I International Organizations.- PART II: COUNTRIES OF THE WORLD A-Z.- Key Historical Events.- Territory and Population.- Social Statistics.- Climate.- Constitution and Government.- Government Chronology.- Recent Elections.- Current Government.- Current Leaders.- Defence.- Economy.- Energy and Natural Resources.- Environment.- Industry.- International Trade.- Communications.- Social Institutions.- Culture.- Diplomatic Representatives.- Further Reading.- Sources.- Abbreviations.- Place and International Organizations Index.- Index of Current leaders.

This classic reference work presents a political, economic and social account of every country of the world together with facts and analysis. The 2023 edition includes: Revised and updated biographical profiles of all current leaders
Extensive updates to national economic overviews
Accurate historical introductions
Comprehensive coverage of major international organizations and think tanks
Every country ranked for the ease of doing business

REVIEWS OF PREVIOUS EDITIONS‘… an indispensable reference work that any library should have. It deciphers the alphabet soup of international organizations and provides essential basic information on countries …’ Dennis Jett, Professor of International Affairs, Penn State University‘For more than a century and a half The Statesman’s Yearbook has provided scholars and practitioners with reliable and accurate political and economic information about the ever morecomplex world in which we live. Even in the age of the internet such a balanced and trustworthy resource remains essential.’ Roger E. Kanet, University of Miami and University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign (retd)‘Over 1,000 pages of essential facts. Just as current but more reliable than the internet, I consult it almost daily.’ Professor R. N. Lebow, King’s College London‘… this remains the preeminent and most comprehensive ready-reference source for current material about countries worldwide. Highly recommended.’ Donald Altschiller, Boston University Library‘The fact that so much information can be crammed into one volume is a testament to the care and research involved.’ The Diplomat‘All you need to know about the population of various states and countries, officials, exports, constitutions, governments, diplomatic representatives, religion, finance and basic histories.’ The New York Times

Now in its 159th edition, The Statesman's Yearbook continues to be the reference work of choice for accurate and reliable information on every country in the world. Covering political, economic, social and cultural aspects, the Yearbook is also available online for subscribing institutions.

Contains reliable information on every country in the worldDetails political, economic, social, and cultural aspectsRanked as one of the 20 best reference works of the millennium by Library Journal

Palgrave Macmillan is a global academic publisher for scholarship, research and professional learning. We publish monographs, journals, reference works and professional titles, online and in print. With a focus on humanities and social sciences, Palgrave Macmillan offers authors and readers the very best in academic content whilst also supporting the community with innovative new formats and tools.

Palgrave Reference US (P3)

9781349960750

/Political Science/Politics and International Studies/Humanities and Social Sciences/

/Political Science/Politics and International Studies/Humanities and Social Sciences//////

10.1057/978-1-349-96076-7

Porcia B. Love, Montgomery Dermatology, PC, Montgomery, AL, USA; Roopal V. Kundu, Northwestern University Feinberg School of Medicine, Chicago, IL, USA

Medical, Oncological and Hair Disorders, and Cosmetic Dermatology

Discoid lupus erythematosus.- Sarcoidosis.- Traction alopecia.- Androgenetic alopecia.- Central centrifugal cicatricial alopecia.- Keloids.- Basal cell carcinoma.- Squamous cell carcinoma.- Melanoma.- Cutaneous T-cell lymphoma.- Dermatofibrosarcoma protuberans.- Dermatosis papulosa nigra.- Chemical peels.- Laser hair removal.- Dermal fillers.

This book identifies the most common presentations and essential features of top dermatological conditions in patients with skin of color. It presents practical information in a case-based organization to assist dermatologists in clinical decision making, and discusses important cultural beliefs that must be considered in order to provide optimal care to patients with skin of color.

There is an increasing demand for dermatologic treatments in patients with skin of color, as well as an accompanying need for education and training in this quickly expanding market. Skin of color is a key topic within dermatology as specific conditions can be harder to diagnose effectively in darker skin, and patients’ treatment can be compromised by this. Clinical Cases in Skin of Color: Medical, Oncological and Hair Disorders, and Cosmetic Dermatology is a concise resource with practical guidance for board certified dermatologists and dermatologists in training.

This book identifies the most common presentations and essential features of top dermatological conditions in patients with skin of color. It presents practical information in a case-based organization to assist dermatologists in clinical decision making, and discusses important cultural beliefs that must be considered in order to provide optimal care to patients with skin of color.
There is an increasing demand for dermatologic treatments in patients with skin of color, as well as an accompanying need for education and training in this quickly expanding market. Skin of color is a key topic within dermatology as specific conditions can be harder to diagnose effectively in darker skin, and patients’ treatment can be compromised by this. Clinical Cases in Skin of Color: Medical, Oncological and Hair Disorders, and Cosmetic Dermatology is a concise resource with practical guidance for board certified dermatologists and dermatologists in training.

Concise practical guidance to board certified dermatologists and dermatologists in training in the rapidly growing field of skin of colorIncludes chapters on the most common presentations of dermatologic disease in the skin of color population?Carefully illustrated to highlight evidence-based practice in skin of color

Dr. Porcia Bradford Love is a native of Montgomery, Alabama. She received her undergraduate degree in Biology from the University of Alabama and her medical degree from Duke University School of Medicine. Dr. Love completed a General Surgery Internship at Vanderbilt University Medical Center and her Dermatology residency at Duke University Hospital, where she served as Chief Resident. She also completed a postdoctoral clinical research fellowship at the National Institutes of Health in Bethesda, MD, where she conducted population-based studies on skin cancer. Dr. Love is board certified in Dermatology and practices General, Surgical, and Cosmetic Dermatology at Montgomery Dermatology, PC in Montgomery, Alabama. Dr. Roopal Kundu is a board-certified general medical dermatologist. Dr. Kundu's research focuses on the therapy of skin disorders that occur more frequently or adversely impact individuals with skin of color. She is the Director of the Northwestern Centerfor Ethnic Skin, which provides clinical care, cosmetic dermatology and clinical trials research.

9783319236148

978-3-319-44795-7

Jamal J. Hoballah, American University of Beirut, Medical Center, Beirut, Lebanon; Carol E. H. Scott-Conner, University of Iowa Carver, College of Medicine, Iowa City, IA, USA; Hui Sen Chong, University of Iowa Carver, College of Medicine, Iowa City, IA, USA

Ivor Lewis Esophagectomy (Laparotomy, Right Thoracotomy with Thoracic Anastomosis).- McKeown Esophagectomy/Three Incision Esophagectomy (Laparotomy, Right Thoracotomy with Cervical Anastomosis).- Transhiatal Esophagectomy.- Transhiatal Esophagogastrectomy with Colonic Interposition.- Minimally Invasive Esophagectomy.- Transabdominal Nissen Fundoplication.- Laparoscopic Nissen Fundoplication.- Laparoscopic Partial Fundoplication.- Laparoscopic Magnetic Sphincter Augmentation Device Using the Linx System.- Transthoracic Collis Gastroplasty and Nissen Fundoplication.- Laparoscopic Collis Gastroplasty and Nissen Fundoplication.- Laparoscopic Repair of Paraesophageal Hernia, with Nissen Fundoplication .- Cricopharyngeal Myotomy and Operation for Pharyngoesophageal (Zenker’s) Diverticulum.- Transoral Surgery for Zenker’s Diverticulum.- Esophagomyotomy for Achalasia and Diffuse Esophageal Spasm.- Laparoscopic Esophagomyotomy with Partial Fundoplication.- Upper Endoscopy – Diagnostic and Therapeutic .- Percutaneous Endoscopic Gastrostomy.- Open (Stamm) Gastrostomy.- Gastrojejunostomy.- Laparoscopic Gastrojejunostomy.- Plication of Perforated Peptic Ulcer.- Laparoscopic Plication of Perforated Ulcer.- Proximal Gastric Vagotomy.- Truncal Vagotomy and Pyloroplasty.- Partial Gastrectomy with Billroth I Reconstruction.- Partial Gastrectomy with Billroth II Reconstruction.- Laparoscopic Distal Gastrectomy with Billroth II Reconstruction.- Laparoscopic Partial Gastrectomy with Roux-En-Y Gastrojejunostomy Reconstruction .- Subtotal Gastrectomy with D2 Nodal Dissection, Roux-en-Y Reconstruction for Cancer.- Total Gastrectomy with D2 Nodal Dissection, Roux-en-Y Reconstruction, Feeding Tube Jejunostomy.- Vertical Banded Gastroplasty.- Laparoscopic Adjustable Gastric Banding for Obesity.- Open Roux-en-Y Gastric Bypass.- Laparoscopic Antecolic Roux-en-Y Gastric Bypass.- Laparoscopic Sleeve Gastrectomy.- Simple Excision of Duodenal Diverticulum.- Transduodenal Excision of Duodenal Diverticulum.- Open Feeding Jejunostomy.- Laparoscopic Feeding Jejunostomy.- Open Adhesiolysis for Small Bowel Obstruction.- Laparoscopic Enterolysis for Small Bowel Obstruction.- Small Bowel Resection.- Laparoscopic Small Bowel Resection.- Resection of Meckel’s Diverticulum.- Lower Endoscopy: Colonoscopy, and Flexible or Rigid Sigmoidoscopy.- Open Appendectomy.- Laparoscopic Appendectomy.- Right Hemicolectomy.- Laparoscopic Right Hemicolectomy.- Left Hemicolectomy.- Laparoscopic Left Hemicolectomy.- Low Anterior Resection.- Laparoscopic Low Anterior Resection.- Robotic Low Anterior Resection.- Hartmann’s Procedure.- Reversal of Hartmann’s Procedure .- Laparoscopic Closure of Hartmann’s Procedure.- Subtotal Colectomy with Ileostomy and Hartmann’s Pouch.- Laparoscopic Subtotal Colectomy with Ileostomy and Hartmann’s Pouch.- Subtotal Colectomy for Lower Gastrointestinal Bleeding.- Total Proctocolectomy with Ileoanal Reservoir and Ileoanal Anastomosis.- Laparoscopic Total Proctocolectomy with Ileal Pouch to Anal Canal Anastomosis with Diverting Loop Ileostomy.- Total Proctocolectomy with End Ileostomy.- Laparoscopic Total Proctocolectomy with End Ileostomy.- Abdominoperineal Resection.- Laparoscopic Abdominoperineal Resection.- End Ileostomy.- Loop Ileostomy.- Laparoscopic Loop Ostomy (Loop Ileostomy and Sigmoid Colostomy).- Closure of Loop Ileostomy.- Transverse Loop Colostomy.- Closure of Transverse Loop Colostomy.- Sigmoid Resection and Rectopexy (Frykman-Goldberg Procedure).- Open Rectopexy.- Laparoscopic Ventral Mesh Rectopexy.- Altemeier Procedure (Perineal Rectosigmoidectomy).- Delorme Procedure.- Implantation of Sacral Nerve Stimulator.- Drainage of Perirectal Abscess.- Rubber Band Ligation of Internal Hemorrhoids.- Surgical Hemorrhoidectomy.- Stapled Hemorrhoidectomy.- Anorectal Fistulotomy.- Lateral Internal Sphincterotomy .- Anal Fistula Plug.- Endorectal Mucosal Ad

This text is a fully updated and revised third edition of a highly successful text. The format of this text is unique and has been very successful. A total of 286 short chapters organized into 24 Sections provide operative dictation templates for all of the common and the vast majority of the uncommon and even rare operations performed by general and vascular surgeons. Each chapter also provides a succinct synopsis of the operation through bullet-ed lists which include Indications, Essential Steps, Note these Variations, and Complications. The book thus serves two purposes: these operative dictation templates can be used verbatim when dictating the operative note for a procedure; and the book provides ready reference to the trainee going into the operating room to do the procedure for the first time, or to someone preparing for their Board examinations. Space for notes allows surgeons to personalize the book and turn it into a resource unique to their situation. Fully updatedand expanded, Operative Dictations in General and Vascular Surgery, Third Edition includes significant additions that include flexible endoscopic procedures (now recognized as a core part of general surgery training and practice), single incision laparoscopic cholecystectomy, and robotic approaches to the rectum. The endovascular procedures have been significantly expanded, as have the approaches to venous disease and to A-V fistula creation. Operative Dictations in General and Vascular Surgery, Third Edition is intended for practicing surgeons, who may modify each template to reflect their own individual practice. It also serves as a concise reminder of essential steps in those operations that may be only rarely performed.

This text is a fully updated and revised third edition of a highly successful text. The format of this text is unique and has been very successful. A total of 286 short chapters organized into 24 Sections provide operative dictation templates for all of the common and the vast majority of the uncommon and even rare operations performed by general and vascular surgeons. Each chapter also provides a succinct synopsis of the operation through bullet-ed lists which include Indications, Essential Steps, Note these Variations, and Complications. The book thus serves two purposes: these operative dictation templates can be used verbatim when dictating the operative note for a procedure; and the book provides ready reference to the trainee going into the operating room to do the procedure for the first time, or to someone preparing for their Board examinations. Space for notes allows surgeons to personalize the book and turn it into a resource unique to their situation. Fully updated and expanded, Operative Dictations in General and Vascular Surgery, Third Edition includes significant additions that include flexible endoscopic procedures (now recognized as a core part of general surgery training and practice), single incision laparoscopic cholecystectomy, and robotic approaches to the rectum. The endovascular procedures have been significantly expanded, as have the approaches to venous disease and to A-V fistula creation. Operative Dictations in General and Vascular Surgery, Third Edition is intended for practicing surgeons, who may modify each template to reflect their own individual practice. It also serves as a concise reminder of essential steps in those operations that may be only rarely performed.

Fully updated and revised new editionProvides step-by-step operative detailsProven tool for surgical residents and residents in practiceChapters written by experts in their respective fields

<div>Jamal J. Hoballah, MD, MBA, FACS</div><div>Professor and Chairman</div><div>Department of Surgery</div><div>American University of Beirut Medical Center Beirut, Lebanon</div><div>
</div><div>Carol E.H. Scott-Conner, MD, PhD</div><div>Professor Emeritus</div><div>Department of Surgery</div><div>University of Iowa Carver College of Medicine Iowa City, Iowa USA</div><div><div>
</div><div>Hui Sen Chong, MD, FACS</div><div>Clinical Associate Professor</div><div>Department of Surgery</div><div>University of Iowa Carver College of Medicine</div><div>Iowa City, Iowa</div><div>USA</div></div><div>
</div>

9783319447957

/General Surgery/Surgery/Life Sciences/Health Sciences//Minimally Invasive Surgery/Surgery/Life Sciences/Health Sciences//Surgery/Life Sciences/Health Sciences//Vascular Surgery/Surgery/Life Sciences/Health Sciences///

10.1007/978-3-319-44797-1

978-1-349-96072-9

Preface.- How to Use The Grants Register.- The Grants Register.- Subject and Eligibility Guide to Awards.- Index of Awards.- Index of Discounted Awards.- Index of Awarding Organizations.

The Grants Register 2024 is the most authoritative and comprehensive guide available of postgraduate and professional funding worldwide. It contains international coverage of grants in almost 60 countries, both English and non-English speaking; information on subject areas, level of study, eligibility and value of awards; and information on over 6,000 awards provided by over 1,300 awarding bodies. Awarding bodies are arranged alphabetically with a full list of awards to allow for comprehensive reading. The Register contains full contact details including telephone, fax, email and websites as well as details of application procedures and closing dates.<div>
</div><div>It is updated annually to ensure accurate information.</div>

<p>Provides coverage of grants in 58 countries worldwide</p><p>Updated annually to ensure accurate information</p><p>Details application procedures and closing dates</p>

Palgrave Reference US (P3)

9781349960729

470808_42_En

/Education/Humanities and Social Sciences/Professional and Vocational Education/

/Education/Humanities and Social Sciences/Professional and Vocational Education//Education/Humanities and Social Sciences/Lifelong Learning////

978-0-387-98219-9

The Invariance Principle.- Coloring Proofs.- The Extremal Principle.- The Box Principle.- Enumerative Combinatorics.- Number Theory.- Inequalities.- The Induction Principle.- Sequences.- Polynomials.- Functional Equations.- Geometry.- Games.- Further Strategies.

Problem-Solving Strategies is a unique collection of competition problems from over twenty major national and international mathematical competitions for high school students. The discussion of problem solving strategies is extensive. It is written for trainers and participants of contests of all levels up to the highest level: IMO, Tournament of the Towns, and the noncalculus parts of the Putnam Competition. It will appeal to high school teachers conducting a mathematics club who need a range of simple to complex problems and to those instructors wishing to pose a 'problem of the week', 'problem of the month', and 'research problem of the year' to their students, thus bringing a creative atmosphere into their classrooms with continuous discussions of mathematical problems. This volume is a must-have for instructors wishing to enrich their teaching with some interesting non -routine problems and for individuals who are just interested in solving difficult and challenging problems. Each chapter starts with typical examples illustrating the central concepts and is followed by a number of carefully selected problems and their solutions. Most of the solutions are complete, but some merely point to the road leading to the final solution. Very few problems have no solutions. Readers interested in increasing the effectiveness of the book can do so by working on the examples in addition to the problems thereby increasing the number of problems to over 1300. In addition to being a valuable resource of mathematical problems and solution strategies, this volume is the most complete training book on the market.

The most complete training book on the marketA must-have for instructors wishing to enrich their teaching with interesting non-routine problemsProvides individuals with a wide array of interesting, challenging problemsEach chapter starts with typical examples illustrating the central concepts, followed by carefully selected problems and their solutionsVery few problems have no solutions

9780387982199

,978-1-4419-6465-6,978-1-4939-0040-4,978-1-4419-6467-0,978-1-4419-6466-3

This book presents a comprehensive and up-to-date account of the theory (physical principles), design, and practical implementations of various sensors for scientific, industrial, and consumer applications. This latest edition focuses on the sensing technologies driven by the expanding use of sensors in mobile devices. These new miniature sensors will be described, with an emphasis on smart sensors which have embedded processing systems. The chapter on chemical sensors has also been expanded to present the latest developments.<div>
</div><div>Digital systems, however complex and intelligent they may be, must receive information from the outside world that is generally analog and not electrical. Sensors are interface devices between various physical values and the electronic circuits that 'understand' only a language of moving electrical charges. In other words, sensors are the eyes, ears, and noses of silicon chips.</div><div>
</div><div>Unlike other books on sensors, the Handbook of Modern Sensors is organized according to the measured variables (temperature, pressure, position, etc.). This book is a reference text for students, researchers interested in modern instrumentation (applied physicists and engineers), sensor designers, application engineers and technicians whose job it is to understand, select and/or design sensors for practical systems.</div>

Covers nearly all imaginable types of sensorsPrevious editions widely used as a textbook and as a reference work in industryClear and engaging explanations of sensor design and operation

<div>Jacob Fraden holds a Ph.D. in medical electronics and is president of Fraden Corp., a technology company that develops sensors for consumer, medical and industrial applications. He has authored nearly 60 patents in the areas of sensing, medical instrumentation, security, energy management and others.</div>

9783319193021

/Electronics and Microelectronics, Instrumentation/Electrical and Electronic Engineering/Technology and Engineering/

/Electronics and Microelectronics, Instrumentation/Electrical and Electronic Engineering/Technology and Engineering//Measurement Science and Instrumentation/Applied and Technical Physics/Physics and Astronomy/Physical Sciences//Analytical Chemistry/Physical Sciences/Chemistry//Control, Robotics, Automation/Electrical and Electronic Engineering/Technology and Engineering///

Hee-Jin Kim; Kwan-Hyun Youn; Ji-Soo Kim; You Soo Kim; Sung Ok Hong; Jongju Na

Hee-Jin Kim, Yonsei University College of Dentistry, Seoul, Korea (Republic of); Kwan-Hyun Youn, Incheon Catholic University, Incheon, Korea (Republic of); Ji-Soo Kim, Dr Youth Clinic, Seoul, Korea (Republic of); You Soo Kim, YSBio Co., Ltd., Seoul, Korea (Republic of); Sung Ok Hong, Kyung Hee University Hospital at Gangdong, Seoul, Korea (Republic of); Jongju Na, Viol Co. Ltd., Seongnam-si, Korea (Republic of)

Ultrasonographic Anatomy of the Face and Neck for Minimally Invasive Procedures

<div>Basic principles of ultrasonographic imaging.- General US anatomy of the face and neck.- US anatomy of the forehead and temple.- US anatomy of the periorbital region.- US anatomy of the midface and nose.- US anatomy of the perioral and masseter region.- US anatomy of the upper superficial cervical region.- US applications in botulinum toxin injection procedures.- US applications in filler injection procedures.- US applications in thread lifting procedures.
</div><div>
</div>

This is the very first book to describe the superficial anatomic structure of the face and neck by means of detailed ultrasonography (US). This superbly illustrated book will help aesthetic physicians to familiarize themselves with the US anatomy of the face and neck and to understand the applications and benefits of US when performing minimally invasive aesthetic procedures in this region. A deep understanding of anatomy is imperative if such procedures are to be safe and effective. Bearing in mind the range of potential anatomic variations, US can offer vital assistance in identifying target structures of the face beneath the skin when carrying out treatments that would otherwise be performed “blind”. In this book, readers will find detailed guidance on the use of US in the context of botulinum toxin and filler injections, threading procedures, and other minimally invasive aesthetic approaches. This is done with the aid of more than 530 US images, including cadaveric dissections and illustrations of volunteers and patients. For novices, valuable information is also provided on the basics of US imaging.

This is the very first book to describe the superficial anatomic structure of the face and neck by means of detailed ultrasonography (US). This superbly illustrated book will help aesthetic physicians to familiarize themselves with the US anatomy of the face and neck and to understand the applications and benefits of US when performing minimally invasive aesthetic procedures in this region. A deep understanding of anatomy is imperative if such procedures are to be safe and effective. Bearing in mind the range of potential anatomic variations, US can offer vital assistance in identifying target structures of the face beneath the skin when carrying out treatments that would otherwise be performed “blind”. In this book, readers will find detailed guidance on the use of US in the context of botulinum toxin and filler injections, threading procedures, and other minimally invasive aesthetic approaches. This is done with the aid of more than 530 US images, including cadaveric dissections and illustrations of volunteers and patients. For novices, valuable information is also provided on the basics of US imaging.

<p>Ideal guide to ultrasound anatomy of the face and neck in the context of minimally invasive aesthetic procedures</p><p>Coverage of the full range of treatments</p><p>Wealth of helpful images and illustrations</p>

Hee-Jin Kim DDS, PhD

Professor, Yonsei University College of Dentistry

Kwan-Hyun Youn PhD

Professor, Incheon Catholic University Graduate School

Ji-Soo Kim MD, PhD

Director, Dr Youth Clinic

You-Soo Kim MD, PhD

CEO, YSBio Co., Ltd.

Sung Ok Catherine Hong DMD PhD (ABD)

Department of Oral and Maxillofacial SurgeryKyung Hee University Hospital at GangdongSeoul, Korea (Republic of)

Jongju Na MD, PhD

CEO, Viol Co. Ltd.

9789811565595

/Dermatology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Plastic Surgery/Surgery/Life Sciences/Health Sciences////

978-3-540-24967-2

Robert E. Kass, Columbia University Dept. Pharmacology, New York, NY, USA; Colleen E. Clancy, Cornell University Weill Medical College, New York, NY, USA

History of Arrhythmias.- Pacemaker Current and Automatic Rhythms: Toward a Molecular Understanding.- Proarrhythmia.- Cardiac Na+ Channels as Therapeutic Targets for Antiarrhythmic Agents.- Structural Determinants of Potassium Channel Blockade and Drug-Induced Arrhythmias.- Sodium Calcium Exchange as a Target for Antiarrhythmic Therapy.- A Role for Calcium/Calmodulin-Dependent Protein Kinase II in Cardiac Disease and Arrhythmia.- AKAPs as Antiarrhythmic Targets?.- ?-Blockers as Antiarrhythmic Agents.- Experimental Therapy of Genetic Arrhythmias: Disease-Specific Pharmacology.- Mutation-Specific Pharmacology of the Long QT Syndrome.- Therapy for the Brugada Syndrome.- Molecular Basis of Isolated Cardiac Conduction Disease.- hERG Trafficking and Pharmacological Rescue of LQTS-2 Mutant Channels.

9783540249672

/Pharmacology/Biomedical Research/Life Sciences/Health Sciences/

/Pharmacology/Biomedical Research/Life Sciences/Health Sciences//Cardiology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Human Physiology/Physiology/Biological Sciences/Life Sciences////

978-3-030-54440-9

Paul M. Paulman; Robert B. Taylor; Audrey A. Paulman; Laeth S. Nasir

Paul M. Paulman, University of Nebraska Medical Center, Omaha, NE, USA; Robert B. Taylor, Eastern Virginia Medical School, Norfolk, VA, USA; Audrey A. Paulman, University of Nebraska Medical Center, Omaha, NE, USA; Laeth S. Nasir, Creighton University School of Medicine, Omaha, NE, USA

XL, 1977 p. 198 illus., 134 illus. in color. In 2 volumes, not available separately.

Editions 1–6: Springer-Verlag New York Inc.; 1978, 1983, 1988, 1994, 1998, 2003, 7th edition: Springer International Publishing Switzerland 2017

Family Medicine: Current Concepts and Future Practice.- Human Development and Aging.- Culture, Race, and Ethnicity Issues in Health Care.- Family Issues in Health Care.- Evidence-Based Family Medicine.- Population Health: Who Are Our Patients?.- Clinical Prevention.- Health Promotion and Wellness.- Health Care of the International Traveler.- Preconception Care .- Normal Pregnancy, Labor, and Delivery.- Medical Problems During Pregnancy.- Obstetric Complications During Pregnancy.- Problems During Labor and Delivery.- Postpartum Care.- Genetic Disorders.- Problems of the Newborn and Infant.- Infectious Diseases of Children.- Behavioral Problems of Children.- Musculoskeletal Problems of Children.- Selected Problems of Infancy and Childhood.- Health Care of the Adolescent.- Selected Problems of Aging.- Common Problems of the Elderly.- Alzheimer Disease and Other Dementias.- Elder Abuse.- Child Abuse and Neglect.- Intimate Partner Violence.- Sexual Assault.- Family Stress and Counseling.- Managing Mentally Ill Patients in Primary Care.- Anxiety Disorders.- Depressive and Bipolar Disorders.- The Suicidal Patient.- Somatoform Disorders and Related Syndromes.- Selected Behavioral and Psychiatric Problems.- Autism Spectrum Disorders.- Common Allergic Disorders.- Anaphylaxis and Anaphylactoid Reactions.- Epstein-Barr Virus Infection and Infectious Mononucleosis.- Viral Infections of the Respiratory Tract.- Rhinosinusitis and Tonsillopharyngitis.- Sexually Transmitted Diseases.- Human Immunodeficiency Virus Infection and Acquired Immunodeficiency Syndrome.- Bacteremia and Sepsis.- Selected Infectious Diseases.- Occupational Health Care.- Problems Related to Physical Agents.- Bites and Stings.- Poisoning.- Care of Acute Lacerations.- Selected Injuries.- Medical Problems of the Athlete.- Athletic Injuries.- Care of the Obese Patient.- Care of the Difficult Patient.- Care of the Patient with Fatigue.- Care of the Patient with a Sleep Disorder.- Medical Care of the Surgical Patient.- Care of the Patient with Sexual Concerns.- Care of the Alcoholic Patient.- Care of the Patient Who Misuses Drugs.- Care of the Patient with Chronic Pain.- Care of the Dying Patient.- Headache.- Seizure Disorders.- Cerebrovascular Disease.- Movement Disorders.- Disorders of the Peripheral Nervous System.- Selected Disorders of the Nervous System.- The Red Eye.- Ocular Trauma.- Selected Disorders of the Eye.- Otitis Media and Externa.- Disorders of the Oral Cavity.- Selected Disorders of the Ear, Nose, and Throat.- Hypertension.- Ischemic Heart Disease.- Cardiac Arrhythmias.- Valvular Heart Disease.- Heart Failure.- Cardiovascular Emergencies.- Venous Thromboembolism.- Selected Disorders of the Cardiovascular System.- Obstructive Airway Disease.- Pulmonary Infections.- Lung Cancer.- Selected Disorders of the Respiratory System.- Gastritis, Esophagitis, and Peptic Ulcer Disease.- Diseases of the Small and Large Bowel.- Diseases of the Pancreas.- Diseases of the Liver.- Diseases of the Rectum and Anus.- Colorectal Cancer.- Surgical Problems of the Digestive System.- Selected Disorders of the Digestive System.- Urinary Tract Infections.- Fluid, Electrolyte, and Acid–Base Disorders.- Diseases of the Kidney.- Diseases of the Prostate.- Surgery of the Male Genital System.- Selected Disorders of the Genitourinary System.- Family Planning and Contraception.- Vulvovaginitis and

Since the publication of the 7th edition of this book, there has been a remarkable increase in information in several clinical areas, including cardiology, immunology and oncology. This rapid knowledge expansion has led to practice changes for family physicians and other primary care providers. Patients are now discharged from tertiary care hospitals to their home communities with life sustaining left ventricular assist “heart pumps”. Hepatitis C, once an incurable illness, is now routinely cured. Oncology treatment regimens are increasingly becoming ambulatory and individualized. The decreased cost and increasing availability of health monitoring devices will make it possible for physicians to remotely check on the health status of their patients in their homes. With the ongoing and worsening shortage of family physicians across the US, the practice model for family medicine in the future may tend toward a family physician supervising a cast of mid-level providers as they care for a panel of patients, versus the physician providing the majority of care. All of these changes will require practice pattern changes and a need for up to date sources of information for the family physician. In addition, the “family” of family medicine academic organizations is undertaking a major review of the practice, training, funding and evaluation of all aspects of family medicine. Eight family medicine organizations have launched the “Family Medicine for America’s Health” (FMAHealth) with the expressed purpose “to strategically align work to improve practice models, payment, technology, workforce and education, and research to support the triple aim”. This project has moved past the study phase and will soon move to the implementation phased. This book is organized into short, focused chapters almost exclusively dedicated to topics relevant to daily practice. All lead authors are themselves accomplished family physicians who can specifically address the needs, concerns, and interests of this crucial profession. As one of the key reference textbooks for family medicine, it is very important to provide the most up-to-date knowledge to support learners and practitioners of family medicine in the face of rapidly expanding clinical knowledge and the extensive self-examination of family medicine. Family Medicine: Principles and Practice, 8th Edition, is a must-have reference for medical students, residents, practicing physicians, nurse practitioners and physician assistants with an active role in patient care.

<p>Includes vastly updated sections on cardiology, immunology and oncology</p><p>Provides an invaluable working tool</p><p>Written by experts in the field</p>

Paul M. Paulman, MD, Department of Family Medicine, University of Nebraska Medical Center, Omaha, NE, USA
Robert B. Taylor, MD, Department of Family and Community Medicine, Eastern Virginia Medical School Norfolk, VA, USA Department of Family Medicine, Oregon Health and Science University, School of Medicine Portland, OR, USA
Audrey A. Paulman, MD, Department of Family Medicine, University of Nebraska Medical Center, Omaha, NE, USA
Laeth S. Nasir, MBBS, Department of Family Medicine, Creighton University School of Medicine, Omaha, NE, USA

9783030544409

/General Practice and Family Medicine/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences/Health Care/

/General Practice and Family Medicine/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences/Health Care//Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences/Primary Care Medicine//Pediatrics/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Internal Medicine/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences///

10.1007/978-3-030-54441-6

978-3-030-88726-1

Danilo Jankovic, DGS – Cologne – Huerth, Cologne-Hürth, Germany; Philip Peng, Toronto Western Hospital, Toronto, ON, Canada

3rd edition originally published by Wiley-Blackwell, Malden/Oxford/Carlton, 2004

,978-3-319-05130-7,978-3-319-05132-1,978-3-319-05131-4,978-3-319-37164-1

Part I. General Consideration.- Regional nerve block in anesthesia and pain therapy-general consideration.- Basic of ultrasound imaging.- Use of nerve stimulation in regional anesthesia.- Complication of regional anesthesia.- Local anesthetic systemic toxicity.- Part II. Nerve Block for Regional Anesthesia and Pain Therapy in Head and Neck Region.- Regional anesthesia in ophthalmology.- Regional anesthesia for airway.-Nerve block for trigeminal nerve (superficial).- Nerve block for trigeminal nerve (deep).- Gasserian ganglion ablation and sphenopalatine ganglion intervention.- Occipital nerve.- Cervical sympathetic chain and superior cervical ganglion.- Cervical plexus block.- Cervical interlaminar epidural injection.- Cervical facet nerve block and denervation.- Cervical nerve root injection.- Cervical dorsal root ganglion pulsed radiofrequency treatment.- Part III. Nerve Block for Regional Anesthesia and Pain Therapy for Shoulder.- Suprascapular nerve.- Axillary nerve.- Nerve block for pain therapy in shoulder.- Rotator muscles and subscapular nerve injection.- Calcific tendinitis intervention.- Shoulder joint denervation.- Part IV. Nerve Block for Regional Anesthesia and Pain Therapy for Upper Limb.- Brachial plexus-Anatomy.- Brachial plexus above the clavicle.- Brachial plexus below the clavicle.- Brachial plexus block-landmark guided technique.- Intravenous regional anesthesia IVRA.- Peripheral nerve block around elbow or forearm.- Pain procedures around elbow.- Pain procedures around wrist.- Part V. Nerve Block for Regional Anesthesia and Pain Therapy in Chest, Abdomen and Pelvis.- Thoracic paravertebral block.- Pectoralis nerve and serratus plane block.- Transverse abdominal plane block.- Quadratus lumborum block.- Intercostal nerve block.- Ilioinguinal and genitofemoral nerve block.- Piriformis and obturator internus injection.- Pudendal nerve.- Paracervical block.- Part VI. Nerve Block for Regional Anesthesia and Pain Therapy in Neuraxial Region.- Neuraxial anatomy and sonoanatomy.- Neuraxial anesthesia and analgesia for surgery.- Neuraxial anesthesia and analgesia for obstetric practice.- Thoracic facet block.- Celiac plexus block.- Lumbar sympathetic block.- Lumbar facet nerve and joint block.- Lumbar facet denervation.- Superior hypogastric plexus and ganglion impar block.- Sacroiliac joint injection.- Sacral lateral branch block and radiofrequency ablation.- Sacral nerve root.- Caudal epidural.- Lumbosacral epiduroscopy.- Percutaneous epidural neuroplasty.- Part VII. Nerve Block for Regional Anesthesia and Pain Therapy for Lower Limb.- Lumbar plexus block-anterior approach (femoral nerve, 3-in-1, fascia iliaca block).- Posterior approach to peripheral nerve block in the lumbar region.- Lateral femoral cutaneous nerve.- Obturator nerve.- Sciatic nerve-proximal.- Sciatic nerve-distal.- Adductor canal block.- iPACK block.- Hip joint and trochanteric bursa injection.- Hip joint pericapsular nerve group block and denervation.- Knee joint injection.- Knee joint denervation.- Ankle nerve block.- Ankle joint injection.- Metatarsophalangeal joint and Morton’s neuroma injection.- Landmark guided technique for regional anesthesia of lower limb.- Part VIII. Neuromodulation Therapy.- Peripheral nerve stimulation.- Spinal cord stimulation.- Intrathecal drug delivery system.- Part IX. Regional Anesthesia for Children.- Regional anesthesia for upper limb in children.- Regional anesthesia for lower limb in children.- Truncal and neuraxial blockade in children.

This comprehensive atlas, which includes a wealth of illustrations and anatomic pictures created by the editors, covers a broad range of both regional anesthesia and pain intervention techniques, including neuromodulation. The book is unique in that it covers ultrasound and fluoroscopic-guided techniques, as well as traditional landmark-guided techniques. The authors and editors are internationally renowned experts, and share extensive theoretic and practical insights into regional anesthesia, pain therapy and anatomic sciences for everyday practice.The book addresses the application of ultrasound and fluoroscopic guidance for pain interventions and provides detailed coverage of ultrasound-guided and landmark-guided regional anesthesia.The book represents a detailed guide to the application of regional anesthesia and pain medicine; furthermore, examples of medico-legal documentation are also included in this edition.The 5th edition of Regional Nerve Blocks in Anesthesia and Pain Medicine is practically oriented and provides essential guidelines for the clinical application of regional anesthesia. It is intended for anesthesiologists and all professionals engaged in the field of pain therapy such as pain specialists, surgeons, orthopedists, neurosurgeons, neurologists, general practitioners, and nurse anesthetists.

This comprehensive atlas, which includes a wealth of illustrations and anatomic pictures created by the editors, covers a broad range of both regional anesthesia and pain intervention techniques, including neuromodulation. The book is unique in that it covers ultrasound and fluoroscopic-guided techniques, as well as traditional landmark-guided techniques. The authors and editors are internationally renowned experts, and share extensive theoretic and practical insights into regional anesthesia, pain therapy and anatomic sciences for everyday practice.The book addresses the application of ultrasound and fluoroscopic guidance for pain interventions and provides detailed coverage of ultrasound-guided and landmark-guided regional anesthesia. The book represents a detailed guide to the application of regional anesthesia and pain medicine; furthermore, examples of medico-legal documentation are also included in this edition. The 5th edition of Regional Nerve Blocks in Anesthesia and Pain Medicine is practically oriented and provides essential guidelines for the clinical application of regional anesthesia. It is intended for anesthesiologists and all professionals engaged in the field of pain therapy such as pain specialists, surgeons, orthopedists, neurosurgeons, neurologists, general practitioners, and nurse anesthetists.

<p>Covers a broad range of regional anesthesia and pain intervention techniques, including neuromodulatio</p><p>Includes detailed coverage of US- and landmark-guided regional anesthesia</p><p>Written by KOLs and enriched with original pictures of anatomic dissections, an array of US and fluoroscopy images</p>

Danilo Jankovic is currently Director of the Regional Pain Management Centre DGS in Cologne-Huerth. Dr. Jankovic’s main areas of interest include regional nerve blocks in anesthesia and interventional pain management, regional anesthesia anatomy, treatment of pain by developing new techniques designed and published for the rapid resolution of musculoskeletal pain and dysfunction, medicolegal documentation in regional anesthesia, e.g., Dr. Jankovic is a member of numerous professional associations and has lectured extensively both nationally and internationally.

Dr. Jankovic has been awarded with Rudolf Frey Award 2000 and German Pain Association Award 2007 for his contribution in the field of Regional Anesthesia and Pain Management. Dr. Jankovic has authored the book Regional Nerve Blocks and Infiltration Therapy (1st–4th ed.), which has been translated into six languages and awarded “book of the year” 2005 by the Society of Authors and The Royal Society of Medicine in London. He has also contributed many chapters to textbooks edited by colleagues.

Philip Peng is a Professor in the Department of Anesthesiology and Pain Medicine of the University of Toronto. He has played an important role in the education of pain medicine and established major teaching courses for Pain in Canada such as Canadian Pain Interventional Course and Ultrasound for Pain Medicine Course. The Royal College of Physicians and Surgeons of Canada (RCPSC) honored him with the Founder designation in pain medicine for his role in establishing pain medicine subspecialty in Canada. He is a leader, researcher, educator, and pioneer in the application of ultrasound for pain medicine. His innovative research led to different new procedures in pain intervention, including ultrasound-guided pudendal nerve block and pericapsular nerve group (PENG) block.

He received numerous awards including the prestigious John J Bonica award from American Society of Regional Anesthesia and Pain Medicine and Distinguished Service Award from both the European Society of Regional Anesthesia-Spain Chapter and Canadian Pain Society. He has delivered more than 400 lectures and workshops nationally and internationally. He has edited 8 books and published 240 peer-reviewed publications and book chapters.

9783030887261

/Anesthesiology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Pain Medicine/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Neurology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Radiology/Life Sciences/Health Sciences//Surgery/Life Sciences/Health Sciences//Orthopaedics/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences/

10.1007/978-3-030-88727-8

Peter Niemz, Institute for Building Materials, Zurich, Switzerland; Alfred Teischinger, University of Natural Resources and Life Sciences (BOKU), Vienna, Austria; Dick Sandberg, Luleå University of Technology, Skellefteå, Sweden

A survey to forests and wood production.- PART A: Wood science.- Wood biology.- Wood biodeterioration.-Wood chemistry.- Physics of woods and wood-based materials.- Modeling the mechanical behavior of wood materials and structures.- Part B: Fundamentals of wood technology.- Basic processes.- Cutting and disintegration.- Drying and steaming.- Joining and reassembling.- Surface treatment and functionalization.- Preservation.- Reshaping and densification.- Measurement and quality assessment.- Part C: Industrial processes and materials.- Saw milling.- Lumber drying and steaming.- Wood-based materials.- Bioinspired materials.- Pulp and paper.- Natural fibre-based materials.- Utilization of wood for energy.- Wood biorefineries.- Process organization, automation and optimization.- Part D: Wood product development.- Wood product design.- Environmental impacts and life cycle analysis.- Part E: Important data.- Physical properties.- Relevant standards.- Chemical composition for selected species.-Thermal properties.

This handbook provides an overview on wood science and technology of unparalleled comprehensiveness and international validity.

It describes the fundamental wood biology, chemistry and physics, as well as structure-property relations of wood and wood-based materials. The different aspects and steps of wood processing are presented in detail from both a fundamental technological perspective and their realisation in industrial contexts. The discussed industrial processes extend beyond sawmilling and the manufacturing of adhesively bonded wood products to the processing of the various wood-based materials, including pulp and paper, natural fibre materials and aspects of bio-refinery. Core concepts of wood applications, quality and life cycle assessment of this important natural resource are presented. The book concludes with a useful compilation of fundamental material parameters and data as well as a glossary of terms in accordance with the most important industry standards.

Written and edited by a truly international team of experts from academia, research institutes and industry, thoroughly reviewed by external colleagues, this handbook is well-attuned to educational demands, as well as providing a summary of state-of-the-art research trends and industrial requirements. It is an invaluable resource for all professionals in research and development, and engineers in practise in the field of wood science and technology.

This handbook provides an overview on wood science and technology of unparalleled comprehensiveness and international validity.

It describes the fundamental wood biology, chemistry and physics, as well as structure-property relations of wood and wood-based materials. The different aspects and steps of wood processing are presented in detail from both a fundamental technological perspective and their realisation in industrial contexts. The discussed industrial processes extend beyond sawmilling and the manufacturing of adhesively bonded wood products to the processing of the various wood-based materials, including pulp and paper, natural fibre materials and aspects of bio-refinery. Core concepts of wood applications, quality and life cycle assessment of this important natural resource are presented. The book concludes with a useful compilation of fundamental material parameters and data as well as a glossary of terms in accordance with the most important industry standards.

Written and edited by a truly international team of experts from academia, research institutes and industry, thoroughly reviewed by external colleagues, this handbook is well-attuned to educational demands, as well as providing a summary of state-of-the-art research trends and industrial requirements. It is an invaluable resource for all professionals in research and development, and engineers in practise in the field of wood science and technology.

Comprehensively combines fundamentals of wood science and applied technologyAn up-to-date summary of wood research and current industrial practiseWritten by an international network of experts and thoroughly peer-reviewed

Before his retirement, Peter Niemz was the Director of the Laboratory for Wood Physics and Non-Destructive Testing Methods and the Head of the Wood Physics group at ETH Zurich. Throughout his professional career he lectured on wood technology at TU Dresden, Universidad Austral de Chile and the University of Sopron. Since 2002 he is a Fellow of the International Academy of Wood Science. He is on the editorial board of numerous wood related journals, including the European Journal of Wood and Wood Products.

Alfred Teischinger is a retired Professor of Wood Technology at the University of Natural Resources and Life Sciences (BOKU) in Vienna. He also acted as scientific director of the competence centre for wood composites and wood chemistry (Wood Kplus). His research focus is wood technology and processing. He was board member of various organisations linking wood science and technology such as InnovaWood, and he was associated to the committee of the prestigious Marcus Wallenberg Prize. Since 2013, he is a fellow of the International Academy of Wood Science and has been awarded with recognition of outstanding contribution to Wood Science.Dick Sandberg is Chaired Professor of Wood Science and Engineering at Luleå University of Technology, specialising in computed tomography for the use in wood industry, advanced information processing and wood communication from felling to finished product. He is Editor-in-Chief for the journal Wood Material Science and Engineering. He has a background as specialist and manager of several companies in the wood industry sphere and the former Swedish Institute of Wood Technology Research and was a national delegate of several COST (Cooperation in Science and Technology) Actions.

9783030813147

/Structural Materials/Ceramics/Materials Science/Physical Sciences/

/Structural Materials/Ceramics/Materials Science/Physical Sciences//Agriculture/Biological Sciences/Life Sciences/Forestry//Machines, Tools, Processes/Mechanical Engineering/Industrial and Production Engineering/Technology and Engineering//Geology/Earth Sciences/Earth and Environmental Sciences/Physical Sciences//Characterization and Analytical Technique/Materials Characterization Technique/Materials Science/Physical Sciences//Materials Engineering/Mechanical Engineering/Technology and Engineering/

William H. Westra; Ralph H. Hruban; Timothy H. Phelps; Christina Isacson

William H. Westra; Ralph H. Hruban; Timothy H. Phelps; Christina Isacson

General Approach and Techniques.- General Approach to Surgical Pathology Specimens.- Laboratory Techniques.- Tissue Collection for Molecular Genetic Analysis.- Photography.- Lymph Nodes for Metastatic Tumors.- Lymph Nodes.- The Head and Neck.- Larynx.- Major Salivary Glands.- Complex Specimens.- Maxilla.- Radical Neck Dissection.- The Digestive System.- Esophagus.- Stomach.- Non-Neoplastic Intestinal Disease.- Neoplastic Intestinal Disease.- Liver.- Gallbladder and Extrahepatic Biliary System.- Pancreas.- The Cardiovascular/Respiratory System.- Heart, Heart Valves, and Vessels.- Lungs.- Transplantation.- Bone, Soft Tissue, and Skin.- Bone.- Soft Tissue, Nerves, and Muscle.- Skin.- The Breast.- Breast.- The Female Genital System.- Vulva.- Uterus, Cervix, and Vagina.- Ovary and Fallopian Tube.- Products of Conception and Placentas.- The Urinary Tract and Male Genital System.- Penis.- Prostate.- Testis.- Kidney.- Bladder.- The Ocular System.- Eye.- The Endocrine System.- Thyroid.- Parathyroid Glands.- Adrenal Glands.- Pediatric Tumors.- Pediatric Tumors.- The Central Nervous System.- Brain and Spinal Cord.- The Hematopoietic and Lymphatic System.- Lymph Nodes.- Spleen.- Thymus.- Bone Marrow.- Odds and Ends.- Common Uncomplicated Specimens.

Surgical Pathology Dissection, Second Edition fills the need for a comprehensive, fully illustrated guide to the preparation, dissection, and handling of surgical pathology specimens. The authors share their wealth of talent and experiences by providing general principles that can be employed to resolve even the most complex problems in dissection and tissue sampling. The descriptive text is augmented by 62 exclusive, detailed illustrations printed as full-page plates depicting proper specimen handling techniques that add a unique vitality and multidimensional effect. Each chapter features a section on Important Issues to Address in Your Surgical Pathology Report and references selected for their pertinent coverage of specimen handling for each organ system. Updated and revised, this second edition includes four new chapters and expanded discussions on: Preparation of Tissues for Molecular Analysis; Craniofacial Bones; Heart; Transplantation Specimens; The Sentinel Lymph Node. Revisions have been made to conform to suggested guidelines proposed by the College of American Pathologists. From reviews of the first edition: 'Hruban, Westra and Isacson, working with a superb medical illustrator did an admirable job in taking the Johns Hopkins' gross room manual and translating it into a practical, concise, and easily accessible guide to contemporary practice in the surgical pathology laboratory.' (Modern Pathology)

9780387955599

Bruno Siciliano, Università di Napoli Federico II, Napoli, Italy; Oussama Khatib, Stanford University, Stanford, CA, USA

Part A ― Robotics Foundations.- Part B ― Design.- Part C ― Sensing and Perception.- Part D ― Manipulation and Interfaces.- Part E ― Moving in the Environment.- Part F ― Robots at Work.- Part G ― Robots and Humans.- Acknowledgements.- About the Authors.- Subject Index.

The second edition of this handbook provides a state-of-the-art cover view on the various aspects in the rapidly developing field of robotics. Reaching for the human frontier, robotics is vigorously engaged in the growing challenges of new emerging domains. Interacting, exploring, and working with humans, the new generation of robots will increasingly touch people and their lives. The credible prospect of practical robots among humans is the result of the scientific endeavour of a half a century of robotic developments that established robotics as a modern scientific discipline. The ongoing vibrant expansion and strong growth of the field during the last decade has fueled this second edition of the Springer Handbook of Robotics. The first edition of the handbook soon became a landmark in robotics publishing and won the American Association of Publishers PROSE Award for Excellence in Physical Sciences & Mathematics as well as the organization’s Award for Engineering & Technology. The second edition of the handbook, edited by two internationally renowned scientists with the support of an outstanding team of seven part editors and more than 200 authors, continues to be an authoritative reference for robotics researchers, newcomers to the field, and scholars from related disciplines. The contents have been restructured to achieve four main objectives: the enlargement of foundational topics for robotics, the enlightenment of design of various types of robotic systems, the extension of the treatment on robots moving in the environment, and the enrichment of advanced robotics applications. Further to an extensive update, fifteen new chapters have been introduced on emerging topics, and a new generation of authors have joined the handbook’s team. A novel addition to the second edition is a comprehensive collection of multimedia references to more than 700 videos, which bring valuable insight into the contents. The videos can be viewed directly augmented into the text with a smartphone or tablet using a unique and specially designed app.

The second edition of this handbook provides a state-of-the-art overview on the various aspects in the rapidly developing field of robotics. Reaching for the human frontier, robotics is vigorously engaged in the growing challenges of new emerging domains. Interacting, exploring, and working with humans, the new generation of robots will increasingly touch people and their lives. The credible prospect of practical robots among humans is the result of the scientific endeavour of a half a century of robotic developments that established robotics as a modern scientific discipline. The ongoing vibrant expansion and strong growth of the field during the last decade has fueled this second edition of the Springer Handbook of Robotics. The first edition of the handbook soon became a landmark in robotics publishing and won the American Association of Publishers PROSE Award for Excellence in Physical Sciences & Mathematics as well as the organization’s Award for Engineering & Technology. The second edition of the handbook, edited by two internationally renowned scientists with the support of an outstanding team of seven part editors and more than 200 authors, continues to be an authoritative reference for robotics researchers, newcomers to the field, and scholars from related disciplines. The contents have been restructured to achieve four main objectives: the enlargement of foundational topics for robotics, the enlightenment of design of various types of robotic systems, the extension of the treatment on robots moving in the environment, and the enrichment of advanced robotics applications. Further to an extensive update, fifteen new chapters have been introduced on emerging topics, and a new generation of authors have joined the handbook’s team. A novel addition to the second edition is a comprehensive collection of multimedia references to more than 700 videos, which bring valuable insight into the contents. The videos canbe viewed directly augmented into the text with a smartphone or tablet using a unique and specially designed app. Springer Handbook of Robotics Multimedia Extension Portal: http://handbookofrobotics.org/

Please visit SpringerLink for the complete table of contents.A research- and application-oriented handbook that covers one of the hottest topics in science and technologyA timely and up-to-date reference, edited by two internationally renowned expertsGoes beyond the applications of robotics in industrial settings to cover the science’s new usesSupplemented by videos linked by QR codesIncludes supplementary material: sn.pub/extras

Bruno Siciliano received his Doctorate degree in Electronic Engineering from the University of Naples, Italy, in 1987. He is Professor of Control and Robotics at University of Naples Federico II. His research focuses on methodologies and technologies in industrial and service robotics including force and visual control, cooperative robots, human-robot interaction, and aerial manipulation. He has co-authored 6 books and over 300 journal papers, conference papers and book chapters. He has delivered over 20 keynote presentations and over 100 colloquia and seminars at institutions around the world. He is a Fellow of IEEE, ASME and IFAC. He is Co-Editor of the Springer Tracts in Advanced Robotics (STAR) series and the Springer Handbook of Robotics, which received the PROSE Award for Excellence in Physical Sciences & Mathematics and was also the winner in the category Engineering & Technology. He has served on the Editorial Boards of prestigious journals, as well as Chair or Co-Chair for numerous international conferences. Professor Siciliano is the Past-President of the IEEE Robotics and Automation Society (RAS). He has been the recipient of several awards, including the IEEE RAS George Saridis Leadership Award in Robotics and Automation and the IEEE RAS Distinguished Service Award.Oussama Khatib received his Doctorate degree in Electrical Engineering from Sup’Aero, Toulouse, France, in 1980. He is Professor of Computer Science at Stanford University. His research focuses on methodologies and technologies in human-centered robotics including humanoid control architectures, human motion synthesis, interactive dynamic simulation, haptics, and human-friendly robot design. He has co-authored over 300 journal papers, conference papers and book chapters. He has delivered over 100 keynote presentations and several hundreds of colloquia and seminars at institutions around the world. He is a Fellow of IEEE. He is Co-Editor of the Springer Tracts in Advanced Robotics (STAR) series and the Springer Handbook of Robotics, which received the PROSE Award for Excellence in Physical Sciences & Mathematics and was also the winner in the category Engineering & Technology. He has served on the Editorial Boards of prestigious journals, as well as Chair or Co-Chair for numerous international conferences. Professor Khatib is the President of the International Foundation of Robotics Research. He has been the recipient of several awards, including the IEEE RAS Pioneer Award in Robotics and Automation, the IEEE RAS George Saridis Leadership Award in Robotics and Automation, the IEEE RAS Distinguished Service Award, and the Japan Robot Association (JARA) Award in Research and Development.

9783319325507

/Control, Robotics, Automation/Electrical and Electronic Engineering/Technology and Engineering/

/Control, Robotics, Automation/Electrical and Electronic Engineering/Technology and Engineering//Artificial Intelligence/Computer Science/Mathematics and Computing//Computational Intelligence/Mathematical and Computational Engineering Applications/Technology and Engineering//Machines, Tools, Processes/Mechanical Engineering/Industrial and Production Engineering/Technology and Engineering//Engineering Design/Mechanical Engineering/Technology and Engineering//

Robert J. Kurman, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine, Baltimore, MD, USA; Lora Hedrick Ellenson, Weill Cornell Medical College and New York Presbyterian Hospital, New York, NY, USA; Brigitte M. Ronnett, Johns Hopkins University, School of Medicine, Baltimore, MD, USA

,978-1-4419-0490-4,978-1-4419-5617-0,978-1-4419-0488-1,978-1-4419-0489-8

Benign Diseases of the Vulva.- Premalignant and Malignant Tumors of the Vulva.- Diseases of the Vagina.- Benign Diseases of the Cervix.- Precancerous Lesions of the Cervix.- Carcinoma and Other Tumors of the Cervix.- Benign Diseases of the Endometrium.- Precursor Lesions of Endometrial Carcinoma.- Endometrial Carcinoma.- Mesenchymal Tumors of the Uterus.- Diseases of the Fallopian Tube and Paratubal Region.- Nonneoplastic Lesions of the Ovary.- Diseases of the Peritoneum.- Surface Epithelial Tumors of the Ovary.- Sex Cord-Stromal, Steroid Cell, and Other Ovarian Tumors with Endocrine, Paraendocrine and Paraneoplastic Manifestations.- Germ Cell Tumors of the Ovary.- Nonspecific Tumors of the Ovary Including Mesenchymal Tumors.- Metastatic Tumors of the Ovary.- Diseases of the Placenta.- Gestational Trophoblastic Tumors and Related Tumor-like Lesions.- Hematologic Neoplasms and Selected Tumor-Like Lesions.- Soft Tissue Lesions Involving Female Reproductive Organs.
/p><div>
<div>
<div>
<div>
</div><div>
</div>

Since the publication of the 1/e in 1977, Blaustein's Pathology of the Female Genital Tract has consolidated its position as the leading textbook of gynecological pathology. An essential reference for all pathologists and residents, this thoroughly updated Seventh Edition includes more than 1400 illustrations in color, informative tables and 22 revised chapters written by internationally recognized experts.Discussion of each specific entity is organized to include general information, etiology, and epidemiology followed by clinical features, pathologic findings, differential diagnosis, clinical behavior, and treatment. This clear organization is applied throughout the book and allows the reader to quickly access key information in every chapter.Blaustein's Pathology of the Female Genital Tract remains the gold-standard reference for practicing pathologists and trainees, as well as for obstetric/gynecology practitioners and residents. Please find the index under “Back Matter” freely available on SpringerLink https://link.springer.com/referencework/10.1007%2F978-3-319-46334-6.

<p>Definitive reference in field.</p><p>Written by internationally recognized experts.</p><p>Each entry is structured in the same way, moving from general to more specific information, allowing the reader quick access to key information in every chapter.</p><p>Includes supplementary material: sn.pub/extras</p>

Dr. Robert J. Kurman, M.D. is the Emeritus Richard W. TeLinde Distinguished Professor of Gynecologic Pathology at the Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine and former Director of the Division of Gynecologic Pathology at the Johns Hopkins Hospital where his career was devoted to diagnosis, research, and teaching in the field of gynecologic pathology. His research activities began in the early 1970s with studies of germ cell tumors of the ovary and testis and gestational trophoblastic disease at which time he pioneered the application of immunohistochemistry (IHC) on formalin-fixed, paraffin-embedded tissue. These studies were among the first describing how IHC could be applied to surgical pathology. During this time, he also undertook studies on the relationship of endometrial hyperplasia to carcinoma which led to the development of a classification system of endometrial hyperplasia that was later adopted by theWorld Health Organization. In the late 1970s and 1980s, his work on establishing the link between HPV and cervical cancer played a role in the application of molecular testing for HPV as a screening tool. This also was instrumental in the development of “The Bethesda System (TBS) for Reporting Cervical/Vaginal Cytologic Diagnoses” that replaced the previous Papanicolaou classification system and is now the standard cytology classification system in the USA and abroad. He has also been a Consultant for Merck in their clinical HPV vaccine trials. In the last 15 years, he has focused on elucidating the pathogenesis of epithelial ovarian cancer. By collaborating not only with other pathologists but also with molecular biologists and epidemiologists, he has demonstrated the value of a multimodal approach to ovarian cancer research. His vision has led to the proposal of a new disease model, which synthesizes clinical observations and pathobiological mechanisms and validates conceptual hypotheses with molecular data, thereby bringing new insights to the field. For example, based on morphologic and molecular genetic studies, a dualistic model of ovarian carcinogenesis was developed, which has now become widely accepted in the field. In addition, the studies implicating a precursor lesion in the fallopian tube as the origin of many so-called ovarian carcinomas have dramatically changed our thinking on this subject, with important implications for ovarian cancer screening and prevention. His research has resulted in the publication of nearly 300 original peer-reviewed papers and over 150 review articles and book chapters. Dr. Kurman’s influence extends well beyond these research efforts. He has recruited and mentored pathologists and researchers who have become distinguished gynecologic pathologists. Pathologists know him as an author and editor through his significant educational publications, including Blaustein’s Pathology of the Female Genital Tract (third, fourth, fifth, and sixth editions), Diagnosis of Endometrial Biopsies and Curettings: A Practical Approach (two editions), the AFIP Fascicles on Tumors of the Cervix, Vagina, and Vulva (third and fourth series) and Tumors of the Uterine Corpus and Gestational Trophoblastic Disease (third series), and the 2014 World Health Organization Classification of Tumours of the Female Reproductive Organs. He is sought after as a lecturer worldwide and has contributed to the advancement of the field through his leadership in professional societies, including being President of the International Society of Gynecologic Pathologists, participation in international committees, and membership on editorial boards of numerous journals. In recognition of his scholarship and leadership activities, he was elected as an Honorary Fellow of the Royal College of Pathologists and the Austrian Society of Pathologists.Lora Hedrick Ellenson, M.D. is an Attending P

9783319463339

/Pathology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Gynecology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences/////

978-3-030-64572-4

Niklas Lidströmer, Karolinska Institutet, Stockholm, Sweden; Hutan Ashrafian, Imperial College London, London, UK

LVI, 1858 p. 388 illus., 324 illus. in color. In 2 volumes, not available separately.

Scientific fundamental of artificial intelligence.- Specimen in AI in medicine.- AI in medicine historical to present projects.- Lessons for all doctors.- AIM and the emergence of Deep Medicine.- AIM in Medical Decisions.- AIM in Medical Diagnostics.- AIM in Medical Education.- AIM in Medical Guidelines.- AIM in Medical Informatics.- AIM and the emergence of Deep Medicine, part 2.- Introductory & Overview Studies on AIM.- Basic Principles Studies on AIM.- Alphabetical list of AIM in Medical Specialities.- Introduction to the systematic review.- Explanation of the structure, methods, online material.- AIM and the Patient's Perspective.- AIM Impact on Modern Medicine.- AIM and the Scientific background to medicine.- AIM and Medical Science in General.- AIM and the Evolution.- AIM in Medical Ethics.- AIM in Evidence-based medicine.- AIM and the EBM Application.- AIM and the Personalisation of EBM.- AIM in Medical Imaging and Radiology.- AIM in Electronic Health Records.- AIM in Large-Scale randomized evidence trials and meta-analyses of trials.- AIM in Future Medical Trials.- AIM in Clinic Planning and Management.- AIM in Medical Economics.- AIM in Health Economics and The Funding of Health Care.- AIM and Health Care Effectivity.- AIM in Public Health.- AIM and Health Care Priorities.- AIM and Medical Innovation.- AIM in Alternative Medicine.- AIM in Global Medicine.- AIM in Global Disease Prevention and Control.- AIM and Populations Growth vs Health.- AIM in Disease Prevention and Health Promotion.- AIM in Preventive medicine.- AIM in Medical Portables.- AIM in Medical Robotics.- AIM in Medical Screenings.- AIM and the importance of mass communication and positive health promotion.- AIM and the influence of wealth to health.- AIM and the costs of Western Health Care.- AIM in the African demographic entrapment.- AIM usage in human disasters.- AIM in preclinical specialities.- AIM in cell biology.- AIM and the cell.- AIM in molecular biology.- AIM and the human genome sequencing.- AIM in the genomic basis of medicine.- AIM and cytokines.- AIM and ion channels.- AIM and intracellular signalling.- AIM and apotoptosis.- AIM and embryonic stem cells & regenerative medicine.- AIM and stem cells.- AIM in Clinical Immunology.- AIM and immunological mechanisms.- AIM and the immunological structure and function.- AIM and the innate immune system.- AIM and the complement system.- AIM and adaptive immunity.- AIM in immunodeficiency.- AIM in allergy.- AIM in autoimmunity.- AIM and transplantation medicine.- AIM in Telemedicin.- AIM in Oncology.- AIM and the principles of clinical oncology.- AIM in epidemiology of cancer.- AIM in Epidemiology.- AIM and cancer development.- AIM and the genetics of inherited cancers.- AIM in cancer immunity and clinical oncology.- AIM in the management of cancer and clinical feature.- AIM in cancer chemotherapy and radiation therapy.- AIM in Infectious Medicine.- AIM and pathogenitc organisms in general.- AIM and the biology of pathogenic microorganisms.- AIM and the management of infected patients.- AIM and early suspicion of infection.- AIM and the clinical approach in infectious medicine.- AIM and fever of unknown origin.- AIM and the avoidance of nosocomial infections.- AIM and infections in immunocompromised patients.- AIM in Antimicrobial chemotherapy.- AIM in Immunization.- AIM in Travel and expedition medicine.- AIM and viruses.- AIM and Respiratory tract viruses.- Herpes.- EBV.- Proxi.- Mumps.- Measles.- Nipah and Hendra virus encephalitides.- Enterovirus infections.- AIM and HIV.- AIM and cancerous viruses.- AIM and bacterial infections.- AIM and sexual health.- AIM and epidemiology of STDs.- AIM and Sexual Behaviour.- AIM in Sexual History and Examination.- AIM and contraception.- AIM and Chemical and physical injuries and environmental factors and disease.- AIM in Clinical Toxicology.- AIM and Poisonin

This book provides a structured and analytical guide to the use of artificial intelligence in medicine. Covering all areas within medicine, the chapters give a systemic review of the history, scientific foundations, present advances, potential trends, and future challenges of artificial intelligence within a healthcare setting.

Artificial Intelligence in Medicine aims to give readers the required knowledge to apply artificial intelligence to clinical practice. The book is relevant to medical students, specialist doctors, and researchers whose work will be affected by artificial intelligence.

<p>Covers challenges and problems faced through the use of artificial intelligence in medicine</p><p>Reviews the literature to give readers a scientific foundation</p><p>Contains original images and illustrations to clarify procedures</p>

Dr. Niklas Lidströmer – Karolinska Institute, MD, MSc, specialist physician, postgraduate researcher in AI in medicine, senior advisor in AI and medical investments, former AI entrepreneur and founder of an AI powered medical platform, former head of Medical AI at a variety of med-tech companies, and also previous co-leader of a handful of successful medical startups. His experience also encompasses widespread global clinical work spanning 20 years within numerous regions across eight countries. After graduating with a master’s thesis on global medicine in 2000, he began practicing as a medical doctor in 2002, followed by internship, specialized residencies, and clinical work all over the world, including 1 year circumnavigating as a maritime doctor. His international work experience, fluency in nearly ten languages, practical familiarization with AI in the medical and pharmaceutical industries, and clinical specialist competence in general medicine have produced a passion for translational and educational aspects of artificial intelligence in medicine. Dr. Niklas Lidströmer is eager to bestow upon the world this pivotal reference work – the new standard reference, for artificial intelligence in medicine, which has now become the largest and most comprehensive in the scientific community.Hutan Ashrafian, MBBS, MRCS, PhD, MBA, is a clinician-scientist and active surgeon translating novel technologies and therapeutics in healthcare and policy. He has led R&D as chief scientific adviser at the Institute of Global Health Innovation at Imperial College London and as chief medical officer at a FTSE 100 multinational, and is currently chief scientific officer at the global biotech and venture firm Flagship Pioneering in Preemptive Medicine and Health Security and his own start-ups. He has over 20 years of translational clinical, computational physiology, digital and AI trial, and product development experience, including novel COVID vaccines and national tracing apps. He leads the STARD-AI and QUADAS-AI global guideline initiatives for AI diagnostic accuracy. As honorary lecturer at Imperial College London, he runs the collaboration with Imperial College London, NHS Hospitals, and Google on an AI algorithm for breast screening and also with NICE on health technological assessment classifications for AI. He was awarded the Royal College of Surgeons Arris and Gale Lectureship and the Hunterian Prize. He has authored more than 450 publications (including Lancet, Nature, NEJM) and 10 personally authored books ranging from medicine to philosophy and ancient history, also having discovered an ancient lion species and deciphering hidden realities in Renaissance art including those of Leonardo da Vinci. He has several eponymous medical signs named after him and described his own procedure – the Ashrafian Thoracotomy. His philosophical work in artificial general intelligence, human rights, and solving the simulation argument is taught at law schools, and he is regularly featured in historical and scientific documentaries. He has co-edited the major reference book Artificial Intelligence in Medicine by Springer Nature.

9783030645724

/Internal Medicine/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Health Informatics/Computer and Information Systems Applications/Computer Science/Mathematics and Computing//Radiology/Life Sciences/Health Sciences//Surgery/Life Sciences/Health Sciences///

978-3-7643-8361-9

Linda Fossati Wood, Medwrite Inc., Westford, MA, USA; MaryAnn Foote, MA Foote Associates, Westlake Village, CA, USA

Targeted Regulatory Writing Techniques: Clinical Documents for Drugs and Biologics

Regulatory writing fundamentals.- Developing a target.- Getting started.- Regulatory writing tips.- Templates and style guides: The nuts and bolts of regulatory documents.- Document review.- Source documents.- Protocols.- Clinical study reports.- Integrated documents.- Investigator’s brochures.- Investigational medicinal products dossier.- Integrated summaries of safety and efficacy.- Informed consent forms.- Regulatory submissions.- Global submissions: The common technical document.- Clinical trial procedures and approval processes in Japan.- Region-specific submissions: United States of America.

This book describes the authors’ standard or ‘best’ practices used in writing regul- ed clinical documents for the drug and biologics industry. The fundamental premise of this book is that the end (documents submitted to a health authority) is dep- dent on the beginning (the planning and strategy that go into organizing written documentation). Each regulatory document inherently exists within a constellation of related documents. This book attempts to show the relationships between and among these documents and suggests strategies for organizing and writing these documents to maximize ef?ciency while developing clear and concise text. At all times, and irrespective of applicable laws and guidelines, good communication skills and a sense of balance are essential to adequately, accurately, and clearly describe a product’s characteristics. At no time should the reader perceive these suggestions to be the only viable solution to writing regulatory documents nor should the reader expect that these suggestions guarantee product success. The audience for this book is the novice medical writer, or those who would like to explore or enhance regulatory-writing skills. We assume the reader will have a basic understanding of written communication, but little experience in applying this skill to the task of regulatory writing. Extensive knowledge of science, clinical me- cine, mathematics, or regulatory affairs law is not required to use the best practices described in this book.

<p>Covers specific document types and submissions for drugs and biologics in the US, Japan and Europe. Extensive appendices of sample documents</p><p>Comprehensive glossary of terms</p><p>Written by two regulatory writers with more than 20 years experience each</p><p>Includes supplementary material: sn.pub/extras</p>

9783764383619

/Pharmacology/Biomedical Research/Life Sciences/Health Sciences/

/Pharmacology/Biomedical Research/Life Sciences/Health Sciences//Biotechnology/Biological Sciences/Life Sciences//Pharmacy/Life Sciences/Health Sciences//

10.1007/978-3-7643-8362-6

978-1-60761-218-6

M. Gabriel Khan, University of Ottawa The Ottawa Hospital, Ottawa, ON, Canada

Over 95 entries, including entries such as
• ACE Inhibitors
• Beta Blockers Hypertension Controversy
• Blood Pressure
• Clinical Trials
• Diabetes Caused by Diuretics and Beta Blockers
• Erectile Dysfunction and the Heart
• Marfan Syndrome
• Murmurs and Heart Disease
• Pulmonary Hypertension
• Women and Heart DiseaseWith over 255 figures, including echocardiographic animations

The fully revised second edition of the Encyclopedia of Heart Diseases is an ideal resource for practicing clinicians and researchers. Available in print, online, and with dual access, it is a clear and comprehensive aggregation of the most crucial information and essential data on cardiovascular diseases and therapeutics.Comprised of over 95 entries with regular online updates, the Encyclopedia of Heart Diseases is fully referenced, and major points of interests are hyperlinked to complementary sections. Each entry is logically and superbly written, providing accurate core knowledge of pathogenesis, pathophysiology, clinical features, diagnostic techniques, and management strategies. Specific detail is paid to technological advances in imaging and diagnostics. Therapy focused entries give powerful insights into not only prescribing drug regimens, but also into the controversies surrounding their use.This major reference work is invaluable for all those involved in the care of cardiovascular patients. From the front-line practitioner to the basic science researcher to the student in training, the Encyclopedia of Heart Diseases offers an astute authoritative guide to navigating an immense body of fascinating information. From the trainee to the internist and cardiologist, all will find it useful. It is an essential resource for medical libraries and academic institutions worldwide.From the Foreword:So, what would we want from an encyclopedia on heart disease? Ideally, a book would be comprehensive, yet concise, and be practically oriented, and explain pathophysiology and treatment. In addition, it should be accessible online so that it can be accessed at the bedside or anywhere.Dr. Khan has written exactly such a book. Encyclopedia of Heart Diseases is comprehensive, yet concise, and very practically oriented. Importantly, it takes a step-by-step approach, walking the reader through a thorough pathophysiology of conditions, their evaluation and treatment. For therapies, he provides the mechanism of the drug, its doses, side effects and clinical efficacy....A terrific online resource with all the information you need!- Christopher P. Cannon, MD, TIMI Study Group, Brigham and Women's Hospital, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA, USA

The fully revised second edition of the Encyclopedia of Heart Diseases is an ideal resource for practicing clinicians and researchers. Available in print, online, and with dual access, it is a clear and comprehensive aggregation of the most crucial information and essential data on cardiovascular diseases and therapeutics.Comprised of over 95 entries with regular online updates, the Encyclopedia of Heart Diseases is fully referenced, and major points of interests are hyperlinked to complementary sections. Each entry is logically and superbly written, providing accurate core knowledge of pathogenesis, pathophysiology, clinical features, diagnostic techniques, and management strategies. Specific detail is paid to technological advances in imaging and diagnostics. Therapy focused entries give powerful insights into not only prescribing drug regimens, but also into the controversies surrounding their use.This major reference work is invaluable for all those involved in the care of cardiovascular patients. From the front-line practitioner to the basic science researcher to the student in training, the Encyclopedia of Heart Diseases offers an astute authoritative guide to navigating an immense body of fascinating information. From the trainee to the internist and cardiologist, all will find it useful. It is an essential resource for medical libraries and academic institutions worldwide. From the Foreword:So, what would we want from an encyclopedia on heart disease? Ideally, a book would be comprehensive, yet concise, and be practically oriented, and explain pathophysiology and treatment. In addition, it should be accessible online so that it can be accessed at the bedside or anywhere.Dr. Khan has written exactly such a book. Encyclopedia of Heart Diseases is comprehensive, yet concise, and very practically oriented. Importantly, it takes a step-by-step approach, walking the reader through a thorough pathophysiology of conditions, their evaluation and treatment. For therapies, he provides the mechanism of the drug, its doses, side effects and clinical efficacy....A terrific online resource with all the information you need!- Christopher P. Cannon, MD, TIMI Study Group, Brigham and Women's Hospital, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA, USA

<p>Fully revised, with over 80% new and updated material</p><p>Includes 255 figures, with echocardiographic animations</p><p>Each insightful entry is fully referenced for advanced study</p><p>Precisely written and clearly formatted for rapid extraction of information</p><p>Provides accurate core knowledge essential to those at all levels of training</p><p>Contains an abundance of information on indications and controversies of specific therapies</p><p>Online updates provided regularly</p>

Dr. M. Gabriel Khan is a cardiologist at the Ottawa Hospital and an Associate Professor of Medicine at the University of Ottawa, Canada. He graduated MB, BCh, with First-Class Honors at The Queen’s University of Belfast, was appointed Staff Physician in charge of a Clinical Teaching Unit at the Ottawa General Hospital and is a Fellow of the American College of Cardiology, the American College of Physicians, and the Royal College of Physicians of London and Canada. His books include On Call Cardiology, 3rd edition (2006), Heart Disease Diagnosis and Therapy, 2nd edition (2006), Rapid ECG Interpretation, 2nd edition (2003), Cardiac and Pulmonary Management (1993), Medical Diagnosis and Therapy (1994), Heart Attacks, Hypertension and Heart Drugs (1986), and Heart Trouble Encyclopedia (1996).Dr. Khan’s books have been translated into numerous languages. He has built a reputation as a clinician-teacher and has become an internationally acclaimed cardiologist through his writings.

9781607612186

/Cardiology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Cardiac Surgery/Surgery/Life Sciences/Health Sciences//Angiology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Internal Medicine/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences///

978-0-387-98355-4

Emanuel Parzen; Kunio Tanabe; Genshiro Kitagawa, Inst. Statistical Mathematics, Tokyo, Japan

Foreword.- A Conversation with Hirotugu Akaike.- List of Publications of Hirotugu Akaike.- Papers.- 1. Precursors.- 1. On a zero-one process and some of its applications.- 2. On a successive transformation of probability distribution and its application to the analysis of the optimum gradient method.- 2. Frequency Domain Time Series Analysis.- 1. Effect of timing-error on the power spectrum of sampled-data.- 2. On a limiting process which asymptotically produces f-2 spectral density.- 3. On the statistical estimation of frequency response function.- 3. Time Domain Time Series Analysis.- 1. On the use of a linear model for the identification of feedback systems.- 2. Fitting autoregressive models for prediction.- 3. Statistical predictor identification.- 4. Autoregressive model fitting for control.- 5. Statistical approach to computer control of cement rotary kilns.- 6. Statistical identification for optimal control of supercritical thermal power plants.- 4. AIC and Parametrization.- 1. Information theory and an extension of the maximum likelihood princilple.- 2. A new look at the statistical model identification.- 3. Markovian representation of stochastic processes and its application to the analysis of autoregressive moving average processes.- 4. Covariance matrix computation of the state variable of a stationary Gaussian process.- 5. Analysis of cross classified data by AIC.- 6. On linear intensity models for mixed doubly stochastic Poisson and self-exciting point processes.- 5. Bayesian Approach.- 1. A Baysian analysis of the minimum AIC procedure.- 2. A new look at the Bayes procedure.- 3. On the likelihood of a time series model.- 4. Likelihood and the Bayes procedure.- 5. Seasonal adjustment by a Bayesian modeling.- 6. A quasi Bayesian approach to outlier detection.- 7. On the fallacy of the likelihood principle.- 8. A Bayesian apporach to the analysis of earth tides.- 9. Factor analysis and AIC.- 6. General Views on Statistics.- 1. Prediction and entropy.- 2. Experiences on the development of time series models.- 3. Implications of informational point of view on the development of statistical science.

The pioneering research of Hirotugu Akaike has an international reputation for profoundly affecting how data and time series are analyzed and modelled and is highly regarded by the statistical and technological communities of Japan and the world. His 1974 paper 'A new look at the statistical model identification' (IEEE Trans Automatic Control, AC-19, 716-723) is one of the most frequently cited papers in the area of engineering, technology, and applied sciences (according to a 1981 Citation Classic of the Institute of Scientific Information). It introduced the broad scientific community to model identification using the methods of Akaike's criterion AIC. The AIC method is cited and applied in almost every area of physical and social science. The best way to learn about the seminal ideas of pioneering researchers is to read their original papers. This book reprints 29 papers of Akaike's more than 140 papers. This book of papers by Akaike is a tribute to his outstanding career and a service to provide students and researchers with access to Akaike's innovative and influential ideas and applications. To provide a commentary on the career of Akaike, the motivations of his ideas, and his many remarkable honors and prizes, this book reprints 'A Conversation with Hirotugu Akaike' by David F. Findley and Emanuel Parzen, published in 1995 in the journal Statistical Science. This survey of Akaike's career provides each of us with a role model for how to have an impact on society by stimulating applied researchers to implement new statistical methods.

9780387983554

Statistics in Engineering, Physics, Computer Science, Chemistry and Earth Sciences

/Mathematics and Computing/Probability Theory/Mathematics//Statistics in Engineering, Physics, Computer Science, Chemistry and Earth Sciences/Applied Statistics/Statistics/Mathematics and Computing/////

10.1007/978-1-4612-1694-0

Francesco Emma; Stuart L. Goldstein; Arvind Bagga; Carlton M. Bates; Rukshana Shroff

Francesco Emma, Department of Pediatric Specialties, Bambino Gesù Children’s Hospital – IRCCS, Rome, Italy; Stuart L. Goldstein, The Heart Institute, Cincinnati Children’s Hospital Medical Center, College of Medicine, Cincinnati, OH, USA; Arvind Bagga, All India Institute of Medical Sciences, New Delhi, India; Carlton M. Bates, UPMC Children’s Hospital of Pittsburgh, University of Pittsburgh School of Medicine, Pittsburgh, PA, USA; Rukshana Shroff, Great Ormond Street Hospital for Children, NHS Foundation Trust and University College London Institute of Child Health, London, UK

XXVIII, 2134 p. 339 illus., 260 illus. in color. In 2 volumes, not available separately.

Pre-natal development of the kidneys and urinary tract.- Post-natal renal maturation.- Congenital abnormalities of the kidneys and the urinary tract.- Stem cells and kidney regeneration.- Assessment of kidney function.- Imaging kidneys and the urinary tract.- Technical aspects of renal pathology.- Approach to the child with hematuria and/or proteinuria.- Nephrotic syndrome: classification and evaluation.- Genetic bases of nephrotic syndrome.- Congenital nephrotic syndrome.- Clinical aspects of genetic forms of nephrotic syndrome.- Inherited diseases of the glomerular basement membrane.- Steroid sensitive nephrotic syndrome.- Non-genetic forms of steroid resistant nephrotic syndrome.- Membranous nephropathy.- Evaluation of children with nephritic syndrome.- IgA Nephropathy.- Henoch Schönlein Purpura Nephritis.- Renal vasculitis.- Lupus nephritis.- Autoantibodies and kidney diseases.- C3 glomerulopathies.- Atypical HUS and TTP.- Infection-related HUS.- Acute post-streptococcus glomerulonephritis.- Infections that affect the kidney (non-viral).- Viral infections and the kidney.- The kidney in sickle cell disease.- The kidney in type I diabetes.- The kidney in metabolic syndrome.- Renal Manifestations of Metabolic Disorders.- The kidney in methyl malonic acidemia.- The kidney in mitochondrial cytopathies.- Fabry disease.- Primary hyperoxaluria.- Fanconi Syndrome.- Cystinosis.- Aminoaciduria and Glycosuria.- Renal hypophosphatemia.- Inherited disorders of sodium and potassium handling.- Inherited disorders of renal magnesium handling.- Inherited disorders of renal calcium handling.- Renal Tubular Acidosis.- Inherited disorders of water handling.- Tubulointerstitial nephritis.- Sodium and Water Disorders: evaluation and management.- Potassium disorders: evaluation and management.- Clinical use of diuretics.- Autosomal Dominant Polycystic Kidney Diseases.- Autosomal Recessive Polycystic Kidney Diseases.- Renal involvement in tuberous sclerosis.- Nephronophtisis and other ciliopathies.- Autosomal Dominant Tubulointerstitial Kidney Diseases.- Urolithiasis and nephrocalcinosis.- Urinary tract infections.- Vesicoureteral reflux.- Obstructive uropathies.- Bladder disorders.- Enuresis.- Pediatric renal tumors.- Onconephrology.- Pathophysiology and epidemiology of hypertension in children.- Evaluation and management of hypertension.- Renovascular hypertension: evaluation and management.- Pathogenesis of acute kidney injury.- Evaluation and management of acute kidney injury in neonates.- Evaluation and management of acute kidney injury in children.- Nephrotoxins.- Progression of chronic kidney disease and nephroprotection.- Epidemiology and management of Chronic Kidney Disease.- Nutrition, Growth and Development.- CKD-MBD.- Anemia in CKD.- Assessment of volume status in CKD.- Peritoneal Dialysis.- Hemodialysis.- Infant dialysis.- Adequacy of dialysis.- Renal Transplantation: Evaluation of children and donors.- Renal transplantation: surgical and perioperative management.- Renal transplantation: immunosuppression.- Renal transplantation: disease recurrence.- Renal transplantation: infectious complications.- Renal transplantation: non- infectious complications and long-term outcome.- Multi-organ transplants and the kidney in other solid organ transplantation.- Ethical issues in pediatric nephrology.- Drug dosing in abnormal kidney functions in Children with Abnormal Renal Function.- Normal reference values.

Over the course of the previous seven editions, Pediatric Nephrology has become the standard reference text for students, trainees, practicing physicians (pediatricians, nephrologists, internists, and urologists), subspecialists, and allied health professionals seeking information about children’s kidney diseases. It is global in perspective, reflecting the fact that the international group of editors are all acknowledged world experts. The latest edition of this text is no different, providing a comprehensive, state-of-the-art overview on pediatric nephrology. Much like the previous edition, the latest edition reviews the most critical aspects of the field. Topics covered include developmental physiology and diseases, renal physiology and diagnostic approaches, glomerular disease, kidney involvement in systemic diseases, renal tubular disorders, homeostasis, cystic kidney disease and related disorders, urinary tract disorders, hypertension, acute kidney injury, and chronic kidney failure.Unlike the previous edition, however, the chapters in this edition now combine physiology, clinical management, and pathology for ease of use. The latest edition also includes a new section on the evaluation of different disorders that can have multiple etiologies, setting the stage for the evaluation and management of specific diseases. This book serves as a superb resource and an invaluable asset for practitioners, health professionals, and trainees seeking out information about children's kidney diseases.

Revises a major reference work, now in 8th editionDetails all clinically relevant aspects and the latest treatment guidelines for children’s kidney diseasesOffers an invaluable resource for students and practitioners

<div>Francesco Emma, MD</div><div>Bambino Gesù Children’s Hospital – IRCCS</div><div>Division of Nephrology</div><div>Rome, Italy</div><div>
</div><div>Stuart L. Goldstein, MD</div><div>Director, Center for Acute Care Nephrology </div><div>Medical Director, Pheresis Service</div><div>Co-Director, Heart Institute Research Core</div><div>Cincinnati Children's Hospital Medical Center</div><div>Division of Nephrology and Hypertension</div><div>Cincinnati, OH</div><div>USA</div><div>
</div><div>Arvind Bagga, MD</div><div>All India Institute of Medical Sciences</div><div>Division of Nephrology
</div><div>Ansari Nagar, New Delhi</div><div>India</div><div>
</div><div>Carlton M. Bates, MD</div><div>Chief, Division of Pediatric Nephrology</div><div>Children’s Hospital of Pittsburgh </div><div>University of Pittsburgh Medical Centerr</div><div>Pittsburgh, PA</div><div>USA</div><div>
</div><div>Rukshana Shroff, MD, FRCPCH, PhD</div><div>Great Ormond Street Hospital for Children</div><div>NHS Foundation Trust</div><div>London, UK</div><div>
</div><div>Dr. Emma received his Medical Degree and specialized in Pediatrics from the Catholic University of Louvain, Brussels, Belgium. He then completed his training in Pediatric Nephrology at Boston Children's Hospital, Harvard Medical School. In 1998, Dr. Emma moved to the Bambino Gesù Children's Hospital - IRCCS, in Rome, where he has set-up the Nephrology Research Laboratory and was appointed Chief of the Division of Pediatric Nephrology in 2005. He currently holds the position of Head of the Department of Pediatric Subspecialties.</div><div>
</div><div>Dr. Emma has authored more than 160 research articles in peer-reviewed journals and is the author of several textbook chapters and one of the editors of the Pediatric Nephrology textbook. He is the chair of the ESPN (European Society of Pediatric Nephrology) Working Group on Inherited Renal Disorders. His primary research interests are in rare renal diseases, in particular cystinosis and idiopathic nephrotic syndrome.</div><div>
</div><div>Stuart L. Goldstein, MD, has been an active investigator in the field of pediatric acute kidney injury (AKI) since 2000. Dr. Goldstein’s main research foci include: AKI epidemiology and outcomes, acute renal replacement therapy provision and investigation of novel urinary AKI biomarkers in the pediatric population. Dr. Goldstein has established a strong record of interdisciplinary and inter-institutional collaboration with cardiologists, intensivists and emergency center physicians, which is evidenced by his establishment and directing of the Prospective Pediatric Continuous Renal Replacement Therapy Registry from 2001 to 2012, and the Prospective Pediatric AKI Research Group (ppAKI-RG) in 2012. The ppAKI-RG is comprised of 52 centers from around the world with the goal of improving outcomes for the child with or at-risk for, AKI.</div><div>
</div><div>Carl Bates, MD, has had a career as a clinical pediatric nephrologist and basic research scientist for over 15 years. Dr. Bates was recruited to Children’s Hospital of Pittsburgh of UPMC and the University of Pittsburgh School of Medicine in 2008, where he is currently Professor of Pediatrics, Cell Biology and Developmental Biology; Vice Chair of Basic Research in Pediatrics, Division Chief of Pediatric Nephrology; and co-Director of the Pediatric Nephrology Fellowship Training Program.</div><div>
</div><div>In addition to caring for children with pediatric kidney disease for many years, Dr. Bates has had an internationally-recognized research program focused on genetic regulation of kidney and bladder development, with more than 15 years of continuous funding by the National Institutes of Health. His mouse models of kidney and bladder disease have helped us understand many of the structural kidney and bladder birth defects se

9783030527181

/Internal Medicine/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Pediatrics/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences/Urology//General Practice and Family Medicine/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences/Health Care///

978-3-662-63708-1

Gerd Plewig; Lars French; Thomas Ruzicka; Roland Kaufmann; Michael Hertl

Gerd Plewig, University of Munich, Munich, Germany; Lars French, University of Munich, Munich, Germany; Thomas Ruzicka, University of Munich, Munich, Germany; Roland Kaufmann, University of Frankfurt, Frankfurt, Germany; Michael Hertl, University of Marburg, Marburg, Germany

XXVIII, 2267 p. 1410 illus., 1398 illus. in color. In 2 volumes, not available separately.

Basic Principles.- Diagnostic Tools.- Infectious Diseases: Viruses.- Infectious Diseases: Bacteria.- Infectious Diseases: Fungi.- Infectious Diseases: Sexually Transmitted Diseases.- Infectious Diseases: Parasitic Infections.- Allergy and Intolerance Reactions.- Drug Hypersensitivity.- Inflammatory Diseases.- Environmental Diseases.- Bullous Disorders.- Connective Tissue Diseases.- Hereditary Disorders.- Vascular Diseases.- Pigmentary Diseases.- Diseases of Adnexal Structures.- Regional and Special Disorders.- Metabolic Diseases.- Tumors.- Therapy.

The standard textbook of Dermatology and Allergy in new edition!The 4th edition of the 'Braun-Falco Textbook', an international standard text of dermatology, allergy and sexually transmitted disorders has been thoroughly rewritten and reedited and offers a comprehensive state-of-the-art review of the entire field for clinicians in hospital and private practice.The editors assembled an expert team of authors with outstanding international reputation who present a concise overview of the complete spectrum of dermatology and its groundbreaking progress with particular emphasis on aspects of practical care within the specialty.The treatment recommendations are based on current international guidelines and standards of care, and pay special attention to latest therapeutic progress as well as recent pathophysiological concepts.A special emphasis has been put on a unique array of high quality figures and a clear, easily understandable structure of the respective chapters. Besides the printed version, the new edition is available as a digital version.New aspects of the 4th edition that reflect the tremendous and rapid progress of dermatology include an up to date clinical classification of dermatoses, current guidelines and therapeutic concepts in inflammatory and neoplastic diseases, and dermatological aspects of the new Covid-19 infection. “Braun-Falco`s Dermatology” is a must for specialists and trainees in dermatology, and of great value for all physicians who encounter skin diseases in general.

The standard textbook of Dermatology and Allergy in new edition! The 4th edition of the 'Braun-Falco Textbook', an international standard text of dermatology, allergy and sexually transmitted disorders has been thoroughly rewritten and reedited and offers a comprehensive state-of-the-art review of the entire field for clinicians in hospital and private practice. The editors assembled an expert team of authors with outstanding international reputation who present a concise overview of the complete spectrum of dermatology and its groundbreaking progress with particular emphasis on aspects of practical care within the specialty.

The treatment recommendations are based on current international guidelines and standards of care, and pay special attention to latest therapeutic progress as well as recent pathophysiological concepts.

A special emphasis has been put on a unique array of high quality figures and a clear, easily understandable structure of the respective chapters. Besides the printed version, the new edition is available as a digital version.

New aspects of the 4th edition that reflect the tremendous and rapid progress of dermatology include an up to date clinical classification of dermatoses, current guidelines and therapeutic concepts in inflammatory and neoplastic diseases, and dermatological aspects of the new Covid-19 infection.

“Braun-Falco`s Dermatology” is a must for specialists and trainees in dermatology, and of great value for all physicians who encounter skin diseases in general.

The complete dermatologyComprehensive, precise and practicalWith numerous high-quality colour illustrations

em. Prof. Dr. med. Dr. h.c. mult. Gerd Plewig, Department of Dermatology and Allergy, Ludwig-Maximilian University Munich

Prof. Dr. med. Lars E. French, Chairman, Department of Dermatology and Allergy, Ludwig-Maximilian University Munich

Prof. Dr. med. Dr. h.c. mult. Thomas Ruzicka, Past Chairman, Department of Dermatology and Allergy, Ludwig-Maximilian University Munich

Prof. Dr. med. Roland Kaufmann, Head of the Department of Dermatology, Venerology and Allergology of J.W.Goethe University Hospital Frankfurt

Prof. Dr. med. Michael Hertl, Director of the Department Dermatology and Allergology, Philipps University Marburg

9783662637081

479707_4_En

/Dermatology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//General Practice and Family Medicine/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences/Health Care//Immunology/Biological Sciences/Life Sciences////

10.1007/978-3-662-63709-8

Havidán Rodríguez, University at Albany, SUNY, Albany, NY, USA; William Donner, University of Texas Rio Grande Valley, Edinburg, TX, USA; Joseph E. Trainor, University of Delaware, Newark, DE, USA

,978-0-387-52048-3,978-0-387-32331-2,978-0-387-73952-6,978-0-387-32353-4

<div>Part I. Perspectives on Disasters.- Chapter 1. Defining Disaster; Ronald W. Perry.- Chapter 2. The Crisis Approach; Arjen Boin, Paul 't Hart and Sanneke Kuipers.- Chapter 3. Contributions of Technological and Natech Disaster Research to the Social Science Disaster Paradigm; Duane A. Gill and Liesel A. Ritchie.- Chapter 4. Studying Future Disasters and Crises: A Heuristic Approach; E.L. Quarantelli, Arjen Boin, and Patrick Lagadec.- Part II. Contemporary Issues in Disaster.- Chapter 5. Resilience and Disasters; James M. Kendra, Lauren Clay and Kimberly Gill.- Chapter 6. The Cultural Turn in Disaster Research: Understanding Resilience and Vulnerability through the Lens of Culture; Gary R. Webb.- Chapter 7. Terrorism as Hazard and Disaster; William L. Waugh Jr.- Chapter 8. Climate Change and Disasters; Katherine Hore, Ilan Kelman, Jessica Mercer and JC Gaillard.- Chapter 9. On Bridging Research and Practice in Disaster Science and Management: Unified System or Impossible Mission?; Joseph E. Trainor. Eric Stern and Tony Subbio.- Part III. Inequality, Social Stratification, and Disasters.- Chapter 10. Race, Class, Ethnicity, and Disaster Vulnerability; Bob Bolin and Liza C. Kurtz.- Chapter 11. Gender and Disaster: Foundations and New Directions for Research and Practice; Elaine Enarson, Alice Fothergill and Lori Peek.- Chapter 12. People with Disabilities and Disasters; Laura M. Stough and Ilan Kelman.- Chapter 13. Children and Disasters; Lori Peek, David Abramson, Robin S. Cox, Alice Fothergill and Jennifer Tobin.- Chapter 14. Social Capital in Disaster Research; Michelle A. Meyer.- Part IV. Methods and Methodological Issues in Disaster Research.- Chapter 15. Methodological Issues in Disaster Research; William Donner and Walter Diaz.- Chapter 16. The Role of Geographic Information Science and Technology in Disaster Management; Deborah S. K. Thomas.- Chapter 17. Computer Simulation and Optimization; Rachel A. Davidson and Linda Nozick.- Chapter 18. Morbidity and Mortality Associated with Disasters; Michele M. Wood and Linda B. Bourque.- Part V. Communities in Disaster.- Chapter 19. Community Innovation and Disasters; Tricia Wachtendorf, James M. Kendra and Sarah DeYoung.- Chapter 20. Community-based Disaster Risk Management; Dewald Van Niekerk, Livhuwani David Nemakonde, Leandri Kruger and Kylah Forbes-Genade.- Chapter 21. Population/Community Displacement; Ann-Margaret Esnard and Alka Sapat.- Part VI. Communication and the Mass Media.- Chapter 22. Communication Imminent Risk; Michael K. Lindell.- Chapter 23. News Media and Disasters: Navigating Old Challenges and New Opportunities in the Digital Age; Brian Monahan and Matthew Ettinger.- Chapter 24. Social Media in Disaster Communication; Leysia Palen and Amanda L. Hughes.- Part VII. From Coordination to Recovery: Managing Disasters.- Chapter 25.Community Processes: Coordination; Thomas E. Drabek.- Chapter 26. Governmental Response to Disasters: Key Attributes, Expectations, and Implications; Sandra K. Schneider.- Chapter 27. Post-Disaster Sheltering, Temporary Housing and Permanent Housing Recovery; Walter Gills Peacock, Nicole Dash, Yang Zhang and Shannon Van Zandt.- Chapter 28. Disaster Recovery in an Era of Climate Change: The Unrealized Promise of Institutional Resilience; Gavin Smith, Amanda W. Martin, and Dennis E. Wenger.</div>

This second edition of the Handbook reflects some of the foundational topics for disaster studies; current substantive, methodological or theoretical topics of interest; as well as new and emerging topics in the field. While highlighting some of the iconic themes of the 1st Edition, including what is a disaster; morbidity and mortality associated with disasters; gender and disasters; and race, class, ethnicity, and disasters, the 2nd Edition also brings to the forefront new and emerging research themes in the field of disaster studies, including climate change; children and disasters; technological and natech disasters; as well as the news media and disasters, among others. The 2nd Edition of the Handbook will continue to inform the field of disaster studies for years to come; it will expand our knowledge in this important field of inquiry, but will also generate new questions and research ideas; will continue to positively impact the growth, development, and expansion of thisfield and our growing community; and will continue to raise awareness regarding the onset and impact of these events in societies throughout the world, and, in turn, will have significant and positive impacts on disaster mitigation, preparedness, response, and recovery.

This second edition of the Handbook reflects some of the foundational topics for disaster studies; current substantive, methodological or theoretical topics of interest; as well as new and emerging topics in the field. While highlighting some of the iconic themes of the 1st Edition, including what is a disaster; morbidity and mortality associated with disasters; gender and disasters; and race, class, ethnicity, and disasters, the 2nd Edition also brings to the forefront new and emerging research themes in the field of disaster studies, including climate change; children and disasters; technological and natech disasters; as well as the news media and disasters, among others. The 2nd Edition of the Handbook will continue to inform the field of disaster studies for years to come; it will expand our knowledge in this important field of inquiry, but will also generate new questions and research ideas; will continue to positively impact the growth, development, and expansion of thisfield and our growing community; and will continue to raise awareness regarding the onset and impact of these events in societies throughout the world, and, in turn, will have significant and positive impacts on disaster mitigation, preparedness, response, and recovery.

Focuses on dynamic pressures such as population growth, composition, and distribution, as well as income inequality, stratification, and povertyProvides theoretical, methodological, and public policy contributions of the field of disaster studies at the national and international levelDiscuses new trajectories and opportunities for social science research in researchIncludes supplementary material: sn.pub/extras

<div>Havidán Rodríguez is the President of the University at Albany of the State University of New York (SUNY). However, most of his work for this Handbook took place in his previous role as Founding Provost & Executive Vice President for Academic Affairs, and a tenured professor in the Department of Sociology & Anthropology, at the University of Texas Rio Grande Valley. He also served as director of the Disaster Research Center (DRC) at the University of Delaware. He was the principal investigator for the Research Experience for Undergraduates (REU) Program: Training the Next Generation of Disaster Researchers, funded by NSF. Dr. Rodríguez is the co-editor (with Quarantelli and Dynes) of the Handbook of Disaster Research (2006).
</div><div>
</div>Joseph E. Trainor is an Associate Professor of Public Policy and Administration at the University of Delaware (UD). He is the current director of the UD Disaster Science and Management Degree Programs and is a Core Faculty memberat the Disaster Research Center (DRC).

William Donner is Associate Professor of Sociology and Disaster Studies M.A. Director at the University of Texas-Rio Grande Valley. Research interests include hazard warnings, epidemiology, demography, and statistical applications in disaster research.

9783319632537

/Humanities and Social Sciences/Society/Sociology//Public Health/Life Sciences/Health Sciences//Population and Demography/Humanities and Social Sciences/Society//Geography/Earth and Environmental Sciences/Physical Sciences/Human Geography//Political Science/Politics and International Studies/Humanities and Social Sciences//

Susan Castillo Street, King's College London, London, UK; Charles L. Crow, Bowling Green State University, Ohio, OH, USA

<div>Acknowledgments.- Notes on Contributors.- Introduction.- PART I: EDGAR ALLAN POE AND HIS LEGACY.- 1. Edgar Allan Poe and the Southern Gothic; Tom F. Wright.- 2. Inside the Dark House: William Faulkner, Absalom, Absalom! and Southern Gothic; Richard Gray.- 3. Dreamland: Antebellum Southern Women Poets and Poe; Paula Bernat Bennett.- 4. Southern Gothic: Haunted Houses; Carol Margaret Davison.- 5. The Globalisation of the Gothic South; Edward Sugden.- PART II: SPACE AND PLACE IN SOUTHERN GOTHIC.- 6. Gothic Landscapes of the South; Matthew Wynn Sivils.- 7. Southern Hauntings: Kate Chopin's Fiction; Janet Beer and Avril Horner.- 8. Gothic Appalachia; Sarah Robertson.- 9. New Immigration and the Southern Gothic; Nahem Yousaf.- 10. Flannery O'Connor and the Realism of Distance ; Éric Savoy.- 11. Florida Gothic: Shadows in the Sunshine State; Bev Hogue.- 12. Gothic Cuba and the Trans-American South; Ivonne M. Garcia.- 13. A Long View of History: Cormac McCarthy's Gothic Vision; Robert H. Brinkmeyer, Jr..- 14. New Orleans as Gothic Capital; Sherry R. Truffin.- 15. George Washington Cable and Grace King; Owen Robinson.- 16. Francophone Gothic Melodramas; Bill Marshall.- PART III: RACE AND SOUTHERN GOTHIC.- 17. Uncanny Plantations: The Repeating Gothic; Michael Kreyling.- 18. Slave Narratives and Slave Revolts; Maisha Wester.- 19. The Tragic Mulatto and Passing; Emily Clark.- 20. Law and the Gothic in the Slaveholding South; Ellen Weinauer.- 21. Charles Chesnutt's Reparative Gothic; Christine A. Wooley.- 22. Jim Crow Gothic: Richard Wright's Southern Nightmare; Agnieszka Soltysik Monnet.- 23. The Turn from the Gothic to Southern Liberalism in To Kill a Mockingbird; Michael L. Manson.- 24. Raising the Indigenous Undead; Eric Gary Anderson.- PART IV: GENDER AND SEXUALITY IN SOUTHERN GOTHIC TEXTS.- 25. Twisted Sisters: The Monstrous Women of Southern Gothic; Kellie Donovan-Condron.- 26. Ellen Glasgow's Gothic Heroes and Monsters; Mark Graves.- 27. The Gothic and the Grotesque in the Novels of Carson McCullers; Dara Downey.- 28. 'The room must evoke some ghosts': Tennessee Williams; Stephen Matterson.- 29. Truman Capote’s Gothic Politics; Michael P. Bibler.- PART V: MONSTERS, VAMPIRES AND VOODOO.- 30. Southern Vampires: Anne Rice, Charlaine Harris and True Blood; Ken Gelder.- 31. Voodoo and Conjure as Gothic Realism; Anne Schroder.- 32. 'Nothing So Mundane as Ghosts': Eudora Welty and the Gothic; Sarah Ford.- 33. Talismans of Shadows and Mantles of Light: Contemporary Forms of the Southern Female Gothic; Peggy Dunn Bailey.- 34. Shadows on the Small Screen: The Televisuality and Generic Hybridity of Southern Gothic; Brigid Cherry.- 35. The Southern Gothic in Film: An Overview; David Greven.- Index.-</div>

<div>This book examines ‘Southern Gothic’ - a term that describes some of the finest works of the American Imagination. But what do ‘Southern’ and ‘Gothic’ mean, and how are they related? Traditionally seen as drawing on the tragedy of slavery and loss, ‘Southern Gothic’ is now a richer, more complex subject. Thirty-five distinguished scholars explore the Southern Gothic, under the categories of Poe and his Legacy; Space and Place; Race; Gender and Sexuality; and Monsters and Voodoo. </div>The essays examine slavery and the laws that supported it, and stories of slaves who rebelled and those who escaped. Also present are the often-neglected issues of the Native American presence in the South, socioeconomic class, the distinctions among the several regions of the South, same-sex relationships, and norms of gendered behaviour. This handbook covers not only iconic figures of Southern literature but also other less well-known writers, and examines gothic imagery in film and in contemporary television programmes such as True Blood and True Detective.

<div>This book examines ‘Southern Gothic’ - a term that describes some of the finest works of the American Imagination. But what do ‘Southern’ and ‘Gothic’ mean, and how are they related? Traditionally seen as drawing on the tragedy of slavery and loss, ‘Southern Gothic’ is now a richer, more complex subject. Thirty-five distinguished scholars explore the Southern Gothic, under the categories of Poe and his Legacy; Space and Place; Race; Gender and Sexuality; and Monsters and Voodoo. </div><div>The essays examine slavery and the laws that supported it, and stories of slaves who rebelled and those who escaped. Also present are the often-neglected issues of the Native American presence in the South, socioeconomic class, the distinctions among the several regions of the South, same-sex relationships, and norms of gendered behaviour. This handbook covers not only iconic figures of Southern literature but also other less well-known writers, and examines gothic imagery in film and in contemporary television programmes such as True Blood and True Detective.</div>

<p>Explores the Southern Gothic, under the categories of Poe and his Legacy; Space and Place; Race; Gender and Sexuality; and Monsters and Voodoo</p>

<div>Susan Castillo Street is Harriet Beecher Stowe Professor Emerita, King’s College London, UK. She has published extensively on writing of the Early Americas, Native American writing, nineteenth-century American literature, and the Southern Gothic. She is also a published poet and literary translator.</div><div>
</div><div>Charles L. Crow is Professor Emeritus of English at Bowling Green State University, USA. His publications include A Companion to the Regional Literatures of America (2003), American Gothic (2009), American Gothic: An Anthology From Salem Witchcraft to H. P. Lovecraft (2012), and A Companion to American Gothic (2013).</div>

Palgrave Standard US (P5)

9781349693337

/North American Literature/Literary Region or Country/Literature/Humanities and Social Sciences/

/North American Literature/Literary Region or Country/Literature/Humanities and Social Sciences//Fiction Literature/Literary Genre/Literature/Humanities and Social Sciences//American Film and TV/Film and Television Studies/Media and Communication/Humanities and Social Sciences//Contemporary Literature/Literary History/Literature/Humanities and Social Sciences//Twentieth-Century Literature/Literary History/Literature/Humanities and Social Sciences//Cultural History/History/Humanities and Social Sciences/

Wesley E. Sowers; Hunter L. McQuistion; Jules M. Ranz; Jacqueline Maus Feldman; Patrick S. Runnels

Wesley E. Sowers, University of Pittsburgh Medical Center, Pittsburgh, PA, USA; Hunter L. McQuistion, New York University Grossman School of Medicine | NYU Langone Health, New York, NY, USA; Jules M. Ranz, Columbia University, Vagelos College of Physicians and Surgeons, New York, NY, USA; Jacqueline Maus Feldman, University of Alabama at Birmingham, Birmingham, AL, USA; Patrick S. Runnels, Case Western Reserve School of Medicine, Ohio, OH, USA

,978-1-4614-3148-0,978-1-4614-3150-3,978-1-4939-0300-9,978-1-4614-3149-7

Part I Introduction and Background.- Introduction: Community Psychiatry on the Move.- History of Community Psychiatry .- Part II The Basics: The Pillars of Community Psychiatry.- Recovery and Person-Centered Care: Empowerment,Collaboration, and Integration.- Population Health, Prevention, and Community Psychiatry.- Exercising Effective Leadership.- Advocacy in Evolution: The Push and Pull of Psychiatrists.- Comprehensive Integrated Systems of Care.- Part III Core Competencies for Community Psychiatrists.- Inspiring a Welcoming, Hopeful Culture.- Motivational Interviewing as a Core Communication Style.- Person-Centered Recovery Planning as a Roadmap to Recovery .- Cultural and Linguistic Competence.- Context-Specific Assessment.- Team Leadership: Promoting Diversity and Inclusion in the Aftermath of COVID-19.- Community Education.- Collaborative Medication Management and Discontinuation.- Traumatic Stress in the Community: Identification and Intervention.- Integrated Care and Community Psychiatry.- Group Appointments in Psychiatry+.- Treatment Techniques for Co-occurring Substance.- Use and Mental Disorders.- Women’s Mental Health: Core Concepts for Community Psychiatry.- Part IV Effective and Established Interventions.- Developing, Evaluating and Implementing Evidence-Based Interventions in Real World Practice.- Cognitive Behavioral Therapy.- Psychiatric Rehabilitation.- Family Systems Care in Public Sector Settings.- Evidence-Based Practices for Co-occurring Addiction and Mental Illness.- Case Management and Assertive Community Treatment.- Crisis and Emergency Services.- Part V Creating Healthy Communities.- Epidemiology in Community Psychiatry.- Social and Political Determinants of Health and Mental Health.- Mental Health Services Research and Community Psychiatry.- Climate Change: Implications for Community Mental Health.- Disaster Victims and the Response to Trauma.- The Role of the Psychiatrist in Community Consultation and Collaboration.- Collaborative Reduction of Criminal Justice Involvement for Persons with Mental Illness.- Part VI Supportive Services for Community Living.- Housing First and the Role of Psychiatry in Supported Housing.- Health Self-Management: The Emerging Importance of Trauma and Resilience.- Supported Employment.- Peer Service Providers as Colleagues.- Fountain House and the Clubhouse Movement.- Service Coordination and Health Homes.- Part VII Special Populations.- Community-Based Psychiatric Care for Individuals with Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities.- Psychiatric Care for People Experiencing Homelessness.- Early Psychosis and the Prevention and Mitigation of Serious Mental Illness.- Cognitive Behavior Therapy for Psychosis.- Veterans’ Services.- Child and Adolescent Psychiatric Services.- Serving Elders in the Public Sector.- Rural Populations.-Clinical Issues and Programming for Sexual and Gender Minority Populations.- Migrant and Refugee Mental Health.- Part VIII Development and Administration of Services.- Transforming Mental Health Systems and Programs.- Program Evaluation.- Creating Value: Resource and Quality Management.- Telehealth and Technology.- The Medical Director in Community-Based.- Mental Healthcare.- Financing of Community Behavioral Health Services.- Workforce Development in Community Psychiatry.- Practical Ethics for Practicing Clinicians.- Part IX Shaping the Future.- Medical Student and Resident Education in Community Psychiatry.- Public/Community Psychiatry Fellowships.- Mentoring and Supervision in Community Psychiatry .- International Trends in Community Mental Health Services.- Community Psychiatry: Past, Present, and Future.

<div>The second edition of the AACP's (American Association for Community Psychiatry) Textbook of Community Psychiatry is a welcome update of this notable work that comprehensively presents the state of the art in this field. Along with continuously evolving scientific advances and principles of clinical care, community psychiatry must respond to shifts in public policy as well as economic climate. The past decade has witnessed significant political and social changes, including climate change, immigration levels, technological advancement, the influence of social media and the rise of political unrest. This new edition reflects these wider changes, incorporating new chapters and enhancing previous ones. It remains the standard text for certification of those working in healthcare and social welfare systems design and delivery of services. Readers will gain knowledge of:</div><div>Basic pillars of the fieldEvidence based interventionsTelepsychiatry and technological aidsTrauma informed servicesIntegrated health systemsSocial determinants of healthStructural discrimination</div>

<div>
</div><div>The second edition of the AACP's (American Association for Community Psychiatry) Textbook of Community Psychiatry is a welcome update of this notable work that comprehensively presents the state of the art in this field. Along with continuously evolving scientific advances and principles of clinical care, community psychiatry must respond to shifts in public policy as well as economic climate. The past decade has witnessed significant political and social changes, including climate change, immigration levels, technological advancement, the influence of social media and the rise of political unrest. This new edition reflects these wider changes, incorporating new chapters and enhancing previous ones. It remains the standard text for certification of those working in healthcare and social welfare systems design and delivery of services.



Readers will gain knowledge of:</div><div>Basic pillars of the fieldEvidence based interventionsTelepsychiatry and technological aidsTrauma informed servicesIntegrated health systemsSocial determinants of healthStructural discrimination











</div><div>
</div><div>
</div><div>
</div><div>
</div>

<p>Comprehensive and up to the minute</p><p>Covers basic pillars of the field and evidence-based interventions</p><p>New information on telepsychiatry, special populations, and integrated systems of care</p>

Wesley E. Sowers, MD is Clinical Professor of Psychiatry at the University of Pittsburgh Medical Center and is the Director of the Center for Public Service Psychiatry and its associated Fellowship Program at Western Psychiatric Hospital. He is board certified in Adult Psychiatry with subspecialty certifications in Addiction, Administrative and Community Psychiatry. He is a Past President of the American Association for Community Psychiatry and has served on the Board of Directors of that organization since 1988. He has also been on the Board of the American Association of Psychiatric Administrators since 1999. He has served as Co-Chair of the Mental Health Services Committee of the Group for Advancement of Psychiatry since 2009. From 2008 to 2016 he was co-director of the SAMHSA sponsored Recovery to Practice curriculum development project for psychiatry. Dr. Sowers is a graduate of Brown University and Northwestern University Medical School. He completed residencies at the Cook County Hospital in Chicago and the Albert Einstein College of Medicine, Department of Psychiatry in New York City. Clinically, he has extensive experience in the provision of treatment and services to special populations such as homeless men and women, people with criminal records, LGBTQ individuals, and people with substance use disorders. He has published several articles, editorials, and book chapters on topics related to his clinical activities and health care systems management. He was the chief architect of the Level of Care Utilization System (LOCUS) and its counterpart for children and adolescents (CALOCUS), instruments widely used to guide service intensity decisions. Hunter L. McQuistion, MD is Clinical Professor of Psychiatry at New York University (NYU) Grossman School of Medicine and Senior Attending Psychiatrist at NYU Langone Health. He is Medical Director of the SAMHSA-funded Engagement, Treatment, and Recovery (EnTRy) Program at Family Health Centers at NYU Langone, which provides FQHC-based multidisciplinary and recovery-oriented services to underserved Brooklyn residents experiencing serious mental health challenges. He recently completed a successful and satisfying stewardship as Chief of Psychiatry & Behavioral Health at NYC Health+Hospitals|Gotham|Gouverneur. Among other roles in systems management and clinical policy, Dr. McQuistion has also served at a high level in the City of New York Department of Health & Mental Hygiene.As an academic community psychiatrist, he has focused much of his career on program development and scholarship concerning people who experience homelessness and mental illnesses, but has also turned energies to other underserved populations, including interest in efforts on racial and ethnic issues as related to clinical competencies. Spanning roles in advocacy, administration, epidemiological and services research, and education, Dr. McQuistion has published and presented widely. He offers program and educational consultation as well as providing direct clinical services. Among other accomplishments, Dr. McQuistion is a Past President of the American Association for Community Psychiatry, is recognized as an Exemplary Psychiatrist by the National Alliance on Mental Illness, is a Distinguished Life Fellow of the American Psychiatric Association, a Fellow of the New York Academy of Medicine, and a member of the Group for Advancement of Psychiatry. Jules M. Ranz, MD is Clinical Professor of Psychiatry at Columbia. He was director of the Public Psychiatry Fellowship at NYS Psychiatric Institute/Columbia University Medical Center from 1992 to 2017 and continues as a mentor to many of the over 300 psychiatrists who completed the fellowship. The Public Psychiatry Fellowship is generally acknowledged to be the premier program of its kind in th

9783031102387

209449_2_En

/Behavioral Sciences and Psychology/Clinical Psychology/Humanities and Social Sciences/

/Behavioral Sciences and Psychology/Clinical Psychology/Humanities and Social Sciences//Community Psychology/Behavioral Sciences and Psychology/Humanities and Social Sciences/////

Richard Musialowski, Atrium Health, Charlotte, NC; Krista Allshouse, Levine Childrens’ Congenital Heart Center, Charlotte, NC, USA

​Part 1: Basic Anatomy and Physiology.- Chapter 1. Basic Embryology.- Chapter 2. Anatomy.- Chapter 3. Hemodynamics.- Chapter 4. Cardiac Conduction.- Chapter 5. Cardiovascular Physical Examination.- Part 2: Coronary Artery Disease.- Chapter 6. Acute Syndromes - Troponin.- Chapter 7. Chronic Disease.- Chapter 8. Angina Not Due to CAD.- Chapter 9. Stress Testing.- Part 3: Electrophysiology.- Chapter 10. Bradycardia.- Chapter 11. Tachycardia Classification-triggered.- Chapter 12. Medications.- Chapter 13. Channelopathies.- Chapter 14. Ablation.- Chapter 15. Cardiac Devices.- Chapter 16. Cardioversion.- Chapter 17. Syncope and Autonomic Dysfunction.- Part 4: Structural/Valvular Heart Disease.- Chapter 18. Aortic Valve.- Chapter 19. AS.- Chapter 20. Mitral Valve.- Chapter 21. Tricuspid Valve.- Chapter 22. Pulmonary Valve.- Chapter 23. Endocarditis.- Part 5: Cardiomyopathies/Heart Failure.- Chapter 24. Preserved EF.- Chapter 25. Reduced EF.- Chapter 26. Ischemic vs. Non-ischemic.- Chapter 27. Medications.- Chapter 28. Cardiopulmonary Testing.- Chapter 29. Guidelines.- Chapter 30. Transplant.- Part 6: Shock.- Chapter 31. Types of shock.- Chapter 32. Guidelines.- Chapter 33. Pulmonary Embolism.- Chapter 34. Introduction Support Devices.- Part 7: Vascular.- Chapter 35. Carotid Stenosis- Chapter 36. PVD.- Chapter 37. Aortic Dissection.- Part 8: ANA.- Chapter 38. Lipids.- Chapter 39. HTN.- Chapter 40. Lifestyle Modification.- Chapter 41. Smoking Cessation.- Part 9: Other.- Chapter 42. Pregnancy.- Part 10: ACHD-Simple.- Chapter 43. ASD/VSD/Bicuspid Valve.- Chapter 44. TOF.- Chapter 45. Repaired Coarct.- Chapter 46. L-Transposition of the Great Arteries.- Chapter 47. D-TGA.- Chapter 48. SBE Prophylaxis Inductions.

This book provides a comprehensive overview of cardiology topics for the advanced care provider. Chapters cover topics that advanced care providers need to master before practicing in the field of cardiology. Chapters are organized by cardiology topic with each chapter written by an APP in conjunction with a physician who each specialize in the chapter-specific areas. Coverage spans across the field of cardiology, including basic anatomy and physiology, coronary artery disease, electrophysiology, structural and valvular heart diseases, cardiomyopathies and heart failure, and ambulatory cardiology and preventative care. Chapters will include online references including guidelines and images. <div>
</div><div>Cardiology Manual for the Advanced Practice Provider is a valuable resource for established APPs (PAs and NPs), those starting practice in cardiology and internal medicine, APP Fellows in the fields of cardiology and internal medicine, and those in PA/NP programs. </div>

<div>This book provides a comprehensive overview of cardiology topics for the advanced care provider. Chapters cover topics that advanced care providers need to master before practicing in the field of cardiology. Chapters are organized by cardiology topic with each chapter written by an APP in conjunction with a physician who each specialize in the chapter-specific areas. Coverage spans across the field of cardiology, including basic anatomy and physiology, coronary artery disease, electrophysiology, structural and valvular heart diseases, cardiomyopathies and heart failure, and ambulatory cardiology and preventative care. Chapters will include online references including guidelines and images.
</div><div>
</div><div>Cardiology Manual for the Advanced Practice Provider is a valuable resource for established APPs (PAs and NPs), those starting practice in cardiology and internal medicine, APP Fellows in the fields of cardiology and internal medicine, and those in PA/NP programs. </div><div><div>
</div></div>

<p>Provides a comprehensive overview of cardiology topics for the advanced care provider</p><p>Offers a text that is tailored to the needs of the advanced care provider</p><p>Written by advanced care providers in conjunction with cardiology physicians</p>

Richard S. Musialowski, Jr., M.D. F.A.C.C.

Atrium Health, Sanger Heart and Vascular Institute (SHVI)

Charlotte, NC



Krista Allshouse, PA-C, MSPAS

Atrium Health, Levine Children’s Congenital Hearth Center

Charlotte, NC<div>
</div><div>Dr. Richard S. Musialowski is a director of Cardiovascular Education at the Sanger Heart and Vascular Institute. He is also the acting Cardiology Teaching Service Coordinator at Atrium Health Charlotte Campus. Presently, he is an active staff member the Atrium Health Main Medical Center and is a Clinical Assistant Professor for Wake Forest University-Charlotte Campus. His current lecture presentations include Pulmonary Artery Catheters in the Surgical Patient Parts I and II and Atrial Fibrillation overview for the Advanced Practice Provider. Most recently, Dr. Musialowski presented at the ACC summit on Ambulatory Clinic Optimization of Emergency Department Utilization in February 2021. Rapid Transformation in Care Delivery to Cardiovascular Patients on Vitamin K Antagonists during the Covid-19 Global Pandemic was published in the NEJM Catalyst Journal 2021. He was awarded the Excellence in Teaching by the Wake Forest University Third- and fourth medical students in April 2023.</div><div>
</div><div>Krista Allshouse is a Pediatric/Adult Congenital Electrophysiology PA at Atrium Health/Levine Children’s Congenital Heart Center. She has been practicing in cardiology for a total of 17 years with the last 5 being in ACHD/Pediatric Electrophysiology. She has written chapters for the PCICS APP Curriculum, Interventional Critical Care Manual and presented educational lectures for APPs and nursing at her hospital facility. Krista recently reviewed abstracts for the upcoming HRS conference and will be a presenter at the July 2023 SACS Annual Meeting. She is currently involved in writing abstracts and case presentations for the World Congress of Pediatric Cardiology and Cardiac Surgery.</div>

9783031358180

/Cardiology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Internal Medicine/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences/////

978-3-030-27240-1

Sarvee Moosavi, University of British Columbia, Vancouver, BC, Canada; Ali Rezaie, Cedars-Sinai Medical Center, Los Angeles, CA, USA; Mark Pimentel, Cedars-Sinai Medical Center, Los Angeles, CA, USA; Nipaporn Pichetshote, Cedars-Sinai Medical Center, Los Angeles, CA, USA

Atlas of High-Resolution Manometry, Impedance, and pH Monitoring

Introduction to High-Resolution Manometry and Impedance.- Esophageal Manometry.- Antroduodenal Manometry.- Anorectal Manometry.- Basic Principles of Ambulatory pH monitoring and Impedance.

<div>This atlas provides a concise yet comprehensive overview of high-resolution manometry, impedance and pH monitoring. Through instructive text and over 130 high-yield images, the atlas describes the basic principles of esophageal, antroduodenal and anorectal high-resolution manometry, reviews both normal and pathologic findings on manometry, covers technical aspects of pH monitoring and impedance, and outlines advances in equipment, software, and diagnostic guidelines.</div><div>
</div><div>Written by experts in the field, Atlas of High-Resolution Manometry, Impedance, and pH Monitoring is a valuable resource for gastroenterologists and other clinicians and practitioners who work or are interested in the GI motility field. </div>

<div>This atlas provides a concise yet comprehensive overview of high-resolution manometry, impedance and pH monitoring. Through instructive text and over 130 high-yield images, the atlas describes the basic principles of esophageal, antroduodenal and anorectal high-resolution manometry, reviews both normal and pathologic findings on manometry, covers technical aspects of pH monitoring and impedance, and outlines advances in equipment, software, and diagnostic guidelines.</div><div>
</div><div>Written by experts in the field, Atlas of High-Resolution Manometry, Impedance, and pH Monitoring is a valuable resource for gastroenterologists and other clinicians and practitioners who work or are interested in the GI motility field. </div>

<p>One of the few comprehensive resources on high-resolution manometry, impedance, and pH monitoring</p><p>Features over 130 high-yield images</p><p>Written by experts in the field</p>

<div>Sarvee Moosavi, MD, FRCPC
</div><div>University of British Columbia</div><div>Department of Gastroenterology and Hepatology</div><div>Vancouver, BC </div><div>Canada</div><div>
</div><div>Ali Rezaie, MD, MSc, FRCPC</div><div>Medical Driector, GI Motility Program
</div><div>Cedars-Sinai Medical Center</div><div>Los Angeles, CA</div><div>USA</div><div>
</div><div><div>Nipaporn Pichetshote, MD</div><div>Assistant Director, GI Motility Program
</div><div>Cedars-Sinai Medical Center</div><div>Los Angeles, CA</div><div>USA</div></div><div>
</div><div>Mark Pimentel, MD, FRCP(C) <div>Cedars-Sinai Medical Center</div><div>Executive Director, Medically Associated Science and Technology (MAST) Program</div>Los Angeles, CA <div>USA</div></div>

9783030272401

/Gastroenterology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//////

10.1007/978-3-030-27241-8

Frederik Barkhof, VU University Medical Centre (VUmc), Amsterdam, The Netherlands; Hans Rolf Jäger, UCL Institute of Neurology, London, UK; Majda M. Thurnher, University Hospital Vienna, Vienna, Austria; Àlex Rovira, Autonomous University of Barcelona Vall d’Hebron Research Institute (VHIR), Barcelona, Spain

XXXIII, 2272 p. 1665 illus., 442 illus. in color. In 3 volumes, not available separately.

Sections: Indications, technique and anatomy; Cerebrovascular diseases; Trauma; Paediatric Neuroradiology; CSF disorders; Spine and spinal cord; Inflammatory and autoimmune brain diseases; Infectious brain disease; Epilepsy; Tumour and tumour-like conditions; Dementia and neurodegenerative diseases; Toxic & metabolic conditions; Peripheral nervous system and Neuromuscular Disease

This superbly illustrated 3 volume textbook, endorsed by the European Society of Neuroradiology, explains in detail the clinical importance of neuroradiology in complementing history taking and physical examination during the workup of patients suspected of having neurological, neurosurgical, or psychiatric disorders. The role of imaging of the brain and spinal cord is described across the full range of relevant conditions, including, cerebrovascular diseases, trauma, CSF disorders, developmental malformations, inflammatory diseases, epilepsy, tumors and tumor-like conditions, neurodegenerative diseases, metabolic conditions and neuromuscular disorders. The structured approach to imaging and image analysis will ensure that the book is an invaluable resource for neuroradiologists in training and clinicians alike. Starting from the clinical indication, suggestions for imaging protocols are provided and checklists of common findings and aspects key to interpretation are presented. The book is published within the SpringerReference program, which combines thorough coverage with access to living editions constantly updated via a dynamic peer-review process.Sections in the Textbook:
Indications, Technique, and Anatomy: Tarek A. Yousry,Cerebrovascular Diseases: Rüdiger von Kummer,Trauma: Johan Van Goethem,CSF Disorders: Charles Romanowski,Infectious Brain Disease: Majda M. Thurnher,Inflammatory and Autoimmune Brain Diseases: Alex Rovira,Epilepsy: Nuria Bargalló,Tumor and Tumorlike Conditions: Hans Rolf Jäger,Dementia and Neurodegenerative Diseases: Sven Haller,Toxic and Acquired Metabolic Conditions: Andrea Falini,Pediatric Neuroradiology: Andrea Rossi,Spine and Spinal Cord: Mario Muto, Peripheral Nervous System and Neuromuscular Disease: Mike Wattjes

<p>Explains the clinical importance of neuroradiology across a wide range of conditions</p><p>Features a structured approach to image analysis, including imaging protocols, checklists for reporting and sample reports</p><p>Endorsed by the European Society of Neuroradiology - freely available to Full and Junior members</p><p>Represents a mandatory text for ECNR students – the next generation of EU neuroradiologists</p><p>Contains 13 Sections and 77 chapters in 3 volumes</p><p>Includes supplementary material: sn.pub/extras</p>

Frederik Barkhof received his M.D. from VU University, Amsterdam (NL), in 1988, and defended his Ph.D. thesis in 1992, for which he received the Philips Prize for Radiology (1992) and the Lucien Appel Prize for Neuroradiology (1994). Since 2001, he serves as a Full Professor in Neuroradiology in the Department of Radiology and Nuclear Medicine at VUmc. In 2015, he was appointed Full Professor of Neuroradiology at the institutes of Biomedical Engineering and Neurology at UCL in London (UK) to translate novel imaging techniques and became a fellow of the Royal College of Radiology. Professor Barkhof was the Chairman of the Dutch Society of Neuroradiology and the MAGNIMS study group for many years. He leads the Queen Square MS Centre Trial Unit, involved in the analysis of multicenter drug trials. He serves on the editorial boards of Radiology, Brain, Multiple Sclerosis Journal, Neuroradiology, and Neurology. In 2018 he received the John Dystel Prize by the AAN and NMSS for his significant contributions to MS research. In 2019, he became a senior fellow of the ISMRM. Barkhof’s research interests focus on childhood white matter disease, multiple sclerosis (spinal cord MRI, gray matter, atrophy, and histopathology correlations), aging (white matter lesions and microbleeds), and dementia (structural, functional, and molecular MR and PET). He has (co)authored more than 1000 papers referenced in PubMed, and is listed among the 3000 most influential scientists worldwide by Thompson-Reuters. He is the author of the books Neuroimaging in Dementia and Clinical Applications of Functional Brain MRI. Cumulatively, he has received in excess of €25 million in grant money from various national and international funding agencies and has performed contract research for all major pharmaceutical companies, with a cumulative contract value exceeding €15 million. More than 40 Ph.D. students have graduated under his supervision and 3 of them have subsequently attained a full professorship.



Hans Rolf Jäger studied Medicine at the Universities of Freiburg, Germany, and Montpellier, France (as recipient of a bursary from the French government). He obtained his M.D. with “magna cum laude” at the University of Freiburg in 1983. After 3 years in Internal Medicine, he underwent training in Radiology at the Hammersmith Hospital, London, and obtained the Fellowship of the Royal College of Radiologists in 1991. Subsequently, he trained in Neuroradiology at the National Hospital for Neurology and Neurosurgery, Queen Square, London, and in Interventional Neuroradiology with Pierre Lasjaunias at Hôpital Bicêtre, Paris. Rolf Jäger became Consultant Neuroradiologist at the National Hospital for Neurology and Neurosurgery in 1997, with joint academic appointments at the UCL Institute of Neurology, where he was promoted to Full Professor in Neuroradiology in 2014. During the course of his career, Rolf Jäger has been implementing advanced MR imaging techniques, such as gadolinium-based perfusion techniques, hemorrhage-sensitive imaging (T2_ and SWI), carotid plaque imaging, intracranial vessel wall imaging, and ASL perfusion imaging and angiography. He thereby created platforms for clinical translational research, the results of which made seminal contributions to the understanding of disease processes and influenced patient management. His clinical interest and research focus are cerebrovascular diseases, brain tumors, as well as neuro-infection (in particular HIV), and neurodegenerative diseases. He has been the imaging lead of several national and international multicenter clinical trials in these fields with an overall grant funding of £5.6 million. Rolf Jäger has built strong research collaborations with leading academic institutions in Europe, the USA, and South America, and regularly supervises visiting fellows from t

9783319685359

/Neuroradiology/Radiology/Life Sciences/Health Sciences//Neurology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences/////

978-1-4614-8859-0

Marie L. Miville, Columbia University Teachers College, New York, USA; Angela D. Ferguson, Howard University, Washington, USA

Part I: Identity, Worldviews and Cultural Belief Systems: Intersections of Race-Ethnicity and Gender on Identity Development and Social Roles.- Exploring the Intersections of Religion and Spirituality with Race-Ethnicity and Gender in Counseling.- Intersections of Race-Ethnicity, Gender and Sexual Minority Communities.- Race-Ethnicity and Gender in Older Adults.- Part II—Family, Group and Community Systems: Immigration and Human Rights.- Poverty at the Intersections: Implications for Socially-Just Community-Based Practice.- Exploring the Intersection of Parenting, Ethnicity, Race and Gender in the Deconstruction of the Nuclear Family Archetype.- Taking Stock of the Intersection of Race, Gender and Crime: Statistics, Theory and Correctional Applications.- Race-Ethnicity and Gender in Higher Education.- Part III—Career and Organizational Development: Career Development of Men of Color.- Women of Color in the Workplace: Supports, Barriers and Interventions.- Leading with Our Whole Selves: A Multiple Identity Approach to Leadership Development.- In the Boardroom/Out of the Loop: Group and Organizational Dynamics.- Part IV—Clinical Applications: Theories, Models and Practices for Understanding: Gender, Race and Ethnicity in Clinical Assessment.- But Some of the Therapists are Black.- Consistently Inconsistent: A Review of the Literature on Eating Disorders and Body Image among Women of Color.- Men of Color and Eating Disorders.- Domestic Violence: What Every Multicultural Clinician Should Know.

We each have multiple identities that have varying degrees of importance. But when identity comes with a history of second-class citizenship, its psychological and social impact can be felt in all aspects of life, especially if more than one identity carries these experiences.The Handbook of Race-Ethnicity and Gender in Psychology gives clinicians up-to-date findings on its subject and guidelines for incorporating this knowledge into effective practice. Contributors apply intersectional models of diversity to clinical topics (the therapeutic relationship, assessment), social experience (families, spirituality), life-course concerns (education, career development, education, aging), and social justice issues (immigration, crime and correctional interventions). Through these many contexts, practitioners are given more accurate and responsive ways of providing services to a wider range of diverse clients. Included in the Handbook: Intersections of race-ethnicity, gender, and sexual minority communities.Poverty at the intersections: Implications for socially just community-based practice.Exploring the intersection of parenting, ethnicity, race, and gender in the deconstruction of the nuclear family archetype.A multiple-identity approach to leadership development.Eating disorders and body image among women and men of color.Domestic violence: What every multicultural clinician should know.The Handbook of Race-Ethnicity and Gender in Psychology is a crucial skill-building reference for professional psychologists (e.g., clinical psychologists, counseling psychologists, school psychologists) and other mental health practitioners, including counselors and social workers. It should also interest academic psychologists, including social and community psychologists, educators, women’s studies professionals, and higher education administrators.

Multicultural aspects of psychology have received some attention in the literature in the last decade. A number of texts currently address these significant concerns, for example, Counseling the Culturally Different (Sue & Sue, 2008); Handbook of Multicultural Counseling ( Poterotto et l., 2009); and Handbook of Multicultural Counseling Competencies (Pope-Davis & Coleman, 2005). In their most recent editions, several of these books address more nuanced complexities of diversity, for example, the intersections of gender or social class with race-ethnicity. Meanwhile, other texts have addressed gender issues in psychology (Handbook of Counseling Women, Counseling Men), with some attention paid to racial-ethnic and other diversity concerns. Clearly the progression of scholarship in this field reflects the importance of incorporating multiple aspects of diversity within psychology. However, no book currently exists that fully addresses the complexities of race-ethnicity and gender together. Better understanding of the dual impact of race-ethnicity and gender on psychological functioning may lead to more effective conceptualizations of a number of mental health issues, such as domestic violence, addictions, health-related behaviors and achievement. Exploring the impact of race-ethnicity and gender also may provide a broader understanding of self-in-community, as this affects individuals, families and other social groups and work and career development. Topics of interest may include identity development, worldviews and belief systems, parenting styles, interventions for promoting resilience and persistence and strategies for enhancing more accurate diagnostic and treatment modalities. Today’s world is comprised of multiple and intersecting communities that remain in need of psychological models and interventions that support and promote both individual and collective mental health. We believe that utilizing unidimensional conceptual models (e.g. focusing solely on race-ethnicity or gender) no longer adequately addresses psychological concerns that are dynamic, complex and multi-faceted. The proposed Handbook will focus on timely topics which historically have been under-addressed for a number of diverse populations.

<p>Only book to focus on race-ethnicity and gender in psychology</p><p>Enhances current multicultural literature</p><p>Next-generation” approach to diverse mental health issues</p><p>Addresses needs of underserved and marginalized populations</p><p>Appeals to early career professionals and professionals-in-training who are disenchanted with current unidimensional approaches</p><p>Enhances expertise of mid-career and senior professionals</p><p>Includes supplementary material: sn.pub/extras</p>

Marie L. Miville, Ph.D., is an Associate Professor of Psychology and Education in the Department of Counseling and Clinical Psychology at Teachers College, Columbia University. Dr. Miville has conducted research and developed workshops on social attitudes and universal-diverse orientation, Latino/a mental health, and the interrelations of various aspects of identity, as based on race, culture, gender, and sexual orientation among populations of color. Dr. Miville is the author of over 50 publications and several training DVD’s dealing with multicultural issues in counseling and psychology. Dr. Miville is the Director of the Winter Roundtable on Cultural Psychology and Education at Teachers College, and is Editor of the Around the Winter Roundtable Forum for The Counseling Psychologist. She is serving or has served on several editorial boards, including Journal of Counseling Psychology, Cultural Diversity and Ethnic Minority Psychology, Assessment, and Training and Education in Professional Psychology. Dr. Miville is the Historian of the National Latina/o Psychology Association and a Fellow of the American Psychological Association (Division 17 and 45). <br />Angela D. Ferguson, Ph.D. is an Associate Professor at Howard University. Prior to her arrival at Howard University, Dr. Ferguson worked at George Washington University in the Organizational Sciences Department and at the University of Florida as a staff psychologist in the Counseling Center. She has also served as a researcher and consultant to organizations, such as the Landmine Survivors Network (an NGO) – Washington, DC and the American Red Cross, National Headquarters – Washington, DC. Dr. Ferguson’s research and scholarly work have focused on two major areas: a) intersections of multiple identities, specifically examining the interaction of multiple forms of social oppression for communities of color on identity development; and b) trauma and resilience factors in culturally diverse populations. Her research infuses a cultural perspective relative to the ways in which the sociopolitical and historical experiences of oppressed, marginalized groups influences social, emotional, and sociocultural aspects of decision making, and personal and group identity. She has published several book chapters and articles focused on both areas and made numerous presentations at local, national, and international professional conferences.

9781461488590

/Cultural Theory/Gender Studies/Cultural Studies/Humanities and Social Sciences/Society/

/Cultural Theory/Gender Studies/Cultural Studies/Humanities and Social Sciences/Society//Social Work/Humanities and Social Sciences/Society/////

10.1007/978-1-4614-8860-6

978-3-030-62086-8

Ramesh Khanna, University of Missouri, Columbia, MO; Raymond T. Krediet, University of Amsterdam Academic Medical Center, Amsterdam, The Netherlands

,978-0-387-57052-5,978-0-387-78939-2,978-0-387-78940-8,978-1-4899-7722-9

History of Peritoneal Dialysis.- Current Status and Growth of Peritoneal Dialysis.- Patient Survival Comparisons Between Peritoneal Dialysis and Hemodialysis.- Peritoneal Structure and Changes as a Dialysis Membrane After Peritoneal Dialysis.- The Physiology and Pathophysiology of Peritoneal Transport.- Peritoneal Dialysis Program Organization and Management: The Nurse’s Role.- Peritoneal Dialysis Access and Exit-Site Care Including Surgical Aspects.- Automated Peritoneal Dialysis.- Incremental Peritoneal and Hemodialysis.- Urgent-Start Peritoneal Dialysis.- Monitoring the Functional Status of the Peritoneum.- New Peritoneal Dialysis Solutions and Solutions on the Horizon.- Blood Pressure Control in Peritoneal Dialysis.- Peritoneal Infections in Peritoneal Dialysis (PD Peritonitis).- Noninfectious Complications of Peritoneal Dialysis.- Protein-Energy Wasting During Peritoneal Dialysis.- Calcium, Phosphate and Renal Osteodystrophy: CKD – Mineral & Bone Disorder.- Cardiovascular Disease and Inflammation.- Vascular Calcification and Calciphylaxis in Peritoneal Dialysis Patients.- Electrolyte Management in Peritoneal Dialysis.- Management of Anemia in Peritoneal Dialysis Patients.- Peritoneal Dialysis in Diabetic End-Stage Kidney Disease.- Peritoneal Dialysis in Children.- PD in the Older Person.- Ultrafiltration Failure.- Long-Term Peritoneal Dialysis.- Encapsulating Peritoneal Sclerosis.- Role of Peritoneal Dialysis in Acute Kidney Injury.- Kidney Transplant and Peritoneal Dialysis.- Basic Science and Translational Research in Peritoneal Dialysis.- Animal Models for Peritoneal Dialysis Research.- Intraperitoneal Chemotherapy.

This fourth edition comprehensively covers peritoneal dialysis. Peritoneal dialysis represents an intracorporeal technique for blood purification. This unique dialysis system represents one of many human attempts to manipulate nature for sustenance of life. Recent advances have focused on further improvement of the technique, which are covered in full throughout the text. During the past decade, the time during which this therapy has been increasingly utilized, the 3rd Edition has continued to be recognized as the major source of the discipline's base knowledge. The evolution of this text to its newest edition parallels the growth of peritoneal dialysis from Continuous Ambulatory Peritoneal Dialysis in the eighties to the current therapy that encompasses manual and automated therapies with full emphasis on adequacy of dialysis dose. Nolph and Gokal's Textbook of Peritoneal Dialysis is the most in-depth publication on this dialysis technique and is an ideal resource for all clinicians practicing peritoneal dialysis.

<p>Constitutes reference work for nephrologists, clinicians, surgeons, and radiologists performing dialysis</p><p>Discusses new ways to advance the technique of peritoneal dialysis</p><p>Includes new coverage of the evolution of peritoneal dialysis from the eighties to current automated therapies</p>

<div>Ramesh Khanna

Dr. Ramesh Khanna is a tenured Professor of Medicine, Director of the Karl D. Nolph, MD, Division of Nephrology at the School of Medicine, University of Missouri, Columbia, Missouri, USA. Dr. Khanna has been actively involved in the field of nephrology for the past 50 years. He is fully engaged in patient care, teaching nephrology, translational research, and administration. His primary research interest is in applied physiology of solute and water transport across peritoneal membrane. In collaboration with Drs. Karl Nolph†, Dimitrios Oreopoulos†, and Zbylut Twardowski, Dr. Khanna’s research inventions resulted in clinical management guidelines and several patents. Dr. Khanna has consistently received the highest honors in the field both nationally and internationally. He is the current organizing chair of the successful “Annual Dialysis Conference,” which is in its 43rd year of consecutive existence. Dr. Khanna has authored/co-authored numerous papers in top journals, book chapters, abstracts, letters to the editor, and two books, the Textbook of Peritoneal Dialysis, 4th edition, and the very popular beginner’s guide book The Essentials of Peritoneal Dialysis. In addition, he has presented in numerous conferences/workshops across the world. He has been the editorial board member of about 12 journals, and Section Editor of Clinical Nephrology, along with editor of Advances in Peritoneal Dialysis, PD News (Newsletter of the International Society for Peritoneal Dialysis), and Peritoneal Dialysis Today (Highlights of the Annual Conference on Peritoneal Dialysis).

Raymond T. Krediet

Raymond (Ray) Krediet graduated in 1973 at the University of Amsterdam. In 1978 he completed his training as an internist-nephrologist and became Head of Nephrology at the Binnengasthuis, Amsterdam in 1979 where he introduced treatment with continuous ambulatory dialysis (CAPD).

In 1986 he was promoted on a PhD thesis, entitled “Peritoneal permeability in continuous ambulatory peritoneal dialysis patients.” In 1999 he became Professor and Head of the Department of Nephrology at the Academic Medical Centre, University of Amsterdam.

Professor Krediet supervised the research of 29 PhD students and is the author of 576 publications in scientific journals, of which 82% were on Nephrology. He was promotor of 31 PhD theses. His h-index is 72 (WoS).

He is, among others, former chairman of the Dialysis Group Netherlands, the International Society for Peritoneal Dialysis, and the Nephrology Section of the European Union for Medical Specialists. He retired in October 2010, but is still involved in research and a number of academic and organizational activities. He was a member of the Scientific Advisory Board of the European Renal Association from 2012 to 2018. In 2011 he became an honorary member of the Netherlands Federation of Nephrology and in May 2012 he was awarded the International Distinguished Medal from the National Kidney Foundation in the USA. He contributed to the first edition of The Textbook of Peritoneal Dialysis and is co-editor of the three subsequent editions.
</div>

9783030620868

/Internal Medicine/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Internal Medicine/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences/////

978-1-4614-5160-0

Sumaira Z. Aasi, Stanford University School of Medicine, Redwood City, CA, USA; David J. Leffell, Yale School of Medicine, New Haven, CT, USA; Rossitza Z. Lazova, Yale School of Medicine, New Haven, CT, USA

1. How to use this atlas.- 2. Normal skin histology.- 3. Basal cell carcinoma.- 4. Infiltrative basal cell carcinoma.- 5. Differentiating basal cell carcinoma from normal structures.- 6. Adnexal tumors.- 7. Microcystic adnexal carcinoma.- 8. Differentiating infiltrative basal cell carcinoma from other tumors.- 9. Squamous cell carcinoma in situ (Bowen’s disease) and actinic keratoses.- 10. Squamous cell carcinoma.- 11. Differentiating features of squamous cell carcinoma.- 12. Dermatofibrosarcoma protuberans.- 13. Rare tumors including atypical fibroxanthoma.- 14. Pitfalls and incidental findings.- 15. Artifacts.- 16. Bibliography.

For those who perform Mohs microscopically controlled surgery, it is critical to understand the standards and nuances of histopathologic interpretation.  Complete with hundreds of high resolution figures, Atlas of Practical Mohs Histopathology is written by leading experts in the field and discusses the broad range of clinically-focused histopathology from normal skin and rare tumors to pitfalls and incidental findings.  Mohs surgeons, dermatopathologists and pathologists alike will find this book to be a comprehensive and practical guide to interpreting routine and complex cases of skin malignancy.

Mohs surgery is microscopically controlled surgery used to treat common types of skin cancer and allows for the removal of a skin cancer with a very narrow surgical margin and a high cure rate. However, for those involved with the Mohs procedure, it is critical to understand the optimal preparation and interpretation of frozen sections.Complete with hundreds of high resolution figures, Atlas of Practical Mohs Histopathology is written by leading experts in the field and discusses everything from normal skin histology and rare tumors to pitfalls and incidental findings. Dermatologic surgeons, Mohs cutaneous surgeons, dermatopathologists and pathologists alike will find this book to be a comprehensive and indispensable reference.

<p>High quality color images</p><p>Written by leaders in the field</p><p>Indispensable reference for anyone involved with the Mohs procedure</p><p>Includes supplementary material: sn.pub/extras</p>

David J. Leffell, MD David Paige Smith Professor of Dermatology, Otolaryngology, and Plastic Surgery Yale School of Medicine New Haven, ConnecticutSumaira Z. Aasi, MD Associate Professor of Dermatology Stanford University School of Medicine Palo Alto, CaliforniaRossitza Z. Lazova, MD Associate Professor of Dermatology and Pathology Yale School of Medicine New Haven, Connecticut

9781461451600

978-981-15-8982-9

Wenzhong Shi; Michael F. Goodchild; Michael Batty; Mei-Po Kwan; Anshu Zhang

Wenzhong Shi, The Hong Kong Polytechnic University, Hong Kong, Hong Kong; Michael F. Goodchild, University of California, Santa Barbara, CA, USA; Michael Batty, University College London, London, UK; Mei-Po Kwan, The Chinese University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Hong Kong; Anshu Zhang, The Hong Kong Polytechnic University, Hong Kong, Hong Kong

Urban Science and Systems.- Urban Sensing.- Urban Big Data Infrastructure.- Urban Computing.- Urban Problems and Possible Solutions.- Perspectives for the Future.

This open access book is the first to systematically introduce the principles of urban informatics and its application to every aspect of the city that involves its functioning, control, management, and future planning. It introduces new models and tools being developed to understand and implement these technologies that enable cities to function more efficiently – to become ‘smart’ and ‘sustainable’. The smart city has quickly emerged as computers have become ever smaller to the point where they can be embedded into the very fabric of the city, as well as being central to new ways in which the population can communicate and act. When cities are wired in this way, they have the potential to become sentient and responsive, generating massive streams of ‘big’ data in real time as well as providing immense opportunities for extracting new forms of urban data through crowdsourcing. This book offers a comprehensive review of the methods that form the core of urban informatics from various kinds of urban remote sensing to new approaches to machine learning and statistical modelling. It provides a detailed technical introduction to the wide array of tools information scientists need to develop the key urban analytics that are fundamental to learning about the smart city, and it outlines ways in which these tools can be used to inform design and policy so that cities can become more efficient with a greater concern for environment and equity.

This open access book is the first to systematically introduce the principles of urban informatics and its application to every aspect of the city that involves its functioning, control, management, and future planning. It introduces new models and tools being developed to understand and implement these technologies that enable cities to function more efficiently – to become ‘smart’ and ‘sustainable’. The smart city has quickly emerged as computers have become ever smaller to the point where they can be embedded into the very fabric of the city, as well as being central to new ways in which the population can communicate and act. When cities are wired in this way, they have the potential to become sentient and responsive, generating massive streams of ‘big’ data in real time as well as providing immense opportunities for extracting new forms of urban data through crowdsourcing. This book offers a comprehensive review of the methods that form the core of urban informatics from various kinds of urban remote sensing to new approaches to machine learning and statistical modelling. It provides a detailed technical introduction to the wide array of tools information scientists need to develop the key urban analytics that are fundamental to learning about the smart city, and it outlines ways in which these tools can be used to inform design and policy so that cities can become more efficient with a greater concern for environment and equity.

Introduces systematically the principles of urban informatics, including urban system theories, techniques, and tools for urban big data acquisition, infrastructure, and analytics, as well as focusing these new tools on urban problems and possible solutionsBrings together over 140 world-leading researchers and 50 institutions across a wide range of scientific disciplines to deliver a collaborative understanding, technologies, and solutions in the field of urban informaticsIntegrates highly diverse tools and techniques associated with the analysis of the smart city, but often dealt with separately, under the rubric of geographic information scienceIs an open access book

<div>Wenzhong Shi is the Head and Chair Professor of the Department of Land Surveying and Geo-Informatics, Director of Smart Cities Research Institute, The Hong Kong Polytechnic University. He has researched in GISci and remote sensing for over 30 years. He received Wang Zhizhuo Award, the International Society for Photogrammetry and Remote Sensing (2012), and State Natural Science Award, the State Council, China (2007). He was elected academician of International Eurasian Academy of Sciences in 2019. He has published more than 400 scientific articles and 15 books.</div><div>
</div><div>Michael F. Goodchild is Professor Emeritus of Geography at the University of California, Santa Barbara and Distinguished Chair Professor at the Hong Kong Polytechnic University. Until 2012, he held the Jack and Laura Dangermond Chair of Geography and was Director of UCSB’s Center for Spatial Studies. He was elected member of the US National Academy of Sciences in 2002, Foreign Member of the Royal Society, and Corresponding Fellow of the British Academy in 2010. He has published over 550 books and articles.</div><div>
</div><div>Michael Batty is Bartlett Professor of Planning at University College London where he is Chair of the Centre for Advanced Spatial Analysis (CASA), and Distinguished Chair Professor at the Hong Kong Polytechnic University. From 1979 to 1990, he was Professor of City Planning at the University of Cardiff and from 1990 to 1995, Director of the National Center for Geographic Information and Analysis at the State University of New York at Buffalo. He is a Fellow of the British Academy (FBA) and the Royal Society (FRS). His most recent book is Inventing Future Cities (2018), and he is Editor of the journal Environment and Planning B: Urban Analytics and City Science.</div><div>
</div><div>Mei-Po Kwan is Choh-Ming Li Professor of Geography and Resource Management at the Chinese University of Hong Kong. She is Editor of the book series entitled SAGE Advances in Geographic Information Science and Technology. She had served as an Editor of Annals of the American Association of Geographers for 12 years. She is a Fellow of the UK Academy of Social Sciences and the John Simon Guggenheim Memorial Foundation. She has received many prestigious honors and awards, including the Distinguished Scholarship Honors and the Stanley Brunn Award for Creativity in Geography from the American Association of Geographers.</div><div>
</div><div>Anshu Zhang is a Research Assistant Professor in the Department of Land Surveying and Geo-Informatics, The Hong Kong Polytechnic University. She has participated in multiple governmental funded projects and is the Principle Investigator of a sub-project under the State Key R&D Scheme of China. She received the China Science and Technology Progress Award in Surveying and Mapping (Grand Award) in 2017.</div>

9789811589829

/Geography/Earth and Environmental Sciences/Physical Sciences/Human Geography/

/Geography/Earth and Environmental Sciences/Physical Sciences/Human Geography//Computer Communication Networks/Computer Engineering and Networks/Computer Science/Mathematics and Computing//Computer and Information Systems Applications/Computer Science/Mathematics and Computing//Geography/Earth and Environmental Sciences/Physical Sciences///

978-3-030-58042-1

Martin Lacher, University Hospital of Leipzig, Leipzig, Germany; Oliver J. Muensterer, Dr. von Hauner Children’s Hospital, Ludwig-Maximilians-University Munich, Munich, Germany

Appendectomy 3 Trocar.- Intussusception.- Thoracoscopic hyperhydrosis treatment.- Sacrococcygeal teratoma resection.- Laparoscopic Nissen fundoplication.- Fundoplication Tupet.- Nutritional access procedures (gastrostomy, jejunostomy) .- Single Incision Pediatric Endosurgical (SIPES) Appendectomy.- Heller Myotomy.- Splenectomy SILS.- Splenectomy Multitrocar.- Inguinal hernia.- Epigastric hernia.- CDH.- H-Type Fistula.- Management of foregut cystic lesions (including bronchogenic cysts) .- Biopsy of Mediastinal Mass.- Laparoscopic Resection of choledochal cyst with hepaticojejunostomy.- Laparoscopic orchiopexy.- Laparoscopic management in Ulcerative Colitis: staged proctocolectomy with ileoanal pouch anastomosis.- Laparoscopic management in Crohn’s Disease: Ileocecal resection.- General oncologic endosurgical procedures.- Fundoplication Thal.- Pyloromyotomy.- Laparoscopic duodenal atresia repair.- Single-Incision Pediatric Endosurgery (SIPES) Appendectomy .- Laparoscopic Cholecystectomy.- Laparoscopic approach in anorectal malformations.- Laparoscopy for the surgical approach to Hirschsprung Disease.- Pulmonary Sequestration.- Chest wall anomalies.- Laparoscopic Pyeloplasty.- Laparoscopic transperitoneal simple nephrectomy.- Laparoscopic transperitoneal Heminephrectomy .- EXTRAVESICAL URETERAL REIMPLANTATION (LICH-GREGOIR).- Varicocelectomy.- Laparoscopic Adrenalectomy.- Thoracoscopic Lung Biopsy.- TEF Type A.- Ovarian procedures (torsion/ masses).- Thoracoscopic tracheoesophageal fistula and esophageal atresia repair.- VAPES malrotation.- VAPES liver biopsy.- Laparoscopic and open Kasai portoenterostomy for biliary atresia.- Thoracoscopic lung resection.- Thymectomy.- Treatment for Spontaneous Pneumothorax.- Partial Splenectomy.- Laparoscopic management of intra-abdominal testis Shehata Technique.- Two Stage laparoscopic assisted Fowler-Stephens orchidopexy.

This book brings together state of the art endosurgical techniques on abdominal, gastrointestinal, colorectal and thoracic operations in children, as well as operations of upper urological tract. Each chapter is complemented by a corresponding video of the described procedure, featuring critical maneuvers, useful tips, and alternative approaches. The book itself summarizes each operation, containing illustrations about positioning in the operation theatre, the most important steps of the surgical procedures and the managing of possible complications. The videos are accessible through different devices including desktop or laptop computers, tablets, as well as smartphones, allowing both novice and experienced surgeons to review the procedures on the go, during rounds, or in the operating room. The book and accompanying videos are therefore an invaluable guide for pediatric surgeons as well as young surgeons at the start of their career.Videos and more: Download thefree Springer Multimedia App - Scan dedicated images in this book to stream videos or access and download supplementary material.

This book brings together state of the art endosurgical techniques on abdominal, gastrointestinal, colorectal and thoracic operations in children, as well as operations of upper urological tract. Each chapter is complemented by a corresponding video of the described procedure, featuring critical maneuvers, useful tips, and alternative approaches. The book itself summarizes each operation, containing illustrations about positioning in the operation theatre, the most important steps of the surgical procedures and the managing of possible complications. The videos are accessible through different devices including desktop or laptop computers, tablets, as well as smartphones, allowing both novice and experienced surgeons to review the procedures on the go, during rounds, or in the operating room. The book and accompanying videos are therefore an invaluable guide for pediatric surgeons as well as young surgeons at the start of their career. Videos and more: Download the free Springer Nature More Media App - Scan dedicated images in this book to stream videos or access and download supplementary material.
<div><div> </div> </div>

A pioneering video atlas combining text with multimedia through concise chapters in the book with a direct link to videos of surgical proceduresOutlines the most important steps, alternative approaches and critical maneuvers for each procedureProvides Ad hoc availability and accessibility from a variety of different online devices with compact, illustrative instructions on core pediatric endosurgical procedures

Martin Lacher received his medicine degree from the University of Cologne and successfully completed the United States Medical Licensing Exam (USMLE). From 2002-2010 he underwent surgical training in General Surgery and Pediatric Surgery. From 2010 to 2011 he successfully completed a Fellowship in Pediatric Endosurgery at the University of Alabama at Birmingham/USA. In the years 2012-2015 he worked as a staff surgeon at the Department of Pediatric Surgery at Hannover Medical School. Since October 2015 he is surgeon in chief and director of the department of pediatric surgery at the University of Leipzig, Germany. Martin Lacher is board certified for both Pediatric Surgery and General Surgery. He has participated in surgical missions in various countries including Vietnam, China, Tanzania and North Korea. His research activities started with investigating genetic and non-genetic causes of inflammatory bowel diseases and Hirschsprung´s disease. Martin Lacher is chair of the research committee of the International Pediatric Endosurgery Group (IPEG). For his PhD thesis on the genetics of inflammatory bowel diseases he received the Richard Drachter award of the German Society for Pediatric Surgery in 2012. Martin Lacher is reviewer of a variety of surgical peer-reviewed journals, editorial board member of the European Journal of Pediatric Surgery and editor-in-chief of the European Journal of Pediatric Surgery Reports.<div>Oliver Muensterer received his medical degree from the University of Alicante, Spain and the the Ludwig-Maximilians-University of Munich, Germany in 1994. He trained in General surgery at the Washington Hospital Center in Washington, DC and completed a pediatric residency at Duke University in Durham, North Carolina. He complemented his pediatric surgery training at the von Hauner Children’s Hospital in Munich with a fellowship in pediatric endosurgery at the University of Alabama at Birmingham, USA. He is board certified in pediatrics, pediatric surgery, and sports medicine. He served as a staff pediatric surgeon at the University of Leipzig from 2006-2008, before becoming assistant professor of pediatric surgery at the University of Alabama at Birmingham in 2008, and associated professor of pediatric surgery at the Weill Cornell Medical College in New York, USA in 2011. In 2014, he accepted the position of chairman and professor of pediatric surgery at the Johannes Gutenberg University of Mainz. Oliver Muensterer has a particular interest in pediatric foregut issues and pediatric trauma. His research focuses on esophageal atresia, Multiphoton microscopy for Hirschsprung disease and pediatric solid tumors, as well as telemedicine and other innovative techniques. He is an active ATLS instructor and examiner for the European Board of Pediatric Surgery. He participates in the activities of several professional societies and serves on a variety of editorial boards.</div>

9783030580421

/Surgery/Life Sciences/Health Sciences//Internal Medicine/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences/////

978-3-319-02260-4

Elana Shohamy, Tel Aviv University, Tel Aviv, Israel; Iair G. Or, Tel Aviv University, Tel Aviv, Israel; Stephen May, The University of Auckland, Auckland, New Zealand

1st edition: # Kluwer Academic Publishers 1997, 2nd edition: # Springer Science+Business Media LLC 2008

Assessing Language Domains.- Methods of Assessment.- Assessment in Education.- Assessment in Society.

In this third, fully revised edition, the 10 volume Encyclopedia of Language and Education offers the newest developments, including an entirely new volume of research and scholarly content, essential to the field of language teaching and learning in the age of globalization. In the selection of topics and contributors, the Encyclopedia reflects the depth of disciplinary knowledge, breadth of interdisciplinary perspective, and diversity of socio-geographic experience in the language and education field. Throughout, there is an inclusion of contributions from non-English speaking and non-western parts of the world, providing truly global coverage. Furthermore, the authors have sought to integrate these voices fully into the whole, rather than as special cases or international perspectives in separate sections. The Encyclopedia is a necessary reference set for every university and college library in the world that serves a faculty or school of education, as well as being highly relevant to the fields of applied and socio-linguistics. The publication of this work charts the further deepening and broadening of the field of language and education since the publication of the first edition of the Encyclopedia in 1997 and the second edition in 2008.

Revises and updates a landmark reference work, now in 3rd editionCollates knowledge across disciplines, with truly global coverage of language and educationIncludes a special emphasis on language and education in bi/multilingual contextsProvides topical reviews of literature and comprehensive, expert answers to common questionsStimulates look-up and further learning with valuable indexes and handy reference listsIncludes supplementary material: sn.pub/extras

Prior to taking up his position at The University of Auckland, Professor Stephen May was Foundation Professor and Chair of Language and Literacy Education in the School of Education, University of Waikato (2001-2009). In the 1st semester of 2008, he was also a New Zealand Fulbright Senior Scholar, based at Arizona State University, Teachers College, Columbia University and City University New York, where he undertook a comparative ethnographic study of successful school-based bilingual education programs. In 2001, he was a visiting scholar at the Ontario Institute for Studies in Education (OISE), University of Toronto. Stephen began his professional career in the 1980s as a secondary teacher of English and ESL in New Zealand and has subsequently taught in universities in New Zealand, Britain, USA and Canada. From 1993-2001 he taught in the Sociology Department, University of Bristol, UK, where he remains affiliated as a Honorary Research Fellow.<div><div>
</div><div>
</div></div>

9783319022604

/Didactics and Teaching Methodology/Education/Humanities and Social Sciences/Language Education/

/Didactics and Teaching Methodology/Education/Humanities and Social Sciences/Language Education//Applied Linguistics/Linguistics/Humanities and Social Sciences//Skills/Education/Humanities and Social Sciences/Literacy//Education/Humanities and Social Sciences/Educational Policy and Politics///

978-1-4419-9853-8

Dušan Djukić, University of Toronto, Toronto, ON, Canada; Vladimir Janković, University of Belgrade, Belgrade, Serbia; Ivan Matić, Duke University, Durham, NC, USA; Nikola Petrović, Texas A&M University, Doha, Qatar

A Collection of Problems Suggested for The International Mathematical Olympiads: 1959-2009 Second Edition

,978-1-4419-2027-0,978-0-387-50477-3,978-0-387-24299-6,978-0-387-33430-1

-Preface.-1. Introduction.-2. Basic Concepts and Facts.-3. Problems.-4. Solutions.-Appendix A. Notations and Abbreviations.-Appendix B. Codes of the Countries of Origin.-References.

The IMO Compendium is the ultimate collection of challenging high school level mathematics problems. It is an invaluable resource, not only for students preparing for competitions, but for anyone who loves and appreciates math. Training for mathematical olympiads is enjoyed by talented students throughout the world. Olympiads have become one of the primary ways to recognize and develop talented youth with a potential to excel in areas that require abstract thinking. Although the problems appearing at IMO do not involve advanced mathematics, they must be difficult and their solutions must arise from creative and clever insights rather than tedious calculations.In preparation for the distinguished International Mathematical Olympiad (IMO) competition, each participating country selects the top six high school students every year through a series of national olympiads. These students are invited to participate in the IMO, usually held in July. The IMO is a two-day contest where each day competitors are given three problems which they work on independently. The IMO host country appoints a special committee to which each country submits up to six problems. From this composite “longlist” of problems, a “shortlist” of 25-30 problems is created. The jury, consisting of one professor from each country, makes the final selection from the shortlist a few days before the IMO begins.The IMO has sparked a burst of creativity among enthusiasts to create new and interesting mathematics problems. It can be safely said that the IMO and shortlisted problems are among the well-crafted problems created in a given year. This book attempts to gather all of these problems with their solutions. In addition, the book contains all the available longlist problems, for a total of more than 2000 problems. 
From the reviews of the first edition:'The International Mathematical Olympiad, or IMO is the premier international competition for talented high school mathematics students. … This book collects statements and solutions of all of the problems ever set in the IMO, together with many problems proposed for the contest. … serves as a vast repository of problems at the Olympiad level, useful both to students … and to faculty looking for hard elementary problems. No library will want to be without a copy, nor will anyone involved in mathematics competitions …' — (Fernando Q. Gouvêa, MathDL, March, 2006)

'The IMO Compendium' is the ultimate collection of challenging high-school-level mathematics problems and is an invaluable resource not only for high-school students preparing for mathematics competitions, but for anyone who loves and appreciates mathematics.The International Mathematical Olympiad (IMO), nearing its 50th anniversary, has become the most popular and prestigious competition for high-school students interested in mathematics. Only six students from each participating country are given the honor of participating in this competition every year. The IMO represents not only a great opportunity to tackle interesting and challenging mathematics problems, it also offers a way for high school students to measure up with students from the rest of the world.Until the first edition of this book appearing in 2006, it has been almost impossible to obtain a complete collection of the problems proposed at the IMO in book form. 'The IMO Compendium' is the result of a collaboration between four former IMO participants from Yugoslavia, now Serbia and Montenegro, to rescue these problems from old and scattered manuscripts, and produce the ultimate source of IMO practice problems. This book attempts to gather all the problems and solutions appearing on the IMO through 2009. This second edition contains 143 new problems, picking up where the 1959-2004 edition has left off. 

<p>Only publication to gather all of the problems given at the IMO from 1959-2009 including both long and short list problems.</p><p>Second edition includes 143 additional problems. First edition sold nearly 2900 copies.</p><p>Best preparation at the high school level for the International Mathematical Olympiad (IMO)</p><p>All authors are IMO medalists.</p><p>Includes supplementary material: sn.pub/extras</p>

The authors of this volume have published the first edition with Springer in 2006. The first edition has gone through 3 printings and 2510 print sales. Links to the first edition can be found on the IMO website.Each of the authors are from Serbia and all were medalists in the mathematical olympiads. Dusan Djusic is an expert in number theory and took part in 3 IMOs. He won 2 silver medals and 1  gold. He has also participates in 2 Balkan IMOs and medaled in each.Ivan Matic's area of research is partial differential equations and won a silver medal at the 1999 IMO along with a number of awards in other competitions.Vladimir Jankovic's areas of study are extreme problems in optimal control. He was awarded 2 silver medals at the IMOs in 1969 and 1970 and has been the main gatekeeper for the shortlist problems from IMOs of years past.Nikola Petrovic took part in 3 IMOs and 2 Balkan IMOs and has been awarded silver and bronze medals.

9781441998538

10.1007/978-1-4419-9854-5

978-1-0716-2196-7

Francesco Ricci, Free University of Bozen-Bolzano, Bozen-Bolzano, Italy; Lior Rokach, Ben-Gurion University of the Negev, Beer-Sheva, Israel; Bracha Shapira, Ben-Gurion University of the Negev, Beer-Sheva, Israel

,978-1-4899-7636-9,978-1-4899-7638-3,978-1-4899-7637-6,978-1-4899-7780-9

<div>Preface.- Introduction.- Part 1: General Recommendation Techniques.- Trust Your Neighbors: A Comprehensive Survey of Neighborhood-based Methods for Recommender Systems (Desrosiers).- Advances in Collaborative Filtering (Koren).- Item Recommendation from Implicit Feedback (Rendle).- Deep Learning for Recommender Systems (Zhang).- Context Aware Re commender Sytems : From Foundatiom to Recent Developments (Bauman).- Semantics and Content-based Recommendations (Musto).- Part 2: Special Recommendation Techniques.- Session-based Recommender Systems (lannoch)..- Adversarial Recommender Systems: Attack,</div><div>Defense, and Advances (Di Nola).- Group Recommender Systems: Beyond Preferance Aggregation (Masthoff).- People-to-People Reciprocal Recommenders (Koprinska).- Natural Language Processing for Recommender Systems (Sar-Shalom).- Design and Evaluation of Cross-domain Recommender Systems (Cremonesi).- Part 3: Value and Impact of Recommender Systems.- Value and Impact of Recommender Systems (Zanker).- Evaluating Recommender Systems (Shani).- Novelty and Diversity in Recommender Systems (Castells).- Multistakeholder Recommender Systems (Burke).- Fairness in Recommender Systems (Ekstrand).- Part 4: Human Computer Interaction.- Beyond Explaining Single Item Recommendations (Tintarev).- Personality and Recommender Systems (Tkalčič).- Individual and Group Decision Making and Recommender Systems (Jameson).- Part 5: Recommender Systems Applications .- Social Recommender Systems (Guy).- Food Recommender Systems (Trattner).- Music Recommendation Systems: Techniques, Use Cases, and Challenges (Schedl).- Multimedia Recommender Systems: Algorithms and Challenges (Deldjoo).- Fashion Recommender Systems (Dokoohaki).</div>

This third edition handbook describes in detail the classical methods as well as extensions and novel approaches that were more recently introduced. It consists of five parts: general recommendation techniques, special recommendation techniques, value and impact of recommender systems, human computer interaction, and applications. The first part presents the most popular and fundamental techniques currently used for building recommender systems, such as collaborative filtering, semantic-based methods, recommender systems based on implicit feedback, neural networks and context-aware methods. The second part of this handbook introduces more advanced recommendation techniques, such as session-based recommender systems, adversarial machine learning for recommender systems, group recommendation techniques, reciprocal recommenders systems, natural language techniques for recommender systems and cross-domain approaches to recommender systems. The third part covers a wide perspective to the evaluation of recommender systems with papers on methods for evaluating recommender systems, their value and impact, the multi-stakeholder perspective of recommender systems, the analysis of the fairness, novelty and diversity in recommender systems. The fourth part contains a few chapters on the human computer dimension of recommender systems, with research on the role of explanation, the user personality and how to effectively support individual and group decision with recommender systems. The last part focusses on application in several important areas, such as, food, music, fashion and multimedia recommendation. This informative third edition handbook provides a comprehensive, yet concise and convenient reference source to recommender systems for researchers and advanced-level students focused on computer science and data science. Professionals working in data analytics that are using recommendation and personalization techniques will also find this handbook a useful tool.

This third edition handbook describes in detail the classical methods as well as extensions and novel approaches that were more recently introduced within this field. It consists of five parts: general recommendation techniques, special recommendation techniques, value and impact of recommender systems, human computer interaction, and applications. The first part presents the most popular and fundamental techniques currently used for building recommender systems, such as collaborative filtering, semantic-based methods, recommender systems based on implicit feedback, neural networks and context-aware methods. The second part of this handbook introduces more advanced recommendation techniques, such as session-based recommender systems, adversarial machine learning for recommender systems, group recommendation techniques, reciprocal recommenders systems, natural language techniques for recommender systems and cross-domain approaches to recommender systems. The third part covers a wide perspective to the evaluation of recommender systems with papers on methods for evaluating recommender systems, their value and impact, the multi-stakeholder perspective of recommender systems, the analysis of the fairness, novelty and diversity in recommender systems. The fourth part contains a few chapters on the human computer dimension of recommender systems, with research on the role of explanation, the user personality and how to effectively support individual and group decision with recommender systems. The last part focusses on application in several important areas, such as, food, music, fashion and multimedia recommendation. This informative third edition handbook provides a comprehensive, yet concise and convenient reference source to recommender systems for researchers and advanced-level students focused on computer science and data science. Professionals working in data analytics that are using recommendation and personalization techniques will also find this handbook a useful tool.

<p>Includes eleven new chapters in this third edition handbook</p><p>Introduces advanced topics such as Deep Neural Networks and RS, Natural Language Processing and RS and more</p><p>Chapters are written by major renown experts in the field of Recommender Systems </p>

Francesco Ricci is full professor at the Faculty of Computer Science, Free University of Bozen-Bolzano. F. Ricci has established in Bolzano a reference point for the research on Recommender Systems. He has co-edited the Recommender Systems Handbook (Springer 2011, 2015), and has been actively working in this community as President of the Steering Committee of the ACM conference on Recommender Systems (2007-2010). He was previously (from 2000 to 2006) senior researcher and the technical director of the eCommerce and Tourism Research Lab (eCTRL) at ITC-irst (Trento, Italy). From 1998 to 2000 he was system architect in the Research and Technology Department (Process and Reuse Technologies) of Sodalia s.p.a. Francesco Ricci is author of more than two hundred fifty refereed publications and, according to Google Scholar, has H-index 57 and around 22000 citations.

Lior Rokach is a data scientist and a professor of Software and Information Systems Engineering (SISE) at Ben-Gurion University of the Negev (BGU). His research interests lie in the design, development, and analysis of Machine Learning and Data Mining algorithms and their applications in Recommender Systems, Cyber Security and Medical Informatics. Rokach has co-founded four AI companies and has been awarded 22 patents for his inventions in AI and information technology. Prof. Rokach is the author of over 300 peer-reviewed papers in leading journals and conference proceedings. He is also the author of six books and the editor of three books.

Bracha Shapira is a professor of Software and Information Systems Engineering (SISE) at Ben-Gurion University of the Negev (BGU), and an active data scientist. She has been leading research projects at the Deutsche Telekom lab at Ben-Gurion University, and is a member of the Cyber at BGU center, where she applies machine learning methods to many domains, including recommender systems, cyber security and medical informatics. She has published more than 200 papers in leading journals and conferences and has been awarded more than 20 patents for her inventions.

9781071621967

/Data Mining and Knowledge Discovery/Database Management System/Computer Science/Mathematics and Computing/Data Analysis and Big Data/Statistics/

/Data Mining and Knowledge Discovery/Database Management System/Computer Science/Mathematics and Computing/Data Analysis and Big Data/Statistics//Information Storage and Retrieval/Database Management System/Computer Science/Mathematics and Computing//Artificial Intelligence/Computer Science/Mathematics and Computing//Computer and Information Systems Applications/Computer Science/Mathematics and Computing///

10.1007/978-1-0716-2197-4

978-3-030-11424-4

Linda M. Ernst; Eduardo D. Ruchelli; Chrystalle Katte Carreon; Dale S. Huff

Linda M. Ernst, NorthShore University HealthSystem, Evanston, IL, USA; Eduardo D. Ruchelli, The Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia and Perelman School of Medicine at the University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, PA, USA; Chrystalle Katte Carreon, The Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia and Perelman School of Medicine at the University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, PA, USA; Dale S. Huff, The Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia and Perelman School of Medicine at the University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, PA, USA

,978-1-4614-0018-9,978-1-4614-0020-2,978-1-4614-0019-6,978-1-4939-4236-7

Heart.- Blood Vessels and Lymphatic Vessels.- Lung.- Gastrointestinal Tract.- Liver.- Pancreas.- Salivary Glands.- Kidney.- Urinary Bladder.- Testis.- Epididymis.- Vas Deferens.- Seminal Vesicle.- Prostate Gland.- Ovary.- Fallopian Tubes.- Uterus.- Vagina.- External Genitalia.- Adrenal Gland.- Thyroid Gland.- Parathyroid Gland.- Pituitary Gland.- Thymus Gland.- Spleen.- Lymph Nodes.- Palatine Tonsil.- Bone Marrow.- Brain and Spinal Cord.- Eye.- Ear.- Bone.- Skeletal Muscle.- Skin.- Mammary Gland.- Placenta.- Histological Changes Associated With Fetal Maceration.

<div>The first edition of Color Atlas of Fetal and Neonatal Histology was an important step in updating the histology texts available to practicing pathologists and pathology trainees who perform fetal autopsy and/or participate in research involving fetal tissues. It was a well-received volume that filled a major gap in pathology references related to normal histology and provided a comprehensive, state-of-the art review of fetal and neonatal histology. While the basics of fetal histology have changed little in the intervening years since publication of the first edition, this successor edition provides new insights and a fresh perspective.</div><div>
</div><div>This book contains six new chapters including: blood vessels and lymphatics, external genitalia, eye, ear, skin, and maceration changes. Many existing chapters have also been expanded to address a greater breadth of fetal and neonatal histology such as postnatal testis development and the cardiac conduction system. The “Special Considerations” sections were also expanded in many chapters to address particularly problematic issues within individual organ systems. The book reviews the histology of the major organ systems in the fetus and neonate and provides detailed images, up-to-date references, and practical guidelines for identifying tissues across all gestational ages of development. </div><div>
</div><div>The second edition of Color Atlas of Fetal and Neonatal Histology serves as the ultimate go-to resource for pathologists and researchers dealing with, and interested in, fetal and neonatal histology. It provides a comprehensive summary of the current status of the field with excellent and extensive illustrative examples that help guide the clinical study of fetal and neonatal histology and stimulate investigative efforts with fetal tissue. </div><div>
</div>

<div><div>The first edition of Color Atlas of Fetal and Neonatal Histology was an important step in updating the histology texts available to practicing pathologists and pathology trainees who perform fetal autopsy and/or participate in research involving fetal tissues. It was a well-received volume that filled a major gap in pathology references related to normal histology and provided a comprehensive, state-of-the art review of fetal and neonatal histology. While the basics of fetal histology have changed little in the intervening years since publication of the first edition, this successor edition provides new insights and a fresh perspective.</div><div>
</div><div>This book contains six new chapters including: blood vessels and lymphatics, external genitalia, eye, ear, skin, and maceration changes. Many existing chapters have also been expanded to address a greater breadth of fetal and neonatal histology such as postnatal testis development and the cardiac conduction system. The “Special Considerations” sections were also expanded in many chapters to address particularly problematic issues within individual organ systems. The book reviews the histology of the major organ systems in the fetus and neonate and provides detailed images, up-to-date references, and practical guidelines for identifying tissues across all gestational ages of development. </div><div>
</div><div>The second edition of Color Atlas of Fetal and Neonatal Histology serves as the ultimate go-to resource for pathologists and researchers dealing with, and interested in, fetal and neonatal histology. It provides a comprehensive summary of the current status of the field with excellent and extensive illustrative examples that help guide the clinical study of fetal and neonatal histology and stimulate investigative efforts with fetal tissue. </div><div>
</div></div>

<p>Comprehensive atlas of the developmental histology of the major organs</p><p>Each section includes text on basic embryologic processes that influence the development of each organ</p><p>Includes extensive color photomicrographs at key developmental stages</p><p>Revised and updated new edition</p>

<div>Linda M. Ernst</div><div>Department of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine
</div><div>NorthShore University HealthSystem</div><div>Evanston, IL</div><div>USA</div><div>
</div><div>Eduardo D. Ruchelli</div><div>Department of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine
</div><div>The Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia</div><div>Philadelphia, PA</div><div>USA
</div><div>
</div><div>Chrystalle Katte Carreon</div><div>Department of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine
</div><div>The Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia</div><div>Philadelphia, PA</div><div>USA
</div><div>
</div><div>Dale S. Huff</div><div>Department of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine
</div><div>The Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia</div><div>Philadelphia, PA</div><div>USA
</div><div>
</div>

9783030114244

/Pathology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Pediatrics/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences/////

Ali F. AbuRahma, West Virginia University – Charleston Division, Charleston, WV, USA; Bruce A. Perler, Division of Vascular Surgery and Endovascular Therapy The John Hopkins University School of Medicine, Baltimore, MD, USA

XXXVII, 1290 p. 653 illus., 344 illus. in color. In 2 volumes, not available separately.

,978-3-319-54758-9,978-3-319-54759-6,978-3-319-54760-2,978-3-319-85472-4

Part I Vascular Laboratory Operations.- Improving Quality in Noninvasive Testing by Certification and Accreditation.- Physician Qualifications in the Clinical Diagnostic Vascular Laboratory.- Quality in the Vascular Laboratory.- Ergonomics and Vascular Lab.- Part II Vascular Hemodynamics and Basic Vascular Physics.- Principles of Vascular Ultrasound Physics.- Vascular Hemodynamics.- Part III Noninvasive Diagnosis of Cerebrovascular Disease.- Overview of Cerebrovascular Disease.- Color Duplex Scanning of the Extracranial Carotid Arteries.- Ultrasonic Characterization of Carotid Plaques and Its Clinical Implications.- Role of Duplex Ultrasound in Carotid Screening.- Duplex Ultrasound Velocity Criteria in Carotid Artery Stenting Patients.- Intraoperative Ultrasound Assessment of Carotid Endarterectomy and Carotid Stent Angioplasty.- Intima-Media Thickness and Plaque Evaluation: Predictive Value of Cardiovascular Events and Contribution to Cardiovascular Risk Evaluation.- Color Duplex Scanning of the Brachiocephalic/Subclavian Arteries.- Color Duplex Scanning of Vertebral Artery.- Transcranial Doppler Sonography.- TCD Monitoring During Carotid Artery Stenting.- Errors and Artifacts of Carotid Ultrasound Evaluation.- Computed Tomography Angiography and Magnetic Resonance Angiography of the Carotids.- Carotid Duplex Consensus Criteria on Interpretation of Carotid Duplex Ultrasound.- Correlation of Doppler PSV/EDV in Determining Severity of Stenosis Beyond 70%: 70-80%, 80-90% and >90%.- Role of Duplex Ultrasound in Subclavian Steal: Incidence and Clinical Implications.- Duplex Ultrasound Surveillance After Carotid Endarterectomy.- Color Duplex Scanning on Other Miscellaneous Carotid Topics.- Part IV Noninvasive Diagnosis of Peripheral Arterial Disease of the Extremities.- Overview of Peripheral Arterial Disease of the Lower Extremity.- Segmental Doppler Pressures and Doppler Waveform Analysis in Peripheral Vascular Disease of the Lower Extremities.- Pulse Volume Recording in the Diagnosis of Peripheral Vascular Disease.- Duplex Ultrasound Assessment of Lower Extremity Arterial Disease.- Duplex Surveillance of Infrainguinal Bypass Grafts.- Duplex Surveillance After Prosthetic Infrainguinal Bypass Grafting.- Rationale of Surveillance After Endovascular Intervention of Iliac and Femoral Arteries.- Lower Extremity Arterial Mapping: Duplex Ultrasound as an Alternative to Arteriography Prior to Femoral, Popliteal, and Infrapopliteal Reconstructions.- Duplex Ultrasound: Evaluation and Management of Post-catheterization Femoral Pseudoaneurysms.- Noninvasive Diagnosis of Upper Extremity Arterial Disease.- Duplex Ultrasound Imaging of the Radial Artery.- Vascular Laboratory Protocol and Ultrasound Mapping Techniques for Dialysis Access Planning.- Color Duplex Ultrasound in Dialysis Access Surveillance.- Noninvasive Evaluation for Congenital Arteriovenous Fistulas and Malformations.- Noninvasive Vascular Testing in the Trauma Patient.- Color Duplex Ultrasound for Diagnosis of Peripheral Artery Aneurysms.- Color Duplex Ultrasound in Other Miscellaneous Arterial Topics.- Part V Noninvasive Diagnosis of Venous Disorders of the Extremities.- Overview of Venous Disorders.- Plethysmographic Techniques in the Diagnosis of Venous Disease.- Color Venous Duplex Ultrasound of the Lower Extremity in the Diagnosis of Deep Venous Thrombosis.- Color Duplex for Diagnosis of Venous Reflux.- Venous Duplex Ultrasound of the Upper Extremities.- Role of the Noninvasive Vascular Laboratory in Thoracic Outlet Syndrome.- Color Duplex Ultrasound-Guided Cava Filter Placement.- Intravascular Ultrasound for Venous Stenting and Inferior Vena Cava Filter Insertion.- The Role of Duplex Ultrasound Before, During, and After Endovenous Procedures.- Preoperative Saphenous Vein Mapping.- Role of Follow-Up Duplex Ultrasound Post Deep Vein Thrombosis.- Ro

This revised and updated edition reflects the increasing popularity of noninvasive techniques in the management of vascular disease. It represents the definitive text written on the subject and has been honed over the past editions to represent the enormous number of changes to the use of imaging to diagnose the multitude of conditions being seen in the clinic and surgical suite. Noninvasive Vascular Diagnosis comprehensively covers all aspects of noninvasive evaluation of the circulatory system, including the extremities, cerebrovascular, and abdomen. In this updated edition, it is well supported by exceptional illustrative material, making it invaluable to all those who work in vascular laboratories as well as internists, cardiologists, radiologists, vascular surgeons, vascular medicine specialists, vascular laboratory directors and staff, general surgeons involved in vascular surgery and the vascular surgery community in general.

This revised and updated edition reflects the increasing popularity of noninvasive techniques in the management of vascular disease. It represents the definitive text written on the subject and has been honed over the past editions to represent the enormous number of changes to the use of imaging to diagnose the multitude of conditions being seen in the clinic and surgical suite. Noninvasive Vascular Diagnosis comprehensively covers all aspects of noninvasive evaluation of the circulatory system, including the extremities, cerebrovascular, and abdomen. In this updated edition, it is well supported by exceptional illustrative material, making it invaluable to all those who work in vascular laboratories as well as internists, cardiologists, radiologists, vascular surgeons, vascular medicine specialists, vascular laboratory directors and staff, general surgeons involved in vascular surgery and the vascular surgery community in general.

<p>Comprehensively covers all aspects of noninvasive evaluation of the circulatory system in the extremities</p><p>Provides a thorough literature review of the techniques as the techniques become more widespread</p><p>Supported by high quality illustrations and diagnostic imaging throughout</p>

Ali F. AbuRahma is a tenured Professor of Surgery, Chief of Vascular and Endovascular Surgery, Director of the Vascular Surgery Fellowship and Residency Programs of West Virginia University, Charleston. He also serves as Medical Director of the Vascular Laboratory and Co-director of the Vascular Center of Excellence at Charleston Area Medical Center. He attended Alexandria University Medical School and completed his general surgery residency at the State University of New York and West Virginia University and his vascular fellowship at Arizona Heart Institute. He is certified by the American Board of Surgery, Vascular Surgery Board, and Royal College of Surgeons of Canada in Vascular Surgery. His contributions to the SVS/regional vascular societies in our specialty are numerous. As noted in the next few paragraphs, his scholarly endeavors have led to active membership in over two dozen professional vascular/surgical societies, for example, Society for Vascular Surgery (since 1991) (Distinguished Fellow), American Surgical Association, Southern Surgical Association, Southern Association for Vascular Surgery, Eastern Vascular Society, and International Society of Endovascular Specialists. He has served in many of these societies on the regional/national level: President (2014–2015) of the Southern Association for Vascular Surgery, President of the Eastern Vascular Society (2010–2011), the Board of Directors of the Intersocietal Commission for the Accreditation of Vascular Laboratories (2006–2012), SVS Membership Chairman (2009–2010), Advisory Board to the President of xxiii the SVS (2005 –2006) and Chairman of the SVS Foundation Development Committee (2013 –2015), Board of Directors of SVS and SVS Foundation (2013 –present). Additionally, Dr. AbuRahma served as the Secretary of the Society for Vascular Surgery from 2016 to 2019, Vice President from 2019 to 2020 and as President-Elect from 2020 to 2021. He is currently serving as President and his term runs from 2021 to 2022. He has served/is serving on the editorial board of the Journal of Vascular Surgery, Annals of Vascular Surgery, Journal of Endovascular Therapy, Journal of Vascular and Endovascular Surgery, and Vascular Specialist; he is the Associate Editor of the journal, Vascular, and a reviewer for several other medical journals. Dr. AbuRahma has an avid interest in vascular surgery and has dedicated his life to research, earning him a national and international reputation for his contributions in this field. As a result, he has published over 275 articles in peerreviewed journals, over 200 abstracts, 125 book chapters, and eight textbooks in vascular surgery (seven in noninvasive vascular diagnostics and one vascular/endovascular surgery combat manual). He is also Associate Editor of the eighth, ninth, and tenth editions of Rutherford ’s Vascular Surgery and Endovascular Therapy. He has also made presentations at over 560 national and international medical meetings, including many named distinguished lectures (e.g., Rutherford lecture at John Hopkins, John Bergan lecture at Northwestern University, Yale lecture, W. Andrew Dale lecture at Vanderbilt, James M. Seeger lecture at the University of Florida, Gainesville, William H. Baker lecture at Loyola, etc.). He also serves on the advisory and scienti fi c committees of the Veith Symposium since 2014. He has also received many regional/national awards, including the Benedum Distinguished Scholar Award in Biosciences and Health Sciences of West Virginia University (which is given to one faculty member annually among all WVU Health Sciences); the William J. Maier, Jr. Health Sciences Education Award, West Virginia University (awarded to the physician who contributed the most to education and research); Honorary Chairman of Annual Vascular Fellows xxiv About the Editors Award, New York, NY; Honorary Chairman of

9783030606251

/Radiology/Life Sciences/Health Sciences//Cardiology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Internal Medicine/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Surgery/Life Sciences/Health Sciences///

10.1007/978-3-030-60626-8

B. S. Rama Murthy, Srinivasa Ultrasound Scanning Centre, Bangalore, India

Normal anatomy of the fetal brain.- Normal anatomy of the fetal spine.- Anomalies of ventral induction.- Malformations of cortical development.- Anomalies of dorsal induction.- Posterior cranial fossa anomalies.- Intracranial insults: infection & hemorrhage.- Intracranial space occupying lesions.- Fetal orbital & ophthalmic lesions.- Fetal spine: non dysraphic lesions.

This book systematically covers the anatomy and pathology of the fetal brain and spine. It features a veritable treasure trove of ultrasound images illustrating every common finding, as well as rare lesions that are encountered in clinical practice. Wherever possible, it also includes 3D ultrasound and fetal MRI correlations.

This book systematically covers the anatomy and pathology of the fetal brain and spine. It features a veritable treasure trove of ultrasound images illustrating every common finding, as well as rare lesions that are encountered in clinical practice. Wherever possible, it also includes 3D ultrasound and fetal MRI correlations.

<p>Provides systematic coverage of all brain & spine anatomy & pathology</p><p>Includes images to illustrate all findings described in an anomaly</p><p>Includes high quality ultrasound images</p><p>Contains line diagrams when deemed necessary</p><p>Covers fetal MRI correlation</p>

Dr. B. S. Rama Murthy is a radiologist at Srinivasa Ultrasound Scanning Centre, Bangalore. A graduate of Bangalore Medical College, he also holds a diploma and master’s degree in radiodiagnosis from Bangalore Medical College and Christian Medical College, respectively. He has been awarded the Diplomate of National Board in radiodiagnosis by the National Board of Examiners. With more than thirty years of experience in fetal imaging, he has contributed chapters to several textbooks on fetal medicine and given numerous lectures on fetal ultrasound imaging around the globe.<div> </div>

9789811358432

449048_1_En

/Radiology/Life Sciences/Health Sciences//Midwifery/Health Care/Life Sciences/Health Sciences//Neurology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences///

10.1007/978-981-13-5844-9

978-3-642-00417-9

Jean-Louis Vincent, Université Libre de Bruxelles Hôpital Erasme, Bruxelles, Belgium; Jesse B. Hall, University of Chicago Dept. Medicine MC 6076, Chicago, IL, USA

Entires A - Z covering the following disciplines:<br/>Neurologic Problems, Respiratory Disorders, Cardiovascular Disorders, Gastrointestinal Disorders, Nutrition Therapy, Metabolic Disorders, Renal Disorders, Infectious Diseases, Hematologic Disorders, Special Populations, Emergency Medicine, Trauma, ICU Procedures, Special Issues.

The aim of this comprehensive encyclopedia is to provide detailed information on intensive care medicine contributing to the broad field of emergency medicine. The wide range of entries in the Encyclopedia of Intensive Care Medicine are written by leading experts in the field. They will provide basic and clinical scientists in academia, practice, as well as industry with valuable information about the field of intensive care medicine, but also people in related fields, students and teachers will benefit from the important and relevant information on the most recent developments in emergency medicine. The Encyclopedia will contain 4 volumes, and published simultaneously online. The entire field has been divided into 14 sections. All entries will be arranged in alphabetical order with extensive cross-referencing between them.

The aim of this comprehensive encyclopedia is to provide detailed information on intensive care medicine contributing to the broad field of emergency medicine. The wide range of entries in the Encyclopedia of Intensive Care Medicine are written by leading experts in the field. They will provide basic and clinical scientists in academia, practice, as well as industry with valuable information about the field of intensive care medicine, but also people in related fields, students and teachers will benefit from the important and relevant information on the most recent developments in emergency medicine. The Encyclopedia will contain 4 volumes, and published simultaneously online. The entire field has been divided into 14 sections. All entries will be arranged in alphabetical order with extensive cross-referencing between them.

<p>The A to Z format provides easy access to relevant information in the field of intensive care medicine</p><p>Extensive cross references between keywords and related articles enable efficient searches in a user-friendly manner</p>

9783642004179

/Intensive Care Medicine/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences/

/Intensive Care Medicine/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Emergency Medicine/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Anesthesiology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Pneumology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Nutrition/Health Care/Life Sciences/Health Sciences//Emergency Services/Health Care/Life Sciences/Health Sciences/

10.1007/978-3-642-00418-6

978-1-349-96055-2

Political Science and International Studies

Flags of the World/Map of the World .- Key World Facts.- Chronology of World Events.- PART I International Organizations.- PART II: COUNTRIES OF THE WORLD A-Z.- Key Historical Events.- Territory and Population.- Social Statistics.- Climate.- Constitution and Government.- Government Chronology.- Recent Elections.- Current Government.- Current Leaders.- Defence.- Economy.- Energy and Natural Resources.- Environment.- Industry.- International Trade.- Communications.- Social Institutions.- Culture.- Diplomatic Representatives.- Further Reading.- Sources.- Abbreviations.- Place and International Organizations Index.- Index of Current leaders.

This classic reference work presents a political, economic and social account of every country of the world together with facts and analysis. The 2023 edition includes: Revised and updated biographical profiles of all current leaders
Extensive updates to national economic overviews
Accurate historical introductions
Comprehensive coverage of major international organizations and think tanks
Every country ranked for the ease of doing business

REVIEWS OF PREVIOUS EDITIONS‘… an indispensable reference work that any library should have. It deciphers the alphabet soup of international organizations and provides essential basic information on countries …’ Dennis Jett, Professor of International Affairs, Penn State University‘For more than a century and a half The Statesman’s Yearbook has provided scholars and practitioners with reliable and accurate political and economic information about the ever morecomplex world in which we live. Even in the age of the internet such a balanced and trustworthy resource remains essential.’ Roger E. Kanet, University of Miami and University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign (retd)‘Over 1,000 pages of essential facts. Just as current but more reliable than the internet, I consult it almost daily.’ Professor R. N. Lebow, King’s College London‘… this remains the preeminent and most comprehensive ready-reference source for current material about countries worldwide. Highly recommended.’ Donald Altschiller, Boston University Library‘The fact that so much information can be crammed into one volume is a testament to the care and research involved.’ The Diplomat‘All you need to know about the population of various states and countries, officials, exports, constitutions, governments, diplomatic representatives, religion, finance and basic histories.’ The New York Times

Now in its 159th edition, The Statesman's Yearbook continues to be the reference work of choice for accurate and reliable information on every country in the world. Covering political, economic, social and cultural aspects, the Yearbook is also available online for subscribing institutions.

Contains reliable information on every country in the worldDetails political, economic, social, and cultural aspectsRanked as one of the 20 best reference works of the millennium by Library Journal

Palgrave Macmillan is a global academic publisher for scholarship, research and professional learning. We publish monographs, journals, reference works and professional titles, online and in print. With a focus on humanities and social sciences, Palgrave Macmillan offers authors and readers the very best in academic content whilst also supporting the community with innovative new formats and tools.

Palgrave Reference US (P3)

9781349960552

/Political Science/Politics and International Studies/Humanities and Social Sciences/

/Political Science/Politics and International Studies/Humanities and Social Sciences//////

978-3-319-74846-7

Michael B. Morgan; James M. Spencer; John R. Hamill, Jr.; Rebecca Thornhill

Michael B. Morgan, University of South Florida College of Medicine, TAMPA, FL, USA; James M. Spencer, Spencer Dermatology Suite 404, Saint Petersburg, FL, USA; John R. Hamill, Jr., Gulf Coast Dermatology, Hudson, FL, USA; Rebecca Thornhill, Sidney Kimmel Medical College Thomas Jefferson University, Philadelphia, PA, USA

,978-0-387-57143-0,978-0-387-84799-3,978-0-387-84800-6,978-1-4939-5068-3

Section I: Introduction.- 1. Mohs and Frozen Section Overview.- 2. Quality Assurance.- Section II: Tumors of the Epidermis/Adnexae.- 3. Histology with Regional and Ethnic Variation.- 4. Benign Epidermal Tumors.- 5. Pseudotumors.- 6. Squamous Cell Carcinoma: Variants and Challenges.- 7. Basal Cell Carcinoma: Variants and Challenges.- 8. Adnexal Neoplasms.- 9. Malignant Adnexal Neoplasms.- 10. Merkel Cell Carcinoma.- 11. Sebaceous Tumors.- 12. Paget’s Disease.- 13. Melanocyte Pathology.- Section III: Tumors of the Dermis.- 14. Benign Mesenchymal Tumors.- 15. The Sarcomas.- 16. Lymphoid Pathology.- Section IV: Special Topics.- 17. Perineural Pathology.- 18. Cytopathology of Cutaneous Tumors.- 19. Immunohistochemistry Applications.- 20. Histotechnique and Staining Troubleshooting.- Section V: Mohs Clinicopathologic Self-Test Series.- 21. A Painful Perineural Infiltrate.- 22. A Painful Subcutaneous Nodule.- 23. Basaloid Lesion.- 24. Rapidly Growing Hemorrhagic Papule.- 25. Aggressive Spindle Cell Neoplasm.- 26. Eyelid Tumor.- 27. Non-melanoma Skin Cancer with Anemia.- 28. Follicular Neoplasm.- 29. Hemorrhagic Papule in a Patient with Lip Carcinoma.- 30. Blue Ball in the Dermis.

Of all the techniques used to treat non melanoma skin cancer, the highest cure rates belong to the Mohs surgical procedure. Critical to this technique is optimal preparation and interpretation of frozen sections. The second edition of this highly successful atlas details both common and uncommon cutaneous neoplasms that can serve as a source of reference for established practitioners and a review for those in training. It includes new frozen section specimens, the most current diagnostic guidelines, and discussion of the advancements in tissue staining. There is also an additional chapter with self-study tools, where readers can test their knowledge using various images with a multiple choice answer format, followed by a discussion of the correct answer. With high resolution figures, the Atlas of Mohs and Frozen Section Cutaneous Pathology, Second Edition is the premier text on the topic, serving as a highly practical guide to microscopic analysis, diagnosis, and discrimination of common and problematic cutaneous neoplasms. Highlights of the Atlas include diagnosis of basic and routine dermatologic entities, diagnosis and distinction of rare and/or deadly neoplasms such as dermatofibrosarcoma protuberans and merkel cell carcinoma, a troubleshooting guide dealing with quality control of the frozen section technique, and discussion of techniques including immunohistochemistry.Comprehensive and presented in full color, the Atlas of Mohs and Frozen Section Cutaneous Pathology, Second Edition is an indispensable reference for anyone involved with the Mohs procedure, including dermatologic surgeons, Mohs cutaneous surgeons, as well as pathologists and dermatopathologists who perform frozen section analysis of cutaneous specimens.

Of all the techniques used to treat non melanoma skin cancer, the highest cure rates belong to the Mohs surgical procedure. Critical to this technique is optimal preparation and interpretation of frozen sections. The second edition of this highly successful atlas details both common and uncommon cutaneous neoplasms that can serve as a source of reference for established practitioners and a review for those in training. It includes new frozen section specimens, the most current diagnostic guidelines, and discussion of the advancements in tissue staining. There is also an additional chapter with self-study tools, where readers can test their knowledge using various images with a multiple choice answer format, followed by a discussion of the correct answer. With high resolution figures, the Atlas of Mohs and Frozen Section Cutaneous Pathology, Second Edition is the premier text on the topic, serving as a highly practical guide to microscopic analysis, diagnosis, and discrimination of common and problematic cutaneous neoplasms. Highlights of the Atlas include diagnosis of basic and routine dermatologic entities, diagnosis and distinction of rare and/or deadly neoplasms such as dermatofibrosarcoma protuberans and merkel cell carcinoma, a troubleshooting guide dealing with quality control of the frozen section technique, and discussion of techniques including immunohistochemistry. Comprehensive and presented in full color, the Atlas of Mohs and Frozen Section Cutaneous Pathology, Second Edition is an indispensable reference for anyone involved with the Mohs procedure, including dermatologic surgeons, Mohs cutaneous surgeons, as well as pathologists and dermatopathologists who perform frozen section analysis of cutaneous specimens.

<p>Includes new frozen section specimens, the most current diagnostic guidelines, and discussion of the advancements in tissue staining</p><p>Includes a new chapter with self-study tools to test your knowledge using various images with a multiple choice answer format, followed by a discussion of the correct answer</p><p>Practical guide to microscopic analysis, diagnosis, and discrimination of common and problematic cutaneous neoplasms</p><p>Written for dermatologic surgeons, Mohs cutaneous surgeons, and pathologists and dermatopathologists who perform frozen section analysis of cutaneous specimens</p>

<div><div>Michael B. Morgan, MD</div><div>Managing Director, Carepath Diagnostics</div><div>Tampa and Panama City, FL</div><div>
</div><div>and</div><div>
</div><div>Professor of Pathology</div><div>University of South Florida College of Medicine Tampa, FL</div><div>and</div><div>
</div><div>Director of Dermatopathology, Dermatology Solutions Group</div><div>Panama City, FL</div><div>
</div><div>
</div><div>James M. Spencer, MD, MS</div><div>Spencer Dermatology and Surgery Center</div><div>St. Petersburg, FL, USA</div><div>
</div><div>and</div><div>
</div><div>Associate Professor of Clinical Dermatology</div><div>Mount Sinai School of Medicine</div><div>New York, NY, USA</div><div>
</div><div>
</div><div>John R. Hamill, Jr., MD</div><div>Founder and Director</div><div>Gulf Coast Dermatology</div><div>Tampa, FL, USA</div><div>
</div><div>and</div><div>
</div><div>Clinical Professor </div><div>University of South Florida</div><div>and Director, Advance Dermatological Surgery</div><div>James A. Haley Veterans Hospital</div><div>
</div><div>
</div><div>Rebecca Thornhill, MD</div><div>Greenville Health System</div><div>University of South Carolina</div><div>
</div></div>

9783319748467

148494_2_En

/Dermatology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Pathology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Oncology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences////

10.1007/978-3-319-74847-4

978-1-4939-8924-9

Lewis S. Nelson, Rutgers New Jersey Medical School, Newark, NJ, USA; Michael J. Balick, The New York Botanical Garden, Bronx, NY, USA

Jointly published with The New York Botanical Garden, New York, NY.

Disclaimer.- Foreword.- Acknowledgements.- Introduction.- Authors' Note.- Section 1. Botanical Nomenclature and Glossary of Botanical Terms.- Botanical Nomenclature.- Glossary of Botanical Terms.- Section 2. Poisons, Poisoning Syndromes, and Their Clinical Management.- Section 3. Plant-Induced Dermatitis.- Section 4. Gastrointestinal Decontamination.- Section 5. Individual Plants.- Photographers' Credits.- Index.- <div>
</div><div>
</div>

This third edition of the Handbook of Poisonous and Injurious Plants is created to assist the clinician in the initial response to the needs of a child or adult exposed to a poisonous or injurious plant. It lists common plants that might lead to the development of the symptom complex and describes the mechanisms of action of the implicated toxin, additional clinical manifestations, and specific therapeutics for each presentation. This truly comprehensive resource is botanically rigorous and complete with insights from both pharmacognosy and clinical medicine.<div><div>
</div><div>With its thorough references and full-color photos of hundreds of potentially toxic and injurious plants inside and outside the home, anyone who has an interest in plants will find this book useful outside in the garden or out in the wild.</div><div>
</div><div>This book will be of interest to botanists, horticulturists, and naturalists as well as hikers, gardeners, and all those who simply enjoy the wonders of nature and the great outdoors.</div></div>

This third edition of the Handbook of Poisonous and Injurious Plants is designed to assist the clinician in the initial response to the needs of a child or adult exposed to a poisonous or injurious plant. It highlights common and important plants that lead to the adverse effects upon exposure, and it describes the mechanisms of action of the implicated toxin, clinical manifestations, and specific therapeutics, as available, for each. This truly comprehensive resource is botanically rigorous with insights from both the pharmacognosy and medical literature. At the same time, it is also for those who are interested in growing and enjoying the plants in their environment, filling in a not-often-discussed botanical and horticultural niche that goes beyond their beautiful physical appearance. Plants contain many useful chemicals that humans have used for millennia as botanical curatives. This book will help the reader understand the fine balance between a medication and a poison, why plants contain these natural substances, and their impact on the human body.

With its thorough references and full-color photos of hundreds of potentially toxic and injurious plants inside and outside the home, this book is useful for identifying and addressing concerns about cultivated species and those found in the wild.

This book will be of interest to botanists, horticulturists, clinicians, and naturalists as well as hikers, gardeners, and all those who simply enjoy the wonders of nature and the great outdoors.

<p>Written by leading experts in the field</p><p>Hundreds of full color photos</p><p>New edition of updated text</p>

Lewis S. Nelson, MD is Professor and Chair of the Department of Emergency Medicine and Director of the Division of Medical Toxicology at Rutgers New Jersey Medical School in Newark, NJ. He is a member of the Board of Directors of the American Board of Emergency Medicine and a Past-President of the American College of Medical Toxicology. In addition to his clinical work in the Emergency Department at University Hospital in Newark, he is a senior consultant to the New Jersey Poison Information & Education System on human poisoning. He is the senior editor of Goldfrank’s Toxicologic Emergencies, currently in its 11th edition. The focus of his research in on the adverse consequences of opioids used either for pain relief or for abuse, with an emphasis on system development for prevention and treatment.

Michael J. Balick, Ph.D. is Vice President for Botanical Science, Director of the Institute of Economic Botany and Senior Philecology Curator at The New York Botanical Garden. For more than four decades, he has studied the relationship between plants, people and culture, the field known as ethnobotany, and floristics, the study of botanical diversity within a specific region. His research has included studies in the Amazon Valley, Central and South America, The Middle East, Southeast Asia and Pacific Islands in Micronesia and Melanesia. He currently holds adjunct teaching or research appointments at City University of New York, Columbia University, Fordham University, Harvard University, the Institute of Ethnomedicine and the National Tropical Botanical Garden. He is a member of the Board of Trustees of the American Botanical Council and Past-President of the Society for Economic Botany.
<div></div><div>
</div>

9781493989249

/Biological Sciences/Life Sciences/Plant Science//Pharmacology/Biomedical Research/Life Sciences/Health Sciences//Emergency Medicine/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Plant Biochemistry/Biological Sciences/Life Sciences/Plant Science//Plant Physiology/Biological Sciences/Life Sciences/Plant Science/Physiology/

10.1007/978-1-4939-8926-3

978-3-030-47034-0

Karl-Heinrich Grote, Otto-von-Guericke-Universität, Magedburg, Germany; Hamid Hefazi, State University of New York (SUNY) –, Incheon

Fundamentals .- Materials.- Manufacturing.- Machine and Systems Design.- Transportation – Mobility.- Related Engineering Fields.- General Tables.

This comprehensive Springer Handbook covers all major areas encompassed by the broad field of mechanical engineering. This second, substantially updated edition with many new chapters provides easily accessible but authoritative information in a clear structure. The book starts with concise chapters that cover the most important fundamentals of mathematics, mechanics and thermodynamics needed specifically in the engineering disciplines. It then provides a holistic description of the most relevant materials in engineering, including a discussion of mechanical and physical properties on the microscopic as well as the macroscopic scale. Additional chapters put special emphasis on corrosion, tribology and inspection. Manufacturing techniques and machining processes, from traditional casting and forming to state-of-the-art precision machining on the microscopic scale are also extensively covered. An extra chapter focuses on quality control. Contents continue within depth descriptions of machine and system design, from machine elements over engineering design for piston machines, pressure vessels, heat exchangers, turbomachinery and construction machines. A completely new part is dedicated to the various areas of industries in mobility on ground, air and water. A brief outlook into related fields of electrical engineering and power generation provides an ideal starting point for the practitioner venturing in these areas. The book concludes with an annex summarizing important key data for practical reference in the day-to-day work of an engineer. Written by distinguished experts from industry and academia, this comprehensive Springer Handbook provides authoritative and state-of-the-art information of international validity for the professional engineer and those to be.

This comprehensive Springer Handbook covers all major areas encompassed by the broad field of mechanical engineering. This second, substantially updated edition with many new chapters provides easily accessible but authoritative information in a clear structure.

The book starts with concise chapters that cover the most important fundamentals of mathematics, mechanics and thermodynamics needed specifically in the engineering disciplines. It then provides a holistic description of the most relevant materials in engineering, including a discussion of mechanical and physical properties on the microscopic as well as the macroscopic scale. Additional chapters put special emphasis on corrosion, tribology and inspection. Manufacturing techniques and machining processes, from traditional casting and forming to state-of-the-art precision machining on the microscopic scale are also extensively covered. An extra chapter focuses on quality control. Contents continue with in depth descriptions of machine and system design, from machine elements over engineering design for piston machines, pressure vessels, heat exchangers, turbomachinery and construction machines. A completely new part is dedicated to the various areas of industries in mobility on ground, air and water. A brief outlook into related fields of electrical engineering and power generation provides an ideal starting point for the practitioner venturing in these areas. The book concludes with an annex summarizing important key data for practical reference in the day-to-day work of an engineer.

Written by distinguished experts from industry and academia, this comprehensive Springer Handbook provides authoritative and state-of-the-art information of international validity for the professional engineer and those to be.

Summarizes the most essential information for the international engineering professionalCovers all major areas encompassed by the broad field of mechanical engineeringSubstantially updated with many new chapters for easily accessible, clearly structured and authoritative informationChapters written by experiences experts from academia and industry

Karl-Heinrich Grote is a Professor in the Department of Mechanical Engineering at the Otto-von-Guericke University in Magdeburg, Germany. Since 1995 he is the editor of the DUBBEL- Taschenbuch für den Maschinenbau, the most renown German language book for mechanical engineering.
Prof. Grote received his Dr.-Ing. in 1984 from the Technical University Berlin, Germany. After a professional stay in the USA , he became the Head of the Engineering Design Division at the 'Ingenieurgesellschaft für Auto und Verkehr, IAV' in Berlin. In 1990 he joined the Mechanical Engineering Department at the California State University, Long Beach, USA. From June 1995 to October 2020 he was Chair of the Department of Mechanical Engineering – Engineering Design at the Otto-von-Guericke University Magdeburg. After staying as Visiting Professor at Caltech, Pasadena, USA from 2002 to 2004, he was appointed Dean of the College of Mechanical Engineering at the Otto-von-Guericke University until 2017. In 2013 he also joined the Western Norway University of Applied Science in Bergen, Norway, where he serves up to now as Professor in the Department of Mechanical and Marine Engineering. In 1993 he was awarded of the Ring of Honor from the German Professional Engineering Society (VDI) and the TRW Excellence Award (USA).
Dr. Hamid Hefazi is Professor and Chair of the Mechanical Engineering Department at the State University of New York (SUNY) – Korea located in Incheon, Republic of Korea. He received his Ph.D. in Aerospace Engineering from the University of Southern California in 1985. He has been involved in a broad range of teaching and research in fluid mechanics, aeroacoustics and aerodynamics. His more recent research has been focused on hydrodynamics, advanced multidisciplinary design and optimization (MDO) methods and their applications to Naval Engineering. Dr. Hefazi has been the Principal Investigator for more than one-hundred externally funded research projects, including projects sponsored by the US National Science Foundation, NASA, the US Office of Naval Research and the Boeing Company among others. Dr. Hefazi has extensively worked as a consultant for wind-energy companies and holds a patent on an innovative vertical axis wind turbine. Dr. Hefazi served as the director of the Boeing Technology Center,”at California State University, Long Beach for 12 years. He is the recipient of many awards including the Boeing Company’s Silver Eagle award for innovation and the US Department of Defense’s Nunn-Perry Award for 2005 and 2006 for his work with Northrop Grumman Space Technology. He is an associate fellow of the American Institute of Aeronautics and Astronautics.

9783030470340

/Mechanical Engineering/Technology and Engineering//Classical Mechanics/Classical and Continuum Physics/Physics and Astronomy/Physical Sciences//Machinery and Machine Elements/Mechanical Engineering/Technology and Engineering//Engineering Design/Mechanical Engineering/Technology and Engineering//Mechanical Engineering/Industrial and Production Engineering/Technology and Engineering//Machines, Tools, Processes/Mechanical Engineering/Industrial and Production Engineering/Technology and Engineering/

The Palgrave Handbook of Communist Women Activists around the World

<div>1. Introduction: Towards a Global History of Communist Women; Francisca de Haan.- Part I: Global Foremothers.- 2. Clara Zetkin (1857–1933): A Rebel Building the Socialist and Communist International Women's Movements; Florence Hervé .- 3. Alexandra Kollontai (1872–1952): Communism as the Only Way Towards Women’s Liberation; Natalia Novikova and Kristen Ghodsee.- 4. A Right to be Radical: Claudia Jones (1915–1964) and the “Super-Exploitation of the Black Woman'; Carole Boyce Davies.- Part II: Europe.- 5. Helen Crawfurd (1877–1954): Scottish Suffragette and International Communist; Kiera Wilkins.- 6. Ana Pauker (1893–1960): The Infamous Romanian Woman Communist Leader; Stefan Bosomitu and Luciana Jinga.- 7. Dolores Ibárruri, Pasionaria (1895–1989): Communist Woman of Steel, Global Icon; Mercedes Yusta Rodrigo.- 8. Teresa Noce (1900–1980): A Communist “Professional Revolutionary” in Twentieth-Century Italy; Eloisa Betti and Debora Migliucci.- 9. Edwarda Orłowska (1906–1977): A Story of Communist Activism in Poland Told in Words and Silences; Katarzyna Stańczak-Wiślicz.- 10. Nina Vasilievna Popova (1908–1994): “Woman in the Land of Socialism”; Alexandra Talaver.- Part III: Asia.- 11. Deng Yingchao (1904–1992): A Feminist Leader in the Chinese Communist Party; Wang Zheng.- 12. Pak Chŏng-ae: From Red Labor Unions to the Korean Democratic Women’s Union; Suzy Kim.- 13. Iijima Aiko (1932–2005): A Feminist’s Fight Against Discrimination in Japan; Akiko Takenaka.- 14. Nguyễn Thị Bình (b. 1927): “The Flower and Fire of the Revolution”; An Thuy Nguyen.- 15. Umi Sardjono (1923–2011) and the Quest to Build a New Society for Indonesian Women; Katharine McGregor and Ruth Indiah Rahayu.- 16. Behice Boran (1910–1987): A Committed Communist Woman in Cold War Turkey; Sercan Çınar.- Part IV: Africa and the Middle East.- 17. Naziha al-Dulaimi (1923–2007) and the Anticolonial Struggle in Iraq; Noga Efrati.- 18. “Not Only the Country’s Independence, Mine Too!” Arlette Bourgel, an Algerian Jewish Communist (b. 1928); Pierre-Jean Le Foll-Luciani.- 19. Aoua Keita (1912–1980): Anti-Colonial Activist, Nationalist Politician, and Feminist in Mali (West Africa); Pascale Barthélémy and Ophélie Rillon.- Part V: Oceania.- 20. “A Key Person Internationally”: Freda Brown (1919–2009), Australian Activist; Lisa Milner.- 21. Dancing for the Revolution: Rona Bailey, New Zealand Artist Activist (1914–2005); Cybèle Locke.- Part 6: The Americas.- 22. Jeanne Corbin (1906–1944): A Canadian Communist Militant in a Man’s World; Andrée Lévesque.- 23. Elizabeth Gurley Flynn (1890–1964): Mortal Enemy of Capitalism; Lara Vapnek.- 24. Gachita Amador (1891–1961), Between Two Loves: Communist Action and Guignol Theater; Verónica Oikión Solano.- 25. Vilma Espín (1930–2007): Forging a New Woman Within the Cuban Revolution; Ailynn Torres Santana and Michelle Chase.- 26. “When My Life Goes Out ...” Biography of the Argentinian Communist Activist Fanny Edelman (1911–2011); Adriana Valobra and Natalia Casola.
</div>

This Handbook addresses the role of women in communism as a global, social and political movement for the first time, exploring their lives, forms of activism, political strategies and transnational networks. Comprising twenty-five chapters, based on new and primary research, the book presents the lives of self-identified communist women from a truly international perspective and outlines their struggles against fascism and colonialism, and for women’s emancipation and national liberation. By using the lens of transnational political biography, the chapters capture the broader picture of these women’s lives, unpacking the links between the so-called public and private, the power structures and inequalities of their societies, the formal networks and politics in which they were involved, and the informal connections and friendships that supported their activism both at the national and international level. Challenging androcentric and Eurocentric narratives about communism, this Handbook reveals the active and significant roles of women in nineteenth- and twentieth-century communist movements and regimes, and highlights the importance of communist women in shaping the agenda for women’s rights worldwide.<div><div><div> </div> </div> </div>

<p>Addresses for the first time the role of women in communist movements and regimes across the globe</p><p>Provides contextualized biographies of twenty-five leading communist women activists</p><p>Highlights the importance of communist women in shaping the global agenda for women’s rights</p>

<div>Francisca de Haan is Emerita Professor of Gender Studies and History at the Central European University in Vienna, Austria, and Fellow at the International Institute of Social History in Amsterdam. Her research interests center on transnational women’s history and gender history, histories of inter/transnational women’s movements, socialist and communist women’s political activism, women’s work and women’s archives. <div><div><div> </div> </div> </div></div><div><div> </div> </div>

Palgrave Standard US (P5)

9783031131264

/World History, Global and Transnational History/History/Humanities and Social Sciences/

/World History, Global and Transnational History/History/Humanities and Social Sciences//Women's History / History of Gender/History/Humanities and Social Sciences//Political Science/Politics and International Studies/Humanities and Social Sciences/Politics and Gender//Labor History/History/Humanities and Social Sciences//Social History/History/Humanities and Social Sciences//Political Sociology/Political Science/Politics and International Studies/Humanities and Social Sciences/Society/Sociology/

978-0-387-98363-9

List of Chapters.- El Introduction (1996).- E2 Discontinuity and scaling: scope and likely limitations (1996).- E3 New methods in statistical economics (M 1963e).- E4 Sources of inspiration and historical background (1996).- E5 States of randomness from mild to wild, and concentration in the short, medium and long run (1996).- E6 Self-similarity and panorama of self-affinity (1996).- E7 Rank-size plots, Zipf’s law, and scaling (1996).- E8 Proportional growth with or without diffusion, and other explanations of scaling (1996). • Appendices (M 1964o, M 1974d).- E9 A case against the lognormal distribution (1996).- E10 L-stable model for the distribution of income (M 1960i). • Appendices (M 1963i, M 1963j).- E11 L-stability and multiplicative variation of income (M 1961e).- E12 Scaling distributions and income maximization (M 1962q).- E13 Industrial concentration and scaling (1996).- E14 The variation of certain speculative prices (M 1963b). • Appendices (Fama & Blume 1966, M 1972b, M 1982c).- E15 The variation of the price of cotton, wheat, and railroad stocks, and of some financial rates (M 1967j).- E16 Mandelbrot on price variation (Fama 1963).- E17 Comments by P. H. Cootner, E. Parzen & W. S. Morris (1960s), and responses (1996).- E18 Computation of the L-stable distributions (1996).- E19 Nonlinear forecasts, rational bubbles, and martingales (M 1966b).- E20 Limitations of efficiency and martingales (M 1971e).- E21 Self-affine variation in fractal time (M & Taylor 1967, M 1973c).- Cumulative Bibliography.

IN 1959-61, while the huge Saarinen-designed research laboratory at Yorktown Heights was being built, much of IBM's Research was housed nearby. My group occupied one of the many little houses on the Lamb Estate complex which had been a sanatorium housing wealthy alcoholics. The picture below was taken about 1960. It shows from right to left, T. e. Hu, now at the University of California, Santa Barbara. I am next, staring at a network I have just written on the blackboard. Then comes Paul Gilmore, late of the University of British Columbia, then (seated) Richard Levitan, now retired, and at the left is Benoit Mandelbrot. x FOREWORD EF Even in a Lamb Estate populated exclusively with bright research­ oriented people, Benoit always stood out. His thinking was always fresh, and I enjoyed talking with him about any subject, whether technical, poli­ tical, or historical. He introduced me to the idea that distributions having infinite second moments could be more than a mathematical curiosity and a source of counter-examples. This was a foretaste of the line of thought that eventually led to fractals and to the notion that major pieces of the physical world could be, and in fact could only be, modeled by distrib­ utions and sets that had fractional dimensions. Usually these distributions and sets were known to mathematicians, as they were known to me, as curiosities and counter-intuitive examples used to show graduate students the need for rigor in their proofs.

<p>Mandelbrot is a world renowned scientist and pioneer in fractal research.</p><p>However, his original field of applied research was in econometrics and financial models.</p><p>Contains new material prepared specifically for this volume, as well as reprints of his classic papers.</p><p>Much of this work helps to lay a foundation for evaluating risks in trading strategies.</p><p>Includes applicable real-life models such as random flight on Wall Street, personal incomes and firm sizes, etc.</p>

9780387983639

/Mathematics in Business, Economics and Finance/Applications of Mathematics/Mathematics and Computing/Mathematics/

/Mathematics in Business, Economics and Finance/Applications of Mathematics/Mathematics and Computing/Mathematics//////

10.1007/978-1-4757-2763-0

In Sook Park, University of Ulsan College of Medicine, Seoul, Korea (Republic of)

1. Introduction.- 2. Atrial Septal Defect.- 3. Ventricular Septal Defect.- 4. Patent Ductus Arteriosus, Aortopulmonary Window.- 5. Partial Anomalous Pulmonary Venous Connection.- 6. Atrioventricular Septal Defect.- 7. Abnormalities of the Right Ventricular Outflow Tract and Pulmonary Arteries.- 8. Aortic Stenosis and Other Types of Left Ventricular Outflow Tract Obstruction or Anomalies.- 9. Coarctation of the Aorta.- 10. Interrupted Aortic Arch.- 11. Tetralogy of Fallot with or without Pulmonary Atresia.- 12. Tricuspid Atresia.- 13. Complete Transposition of the Great Arteries.- 14. Pulmonary Atresia with Intact Ventricular Septum.- 15. Double Outlet Right Ventricle.- 16. Congenitally Corrected Transposition of the Great Arteries.- 17. Ebstein’s Anomaly.- 18. Total Anomalous Pulmonary Venous Connection and Other Congenital Anomalies of the Pulmonary Veins.- 19. Hypoplastic Left Heart Syndrome.- 20. Truncus Arteriosus.- 21. Vascular Rings and Slings.- 22. Congenital Anomalies of the Mitral Valve and the Left Ventricular Inflow.- 23. Functional Single Ventricle.- 24. Cardiac Malposition, Criss-Cross Heart.- 25. Atrial Isomerism.- 26. Coronary Anomalies.- 27. Cardiac Tumor.- 28. Miscellaneous Images in Congenital Heart Disease.

This book combines an exceptional wealth of precise, exquisite schematic drawings and high-quality images with clear explanatory text in order to provide readers with a crisp and clear understanding of all aspects of congenital heart disease, from diagnosis to treatment and from the fetus to the adult. In format the book appears similar to a large collection of case reports covering all types of congenital heart disease, including complex lesions such as single ventricle and atrial isomerism. For each lesion, the illustrations are placed before the text so that the reader can gain a quick and general overview before going into more detail. The contents are as practical and concise as possible. The intention is that, despite its size, the book will serve as a handy reference for cardiologists, surgeons, intensivists, obstetricians specializing in fetal sonography, nurses, trainees, students, researchers, and even patients and their families. <div>This is a “must-have” bedside reference in the cardiac ward, the ICU, and the fetal sonography room and will even be valuable in outpatient clinics.</div>

This book combines an exceptional wealth of precise, exquisite schematic drawings and high-quality images with clear explanatory text in order to provide readers with a crisp and clear understanding of all aspects of congenital heart disease, from diagnosis to treatment and from the fetus to the adult. In format the book appears similar to a large collection of case reports covering all types of congenital heart disease, including complex lesions such as single ventricle and atrial isomerism. For each lesion, the illustrations are placed before the text so that the reader can gain a quick and general overview before going into more detail. The contents are as practical and concise as possible. The intention is that, despite its size, the book will serve as a handy reference for cardiologists, surgeons, intensivists, obstetricians specializing in fetal sonography, nurses, trainees, students, researchers, and even patients and their families. <div>This is a “must-have” bedside reference in the cardiac ward, the ICU, and the fetal sonography room and will even be valuable in outpatient clinics.</div>

<p>Covers all varieties of congenital heart diseases including the complex forms</p><p>Combines a wealth of precise and exquisite drawings, images and explanatory notes</p><p>Provides high-quality 3D CT and MR images and fetal heart images</p>

In Sook Park, MD, FACCProfessor Emeritus, Asan Medical Center, University of Ulsan College of Medicine, Seoul, South Korea
Member of the National Assembly, Republic of Korea, since 2012

9789811369773

/Cardiology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Radiology/Life Sciences/Health Sciences//Pediatrics/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences///

978-3-030-99467-9

Paulo Câmara, Portuguese Catholic University (UCP), Lisbon, Portugal; Filipe Morais, University of Reading, Henley-on-Thames, UK

Part I – General aspects of ESG.- 1. Introduction: the multiples roles of corporate governance under ESG (Paulo Câmara).- 2. Sustainability as a game changer in corporate governance (Guido Ferrarini).- 3. ESG and the shift on corporate purpose (Beate Sjåfjell).- 4. Sustainability and European financial law (Dirk Zetzsche).- 5. The duty of societal responsibility (Jaap Winter).- 6. ESG and shareholder primacy: why they can go together (Luca Enriques);.- 7. ESG and corporate interest (Erik Oioli).- 8. ESG and performance (Miguel Ferreira).- 9. The new ESG bond markets (green bonds, blue bonds) (Manuel Requicha Ferreira).- 10. ESG in developing economies ( Sofia Vale).- 11. The role of companies in promoting human rights (Ana Rita Campos).- Part II – ESG Regulatory developments.- 12. ESG and EU Law (António Garcia Rolo).- 13. ESG and the role of financial supervisors (Gabriela Figueiredo Dias).- 14. ESG reporting (Julien Froumouth and Joana Frade).- 15. The EU Taxonomy Regulation and its implications for companies (Rui de Oliveira Neves).- 16. ESG and board duties (Sofia Santos).- 17. ESG and business judgment rule (Bruno Ferreira and Manuel Sequeira).- 18. ESG and remuneration (Inês Serrano de Matos).- 19. ESG and compliance (Lara Reis). Part III – ESG in particular types of companies.- 20. ESG and new forms of purposeful companies (benefit companies, B Corps, community interest company et al) (Luís Amado).- 21. ESG and listed companies (Abel Sequeira Ferreira).- 22. ESG in Growth Listed Companies: Closing the Gaps (Filipe Morais, Jenny Simnett, Andrew Kakabadse, Nada Kakabadse, Andrew Myers and Tim Ward).- 23. ESG and banks (Mafalda de Sá).- 24. ESG and asset managers. The EU asset managers’ different [and differentiating] tones of green (Tiago dos Santos Matias.- 25. ESG, State-owned companies and smart cities (José Miguel Lucas).

Since the 2008 Global Financial Crisis the prevailing economic development model based on an assumption of unlimited resources and, therefore, unlimited growth has been increasingly put into question by academics, policy-making agencies and even industry leaders themselves. Climate change, general environmental and natural resource degradation, widespread inequalities, and systemic governance failures are pressing capitalism to renew itself to deliver sustainable outcomes for a broader base of stakeholders. This has become known in more practical terms as the ESG (Environmental, Social and Governance) and responsible investment movements. The pressure to change how we organise ourselves as societies and economies has implications for how large and small corporations, public or private, are governed and to the benefit of whom. This Handbook offers a rare combination of pluralistic and multidisciplinary perspectives from law, economics, finance and management, as well as an interesting mix of latest academic thinking and practical recommendations on ESG for boards and executive teams.Should companies be governed and managed for the benefit of their shareholders alone? Can companies be governed to deliver for shareholders as well as the broader stakeholder base? How can investors allocate capital to advance sustainability? Part I provides a pluralistic discussion of some of these fundamental questions besetting academics and practitioners alike while Part II examines recent regulatory developments and assesses what may need to change in terms of law and regulation to both hold companies to account for sustainability while enabling them to continue to provide vital goods and services. Part III of the book discusses how the different types of companies and investors are currently facing the sustainability imperative and incorporating ESG factors on how they operate and invest. The concluding chapter provides an overview of the key regulatory, ecosystem and board-level gaps that require urgent and decisive action.Paulo Câmara is a Professor of the Faculty of Law of the Catholic University of Portugal, Managing Partner of Sérvulo & Associados and Head of Governance Lab, an independent research group dedicated to corporate governance. He is also the Chairman of the General Meeting of the Portuguese Association of Banks since 2016, and of other financial institutions, and Chairman of the General Meeting of the Portuguese Compliance and Regulatory Observatory since 2017.Filipe Morais is a Lecturer in Governance & Reputation, and Programme Director of the MSc Management for Future Leaders at Henley Business School, University of Reading, UK. Filipe has published research papers, reports, chapters and books in the areas of corporate governance, strategic management and sustainability. He sits on the editorial board of the California Management Review and The Journal of Business Governance & Ethics. He is a member of the European Corporate Governance Institute (ECGI) and the independent research group, Governance Lab.

Since the 2008 Global Financial Crisis the prevailing economic development model based on an assumption of unlimited resources and, therefore, unlimited growth has been increasingly put into question by academics, policy-making agencies and even industry leaders themselves. Climate change, general environmental and natural resource degradation, widespread inequalities, and systemic governance failures are pressing capitalism to renew itself to deliver sustainable outcomes for a broader base of stakeholders. This has become known in more practical terms as the ESG (Environmental, Social and Governance) and responsible investment movements. The pressure to change how we organise ourselves as societies and economies has implications for how large and small corporations, public or private, are governed and to the benefit of whom. This Handbook offers a rare combination of pluralistic and multidisciplinary perspectives from law, economics, finance and management, as well as an interesting mix of latest academic thinking and practical recommendations on ESG for boards and executive teams.Should companies be governed and managed for the benefit of their shareholders alone? Can companies be governed to deliver for shareholders as well as the broader stakeholder base? How can investors allocate capital to advance sustainability? Part I provides a pluralistic discussion of some of these fundamental questions besetting academics and practitioners alike while Part II examines recent regulatory developments and assesses what may need to change in terms of law and regulation to both hold companies to account for sustainability while enabling them to continue to provide vital goods and services. Part III of the book discusses how the different types of companies and investors are currently facing the sustainability imperative and incorporating ESG factors on how they operate and invest. The concluding chapter provides an overview of the key regulatory, ecosystem and board-level gaps that require urgent and decisive action.

<p>Explores what ESG and the sustainability agenda means for both investors and corporations</p><p>Addresses the challenges faced and progress made by different types of companies in adopting ESG</p><p>Offers a rare combination of pluralistic and multidisciplinary perspectives from law, economics, and finance</p>

Paulo Câmara is a Professor of the Faculty of Law of the Catholic University of Portugal, Managing Partner of Sérvulo & Associados and Head of Governance Lab, an independent research group dedicated to corporate governance. He is also the Chairman of the General Meeting of the Portuguese Association of Banks since 2016, and of other financial institutions, and Chairman of the General Meeting of the Portuguese Compliance and Regulatory Observatory since 2017.Filipe Morais is a Lecturer in Governance & Reputation, and Programme Director of the MSc Management for Future Leaders at Henley Business School, University of Reading, UK. Filipe has published research papers, reports, chapters and books in the areas of corporate governance, strategic management and sustainability. He sits on the editorial board of the California Management Review and The Journal of Business Governance & Ethics. He is a member of the European Corporate Governance Institute (ECGI) and the independent research group, Governance Lab.<div>
</div>

Palgrave Standard US (P5)

9783030994679

/Corporate Governance/Accounting/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/

/Corporate Governance/Accounting/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences//Sustainability/Earth and Environmental Sciences/Environmental Sciences/Physical Sciences//Corporate Finance/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences//Business Ethics/Moral Philosophy and Applied Ethics/Philosophy/Humanities and Social Sciences/Management/Business and Management//Financial Law/Public Law/Law/Humanities and Social Sciences/Business Law/Business and Management//

10.1007/978-3-030-99468-6

978-3-030-16249-8

Biswanath Mukherjee; Ioannis Tomkos; Massimo Tornatore; Peter Winzer; Yongli Zhao

Biswanath Mukherjee, University of California Dept of Computer Science, Davis, CA, USA; Ioannis Tomkos, Athens Information Technology, Marousi, Greece; Massimo Tornatore, Politecnico di Milano, Milano, Italy; Peter Winzer, Nokia Bell Labs, Crawford Hill, Holmdel, NJ, USA; Yongli Zhao, Beijing University of Posts and Telecommunications, Beijing, China

Introduction.- The Evolution of Optical Transport Networks.- Part A: Optical Subsystems for Transmission and Switching.- Optical fiber and cables.- Optical amplifiers.- Optical transponders.- Optical transponder components.- Digital signal processing for optical transceivers.- Forward Error Correction for optical transponders.- Optical node architectures.- Fiber Nonlinearity and Optical System Performance.- Space-division multiplexing.- Part B: Core Networks.- Carrier network architectures and resiliency.- Standards for optical transport networks.- Routing and wavelength (spectrum) assignment.- Traffic grooming.- Dynamic control of optical networks.- Cross-layer design.- Optical network virtualization.- Metro networks architectures.- Energy efficiency in optical networks.- Packet- and burst-switched optical network architectures.- Part C: Datacenter and Super-Computer Networking.- Evolving requirements and trends of datacenters networks.- Evolving requirements and trends of HPC.- Intra-Datacenter network architectures.- System aspects for optical interconnect transceivers.- Optical switching for Data Center Networks.- Part D: Optical Access and Wireless Networks.- Introduction to Optical Access Networks.- Current TDM PONs.- Emerging PONs.- Advanced PON Architectures.- Long-reach PON and access/metro integration.- Digital optical front-haul technologies and architectures.- Analog optical front-haul technologies and architectures.- Optical networking for 5G and fiber-wireless convergence.- Free-space optical links for communication networks.- Visible Light Communications.- Optical communications for avionics and autonomous vehicles.

This handbook is an authoritative, comprehensive reference on optical networks, the backbone of today’s communication and information society. The book reviews the many underlying technologies that enable the global optical communications infrastructure, but also explains current research trends targeted towards continued capacity scaling and enhanced networking flexibility in support of an unabated traffic growth fueled by ever-emerging new applications.The book is divided into four parts: Optical Subsystems for Transmission and Switching, Core Networks, Datacenter and Super-Computer Networking, and Optical Access and Wireless Networks.

<div> Each chapter is written by world-renown experts that represent academia, industry, and international government and regulatory agencies. Every chapter provides a complete picture of its field, from entry-level information to a snapshot of the respective state-of-the-art technologies to emerging research trends, providing something useful for the novice who wants to get familiar with the field to the expert who wants to get a concise view of future trends.


</div>

This handbook is an authoritative, comprehensive reference on optical networks, the backbone of today’s communication and information society. The book reviews the many underlying technologies that enable the global optical communications infrastructure, but also explains current research trends targeted towards continued capacity scaling and enhanced networking flexibility in support of an unabated traffic growth fueled by ever-emerging new applications.

The book is divided into four parts: Optical Subsystems for Transmission and Switching, Core Networks, Datacenter and Super-Computer Networking, and Optical Access and Wireless Networks.

<div> Each chapter is written by world-renown experts that represent academia, industry, and international government and regulatory agencies. Every chapter provides a complete picture of its field, from entry-level information to a snapshot of the respective state-of-the-art technologies to emerging research trends, providing something useful for the novice who wants to get familiar with the field to the expert who wants to get a concise view of future trends.</div>

Offers a definitive reference for practitioners, researchers, and students in optical networksRepresents a collective effort of over 100 top-level scientists from around the worldComprehensively treats the ever-growing field that represents the backbone of the internetIncludes supplementary material: sn.pub/extras

Biswanath Mukherjee is a Distinguished Professor Emeritus at University of California, Davis, CA, USA. He holds a PhD from the University of Washington, Seattle, (1987) and a B.Tech (Hons) from Indian Institute of Technology, Kharagpur, (1980). He is also Distinguished Professor and Founding Director of the Institute for Broadband Research and Innovation (IBRI) at Soochow University in China. He has been involved in several successful optical startups, including Ennetix, a SBIR-funded company specializing in AI-powered, application-centric, network analytics for optimal user experience. Biswanath Mukherjee served as program chair for several OFC, IEEE INFOCOM and IEEE Advanced Networks and Telecom Systems (ANTS) Conference, the latter he co-founded. He is the editor of Springer’s Optical Networks Book Series and served on several journal editorial boards, including IEEE/ACM Transactions on Networking and IEEE Network. He received multiple awards for his scholarly and educational achievements and is the winner of the IEEE Communications Society's inaugural (2015) Outstanding Technical Achievement Award 'for pioneering work on shaping the optical networking area'. He was made an IEEE Fellow in 2006.Ioannis Tomkos is a Professor of Optical Communications at the Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering at the University of Patras, Greece. His current research focuses on the use of optical communications systems for 5G/6G and datacenter networks. In the past he held numerous positions in both industry and academia positions in various countries around the world (e.g. USA, Spain, Cyprus, Italy and Greece). His research group is involved in over 25 EU-funded research projects with a consortium-wide leading role and he serves as Technical Manager for 10 major EU projects. His published work has received about 10.000 citations (h-factor=47). In 2018, Dr. Tomkos was elected a Fellow of IEEE “forcontributions in Dynamic Optical Networks”. He is also a Fellow of the IET (2010) and a Fellow of the Optical Society (2012). Massimo Tornatore is currently an Associate Professor in the Department of Electronics, Information, and Bioengineering at Politecnico di Milano, where he received a Ph.D. degree in 2006. He also holds an appointment as Adjunct Professor at University of California, Davis, USA and as visiting professor at University of Waterloo, Canada. His research interests include performance evaluation, optimization and design of communication networks (with an emphasis on the application of optical networking technologies), cloud computing, and machine learning application for network management. He has participated in several EU R&D projects as well as in several other projects in US, Canada and Italy. Massimo Tornatore is a member of the Editorial Board of IEEE Communication Surveys and Tutorials, IEEE Communication Letters, Springer Photonic Network Communications, and Elsevier’s Optical Switching and Networking. He is an active member of the technical program committee of various networking conferences and a senior member of the IEEE.Peter J. Winzer received his Ph.D. in electrical engineering from the Technical University of Vienna, Austria, in 1998. Supported by the European Space Agency, he investigated space-borne Doppler lidar and laser communications. From 2000 to 2019 he was at Bell Labs in NJ, where he focused on fiber-optic communication systems and networks and contributed to many high-speed optical transmission records and field trials up to 1 Tbit/s per carrier. Before leaving Bell Labs in 2019, he led its global optical communications research. Peter Winzer is actively involved with the IEEE Photonics Society and the Optical Society (OSA). He served as Editor-in-Chief of the IEEE

9783030162498

/Communications Engineering, Networks/Electrical and Electronic Engineering/Technology and Engineering/

/Communications Engineering, Networks/Electrical and Electronic Engineering/Technology and Engineering//Computer Communication Networks/Computer Engineering and Networks/Computer Science/Mathematics and Computing//Microwaves, RF Engineering and Optical Communications/Electrical and Electronic Engineering/Technology and Engineering////

Joel Jay Kassiola, San Francisco State University, San Francisco, CA, USA; Timothy W. Luke, Virginia Tech, Blacksburg, VA, USA

Political Science and International Studies

Chapter 1. Introduction: “The Time for Social and Political Transformation Based on the Environment is Now.”.- Chapter 2. Environmentalism and Political Ideologies.- Chapter 3 Democracy, Citizenship and Nationalism in Environmental Political Theory.- Chapter 4. Eco-anxiety and the Responses of Ecological Citizenship and Mindfulness.- Chapter 5. Biosphere Breaking Bad: The Imperatives of Deep Adaptation.- Chapter 6. Animal Citizens: Do We Need to Rethink the Status of Animals or Citizenship Itself?.- Chapter 7. Degrowth: A State of Depense.- Chapter 8. The Nature of the State: A Deep History of Agrarian Environmentalism.- Chapter 9. The Environmental Political Role of Counter-Hegemonic Environmental Ethics: Replacing Supremacist Ethics and Connecting Environmental Politics, Environmental Political Theory and Environmental Sciences.- Chapter 10. Critical Feminism: A Feminist Environmental Research Network (FERN) for Collaborative and Relational Praxis.- Chapter 11. Property and the Anthropocene: Why Power on Things is Central to Our Ecological Predicament.- Chapter 12. Ecosystem Policy and Law: A Philosophical Argument for the Anticipatory Regulation of Environmental Risk, etc.

“The Palgrave Handbook on Environmental Politics and Theory seeks to reclaim a space for critically engaged scholarship that encourages dissent and speaks up for the many communities that are mobilizing for a radical change of political course. By confronting systems of denial and inviting conceptual and ethical innovation, the chapters form a powerful collective response.”

—Eva Lövbrand, Associate Professor in Environmental Change, Linköping University, Sweden

“Written by an impressive array of both established scholars and new voices, Kassiola and Luke are to be congratulated for assembling such a variety of topics, scholars and approaches, which has produced an excellent addition to the Palgrave Handbook series.”

—John Barry, Professor of Green Political Economy, Queens University Belfast, United Kingdom

This Handbook is exhibits the latest interdisciplinary explorations in environmental politics, an urgently burgeoning field of intellectual and practical importance., Environmental politics and theory encompasses empirical, normative, policy, political, organizational, and activist discussions unfolding across many disciplines. Through the volume’s contributions emphasizing environmental policy issues, normative prescriptions, and implementation strategies, the next generation of thinkers and activists will have useful profiles of the theories, concepts, and movements central to environmental politics and theory. It is the editors’ aspiration that this volume will become a go-to resource on the myriad perspectives relevant to studying and improving the environment for advanced researchers as well as an introduction to students seeking to understand the basic foundations and recommended resolutions to many of our environmental challenges. Environmental politics is more than theory alone, so the Handbook also considers theory-action connections by highlighting the past and current: thinkers, activists, social organizations, and movements that have worked to guide contemporary societies toward a more environmentally sustainable and just global order.

Joel Jay Kassiola is Professor in the Department of Political Science at San Francisco State University, Department of Political Science, San Francisco, California, USA. He serves as Series Editor for Palgrave's Environmental Politics and Theory book series.

Timothy W. Luke is University Distinguished Professor in the Department of Political Science at Virginia Tech, USA.

Chapter “Eco-Anxiety and the Responses of Ecological Citizenship and Mindfulness” is available open access under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License via link.springer.com.

<div>This Handbook aims to provide a unique and convenient one-volume reference work, exhibiting the latest interdisciplinary explorations in this urgently burgeoning field of intellectual and practical importance. Due to its immense range and diversity, environmental politics and theory necessarily encompasses: empirical, normative, policy, political, organizational, and activist discussions unfolding across many disciplines. It is a challenge for its practitioners, let alone newcomers, to keep informed about the ongoing developments in this fast-changing area of study and to comprehend all of their implications. Through the planned volume’s extensive scope of contributions emphasizing environmental policy issues, normative prescriptions, and implementation strategies, the next generation of thinkers and activists will have very useful profiles of the theories, concepts, organizations, and movements central to environmental politics and theory. It is the editors’ aspiration that this volume will become a go-to resource on the myriad perspectives relevant to studying and improving the environment for advanced researchers as well as an introduction to new students seeking to understand the basic foundations and recommended resolutions to many of our environmental challenges. Environmental politics is more than theory alone, so the Handbook also considers theory-action connections by highlighting the past and current: thinkers, activists, social organizations, and movements that have worked to guide contemporary societies toward a more environmentally sustainable and just global order.

Chapter “Eco-Anxiety and the Responses of Ecological Citizenship and Mindfulness” is available open access under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License via link.springer.com.</div>

Integrates politics into environmental theory, closing the gap in previous volumes that focus on political thoughtEmphasis environmental policy and activism while still rooted in the foundations of environmental political theoryFocuses on environmental thinkers and activist leaders, organizations and movements for social change

<div>Joel Jay Kassiola is Professor in the Department of Political Science at San Francisco State University, Department of Political Science, San Francisco, California, USA. He is the author of one of the first books in the emerging field of environmental political theory, The Death of Industrial Civilization and, more recently, editor of Explorations in Environmental Political Theory (2015). He serves as Series Editor for Palgrave's Environmental Politics and Theory book series.</div><div>Timothy W. Luke is University Distinguished Professor in the Department of Political Science at Virginia Tech, USA. His areas of research include environmental politics and cultural studies as well as comparative politics, international political economy, and modern critical social and political theory.</div>

Palgrave Standard US (P5)

9783031143458

/Political Theory/Political Science/Politics and International Studies/Humanities and Social Sciences/

/Political Theory/Political Science/Politics and International Studies/Humanities and Social Sciences//Environmental Studies/Ecology/Biological Sciences/Life Sciences//Environmental Policy/Humanities and Social Sciences/Society/Social Policy/Public Policy/Politics and International Studies//Earth and Environmental Sciences/Environmental Sciences/Physical Sciences//International Relations/Politics and International Studies/Humanities and Social Sciences/Development Studies//

978-3-030-49953-2

Robert A. Soslow, Memorial Sloan Kettering Cancer Center, New York, NY, USA; Kay J. Park, Memorial Sloan Kettering Cancer Center, New York, NY, USA; Simona Stolnicu, University of Medicine, Pharmacy, Sciences and Technology of Targu Mures, Targu Mures, Romania

Anatomy, Histology, Cytology, and Colposcopy of the Cervix.- Pathologic Sampling Methods of the Cervix.- Benign Lesions and Physiologic Changes in the Cervix.- Benign Tumors of the Cervix.- Precursor Lesions of the Cervix: Squamous Precursor Lesions.- Precursor Lesions of the Cervix: Glandular Precursor Lesions.- Epithelial Malignant Tumors of the Cervix: Squamous Carcinoma.- Epithelial Malignant Tumors of the Cervix: Endocervical Adenocarcinoma.- Epithelial Malignant Tumors of the Cervix: Other Epithelial Tumors (Adenosquamous Carcinoma, Adenoid Basal Carcinoma, Adenoid Cystic Carcinoma, Undifferentiated Carcinoma).- Epithelial Malignant Tumors of the Cervix: Neuroendocrine Tumors.- Mesenchymal and Mixed Epithelial–Stromal Malignant Tumors of the Cervix.- Other Tumors of the Cervix (Melanocytic, Germ Cell, Trophoblastic, Lymphoid, and Myeloid Tumors).- Metastases to the Cervix.

This book provides a practical guide to the diagnosis of cervical lesions. Chapters detail recent changes to diagnostic criteria and classification and the impacts these developments have on patient management. The anatomy and histology of the cervix are discussed, along with macroscopic and microscopic changes, prognostic and predictive parameters, epidemiological data, and staging systems.

Atlas of Diagnostic Pathology of the Cervix: A Case-Based Approach utilizes diagnostic algorithms and highlights to offer readers appropriate management criteria and aims to give trainees, practicing pathologists, and gynecologists a case-based approach to the treatment of cervical lesions.

This book provides a practical guide to the diagnosis of cervical lesions. Chapters detail recent changes to diagnostic criteria and classification and the impacts these developments have on patient management. The anatomy and histology of the cervix are discussed, along with macroscopic and microscopic changes, prognostic and predictive parameters, epidemiological data, and staging systems.

Atlas of Diagnostic Pathology of the Cervix: A Case-Based Approach utilizes diagnostic algorithms and highlights to offer readers appropriate management criteria and aims to give trainees, practicing pathologists, and gynecologists a case-based approach to the treatment of cervical lesions.

<p>Highly illustrated with figures to aid the diagnosis of cervical lesions</p><p>Integrates ancillary studies and molecular pathology findings into diagnostic criteria</p><p>Written from a global perspective by experts in the field</p>

Dr. Robert A. Soslow is an Attending Pathologist and Director of the Gynecologic Pathology Fellowship Program at Memorial Hospital (Memorial Sloan Kettering Cancer Center) and Professor of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine (Weill Cornell Medicine). Dr. Soslow is one of the foremost authorities on gynecologic malignancies, having authored five textbooks on gynecologic pathology, including the AFIP atlas Tumors of the Uterine Corpus and Trophoblastic Diseases (fourth series). He is an associate editor for Modern Pathology and an Expert Member on the editorial board of the 2020 World Health Organization’s Classification of Tumours. An award-winning teacher and mentor, Dr. Soslow has lectured in more than 30 countries and, since 2011, has been listed as one of America’s Top Doctors by US News and World Report.

Dr. Kay J. Park is Associate Attending Pathologist, Director of Education in the Department of Pathology, and Vice-chair of the Graduate Medical Education Committee at Memorial Sloan Kettering Cancer Center. She is a gynecologic pathologist with special interest in pathologies of the uterine cervix. She has co-authored over 80 peer-reviewed publications, four book chapters, including the 2014 World Health Organization Classification of Tumors of the Female Genital Tract, and currently serves on the Executive Board of the International Society of Gynecological Pathologists. She is also the Associate Editor of Digital Content and Social Media for the International Journal of Gynecological Pathology. Dr. Simona Stolnicu is a Professor of Pathology at the University of Medicine, Pharmacy, Sciences and Technology of Târgu Mureș, Romania, with a special interest in gynecologic and breast pathology and cytology. She has authored and edited 25 international and national textbooks and volumes of proceedings including the 2020 World Health Organization Classification of Tumors of the Female Genital Tract. She has authored 106 peer-reviewed publications and over 200 abstracts. She was coordinator/member of 10 international and national research programs. She is a member of National pathology committee in Romania and member of the national screening program on cervical cancer in Romania. She is a PhD coordinator. She is the Chair of the Gynecological Pathology Working Group (European Society of Pathology) and President of a national annual conference on gynecologic and breast pathology and cytology with international participation. She is a member of the ISGyP Global Advisory Network.

9783030499532

/Pathology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Gynecology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Cancer Biology/Cancer Therapy/Biological Sciences/Life Sciences////

10.1007/978-3-030-49954-9

978-3-030-40973-9

XXX, 2053 p. 715 illus., 626 illus. in color. In 2 volumes, not available separately.

Volume 1: 1. Introduction.- 2. Basic Principles.- 3. The Coming of Age of Arithmetic.- 4. Classification of Calculating Aids and Related Instruments.- 5. Chronology .- 6. Pioneers in Calculating and Computing Technology.- 7. Conferences and Institutes.- 8. Global Overview of Early Digital Computers.- 9. Museums and Collections.- 10. The Antikythera Mechanism.- 11. Schwilgués Calculating Machines.- 12. The Thomas Arithmometer.- 13. The Curta.- 14. Slide Rules.- 15. Historical Automatons and Robots.- 16. Mechanical Calculating Aids.- 17. Technological, Economic, Social and Cultural History.- 18. Preserving the Technical Heritage.- 19. Operating Instructions.- Index of Persons, Places and Subjects.- Volume 2: 1. Who Was the Inventor of the Computer?.- 2. Computer Development in Germany.- 3. Computer Development in the United Kingdom.- 4. Computer Development in Switzerland.- 5. Documents Relevant to the Z4 and Ermeth.- 6. The Global Evolution of Computer Technology.- 7. Glossary of the History of Technology: German-English.- 8. Glossary of the History of Technology: English-German.- Bibliography for the History of Science and Technology.- Index of Persons, Places and Subjects.

This Third Edition is the first English-language edition of the award-winning Meilensteine der Rechentechnik; illustrated in full color throughout in two volumes. The Third Edition is devoted to both analog and digital computing devices, as well as the world's most magnificient historical automatons and select scientific instruments (employed in astronomy, surveying, time measurement, etc.). It also features detailed instructions for analog and digital mechanical calculating machines and instruments, and is the only such historical book with comprehensive technical glossaries of terms not found in print or in online dictionaries. The book also includes a very extensive bibliography based on the literature of numerous countries around the world.<div>
</div><div>Meticulously researched, the author conducted a worldwide survey of science, technology and art museums with their main holdings of analog and digital calculating and computing machines and devices, historical automatons and selected scientific instruments in order to describe a broad range of masterful technical achievements. Also covering the history of mathematics and computer science, this work documents the cultural heritage of technology as well.</div>

<p>Most comprehensive book on the history of computing, consisting of two volumes encompassing some 2,000 pages, with more than 700 illustrations (some 280 of which are new to this edition) and over 150 tables (about 50 of which are new to this edition)</p><p>New edition (published in the English language for the first time) features a significantly expanded global overview, comprehensive German-English and English-German glossaries of technical terms with over 5,000 entries, and a greatly expanded and updated bibliography with over 6,000 entries</p><p>Features new information on recently discovered mathematical instruments, including the Multiple Curta (the world’s smallest mechanical parallel calculator)</p><p>Includes greater consideration of related fields, such as scientific instruments, typewriters, and perforated tape controlled looms and automatons</p><p>Twenty additional step-by-step user instructions for historical analog and digital calculating devices</p>

Herbert Bruderer is a lecturer (retired) in the Department of Computer Science of the Eidgenössische Technische Hochschule (ETH) Zurich and a historian of technology. He is the author of numerous books and has been awarded several prizes. <div>
</div><div>
</div>

9783030409739

/History of Computing/Computing Milieux/Computer Science/Mathematics and Computing/

/History of Computing/Computing Milieux/Computer Science/Mathematics and Computing//The Computer Industry/Computing Milieux/Computer Science/Mathematics and Computing//Computers and Education/Computing Milieux/Computer Science/Mathematics and Computing////

10.1007/978-3-030-40974-6

Alexander M. Tatara, Massachusetts General Hospital, Boston, MA, USA

Preface.- Introduction.- Staphylococcal Infection.- Other Gram-Positive Infection.- Gram-Negative Infection.- Fungal Infection.- Mycobacterial Infection.- Human Immunodeficiency Virus Infection.- Viral Infection.- Cardiovascular Infection.- Pulmonary Infection.- Abdominal Infection.- Head and Neck Infection.- Musculoskeletal Infection.- Skin and Soft Tissue Infection.- Genitourinary Infection.

This book is an evidence-based guide for some of the most common consult questions asked of a first-year infectious diseases (ID) fellow working in an academic teaching hospital. Divided into sections based on pathogen and organ system, each covered topic includes reviews of the latest published literature in succinct subsections that can be easily referenced. The book can be read cover to cover as an introduction to clinical infectious diseases through the eyes of an ID fellow or used as a reference in real-time when on clinical service.



Written throughout the fellowship of an ID fellow, this handbook shares the quintessential ID topics most commonly encountered on the consult service. From global pandemics to the emergence of drug-resistant superbugs, interest in infectious diseases has never been higher. ID experts weigh in daily on a variety of cases ranging from simple urinary tract infections to devastating sepsis in patients with recent organ transplantation. The ID consult service can be overwhelming given the breadth of infectious diseases that affect our patients. This handbook offers an introductory yet comprehensive resource to professionals, practitioners, students, and fellows.

This book is an evidence-based guide for some of the most common consult questions asked of a first-year infectious diseases (ID) fellow working in an academic teaching hospital. Divided into sections based on pathogen and organ system, each covered topic includes reviews of the latest published literature in succinct subsections that can be easily referenced. The book can be read cover to cover as an introduction to clinical infectious diseases through the eyes of an ID fellow or used as a reference in real-time when on clinical service.



Written throughout the fellowship of an ID fellow, this handbook shares the quintessential ID topics most commonly encountered on the consult service. From global pandemics to the emergence of drug-resistant superbugs, interest in infectious diseases has never been higher. ID experts weigh in daily on a variety of cases ranging from simple urinary tract infections to devastating sepsis in patients with recent organ transplantation. The ID consult service can be overwhelming given the breadth of infectious diseases that affect our patients. This handbook offers an introductory yet comprehensive resource to professionals, practitioners, students, and fellows.

​Provides an introduction to clinical infectious diseases from the perspective of the consult hospital serviceReadable as a introductory text or as a reference for medical students residents and fellowsNo comparable handbook available

<div><div>Alexander M. Tatara, MD</div><div>Fellow in Infectious Diseases</div><div>Massachusetts General Hospital</div><div>Brigham and Women’s Hospital</div><div>Boston, Massachusetts</div><div>USA</div></div>

9783031394737

/Internal Medicine/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Life Sciences/Diseases/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Diagnosis/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences////

10.1007/978-3-031-39474-4

Henry Peter, Geneva Centre for Philanthropy, University of Geneva, Geneva, Switzerland; Carlos Vargas Vasserot, University of Almería, Almería, Spain; Jaime Alcalde Silva, Pontificia Universidad Católica de Chile, Santiago, Chile

Foreword.- Introduction.- PART I: The Social Enterprise Movement.- The social enterprise movement and the birth of hybrid organizational forms as policy response to the growing demand for firm altruism.- Social enterprises in the European Union: gradual recognition of their importance and models of legal regulation.- The Governance Patterns of Social Enterprises Two Proposals to Reconcile the US and European Approaches.- Social Enterprises and Tax: Living Apart Together?.- Corporate Purpose : How the Board of Directors can Achieve an Inclusive Corporate Governance Regime.- Social Enterprise: Conceptual Debates and Approaches.- Models and Trends of Social Enterprise Regulation in the European Union.- Social enterprises in the social cooperative form.- How social entrepreneurs create systemic change A comparative analysis of for-profit and non- profit models.- PART II: Benefit Corporations and B Corp Certification.- Benefit Corporations: Trends and Perspectives.- Behavioral Perspectives on B Corps.- B Lab and the process of certificating B Corps.- Introduction to the law of Benefit Corporations and other public purpose-driven companies.- Benefit Corporations and the Common Law Tradition.- Viability of non-recognized benefit corporations.- Real-World Lessons on Stakeholder Capitalism: How B Lab & B Corp movement catalyze change in society.- PART III: Purpose-Driven Companies: An International Overview.- Social Enterprises and Benefit Corporations in Argentina.- The Failed Attempt to Enact Benefit Company Legislation in Australia and the Rise of B Corps.- Social Enterprises and Benefit Corporations in Brazil: Projects for Corporate Qualification and Capital Market Regulation.- The suitability of Belgian Law to B-Corp.- B Corps, Benefit Corporations and socially oriented enterprises in Canada.- Purpose-driven companies and the projected legal system for benefit and collective interest companies in Chile.- Social Enterprises and Benefit Corporations in China.- Social Enterprises and Benefit Corporations in Colombia.- Social Enterprises and B-Corps in Ecuador.- The suitability of French Law to B-Corp.- Social Purposes in German Corporate Law and Benefit Corporations in Germany.- Social Enterprises and Certified B Corporations in Hong Kong: Development, Key Lessons Learnt and Ways Forward.- B-Corps in India: A Sustainable Business Model.- Social Enterprises and Benefit Corporations in Italy.- Corporations with Social Aims in the Japanese Legal System.- The suitability of Luxembourgish Law to B-Corp.- Certified B Corps in Mexico.- Benefit Corporations in the Peruvian legal ecosystem.- Social Enterprises and Benefit Corporations in Portugal.- Finding space for the B-Corporation within the South African legal landscape.- Social Enterprises and Benefit Corporations in South-Korea.- Social Enterprises and Benefit Corporations in Spain.- Social Enterprises and Benefit Corporations in Switzerland.- Social Enterprises in the Netherlands: Towards more institutional diversity?.- Social Enterprises, Benefit Corporations and Community Interest Companies: The UK Landscape.- Social Enterprises and Benefit Corporations in the United States.- Innovation in Uruguayan Business Law: The “Benefit and Collective Interest Companies and Trusts”.- Legal regulation of social enterprises in other European countries.

This open-access book brings together international experts who shed new light on the status of social enterprises, benefit corporations and other purpose-driven companies. The respective chapters take a multidisciplinary approach (combining law, philosophy, history, sociology and economics) and provide valuable insights on fostering social entrepreneurship and advancing the common good.<div>
</div><div>In recent years, we have witnessed a significant shift of how business activities are conducted, mainly through the rise of social enterprises. In an effort to target social problems at their roots, social entrepreneurs create organizations that bring transformative social changes by considering, among others, ethical, social, and environmental factors. A variety of social enterprise models are emerging internationally and are proving their vitality and importance.</div><div>
</div><div>But what does the term “social enterprise” mean? What are its roots? And how does it work in practice within the legal framework of any country? This handbook attempts to answer these questions from a theoretical, historical, and comparative perspective, bringing together 44 contributions written by 71 expert researchers and practitioners in this field. The first part provides an overview of the social enterprise movement, its evolution, and the different forms entities can take to meet global challenges, overcoming the limits of what governments and states can do. The second part focuses on the emergence of benefit corporations and the growing importance of sustainability and societal values, while also analyzing their different legal forms and adaptation to their regulatory environment. In turn, the last part presents the status quo of purpose-driven companies in 36 developed and emerging economies worldwide.</div><div>
</div><div>This handbook offers food for thought and guidance for everyone interested in this field. It will benefit practitioners and decision-makers involved in social and community organizations, as well as in international development and, more generally speaking, social sciences and economics.</div>

This open-access book brings together international experts who shed new light on the status of social enterprises, benefit corporations and other purpose-driven companies. The respective chapters take a multidisciplinary approach (combining law, philosophy, history, sociology and economics) and provide valuable insights on fostering social entrepreneurship and advancing the common good.<div>
</div><div>In recent years, we have witnessed a significant shift of how business activities are conducted, mainly through the rise of social enterprises. In an effort to target social problems at their roots, social entrepreneurs create organizations that bring transformative social changes by considering, among others, ethical, social, and environmental factors. A variety of social enterprise models are emerging internationally and are proving their vitality and importance.</div><div>
</div><div>But what does the term “social enterprise” mean? What are its roots? And how does it work in practice within the legal framework of any country? This handbook attempts to answer these questions from a theoretical, historical, and comparative perspective, bringing together 44 contributions written by 71 expert researchers and practitioners in this field. The first part provides an overview of the social enterprise movement, its evolution, and the different forms entities can take to meet global challenges, overcoming the limits of what governments and states can do. The second part focuses on the emergence of benefit corporations and the growing importance of sustainability and societal values, while also analyzing their different legal forms and adaptation to their regulatory environment. In turn, the last part presents the status quo of purpose-driven companies in 36 developed and emerging economies worldwide.</div><div>
</div><div>This handbook offers food for thought and guidance for everyone interested in this field. It will benefit practitioners and decision-makers involved in social and community organizations, as well as in international development and, more generally speaking, social sciences and economics.</div>

<p>Provides a complete picture of the social enterprise movement, its evolution, and their different forms</p><p>Offers a broad overview of social enterprises in Europe and the USA, but also in China, Japan and Korea</p><p>Provides an authoritative and comprehensive overview and describes the remarkable global range of current initiatives</p><p>This book is open access, which means that you have free and unlimited access</p>

Henry Peter is a full professor at the University of Geneva, Faculty of Law, and has set up and been the head of the now internationally know university’s Geneva Centre for Philanthropy since 2017. For over 30 years, his teachings and numerous publications have focused on companies’ structures and governance and their social responsibility and purpose. In 2014, he launched the “Philanthropy Series,” a series of successful public conferences at the university. Additionally, he is a member of a number of organizations dealing with governance and ethical issues and sits on several boards of public entities as well as foundations, associations, and private companies.
<div>
</div><div>Carlos Vargas Vasserot is a full professor of Commercial Law at the University of Almeria (Spain) and director of the Center for Research in Social Economy Law and Cooperative Enterprise (CIDES), which has become an academic reference in Spain in a few years, with important international connections. He has an extensive scientific career, being the author of more than 80 papers and several academic books for which he has received some scientific awards. He is currently the principal investigator of three R&D&I projects that deal with corporate social innovation, social enterprises, and social cooperatives, which are currently the main lines of research.
</div><div>
</div><div>Jaime Alcalde Silva is an associate professor of private law at the Pontificia Universidad Católica de Chile, Faculty of Law. For 15 years, his teachings and publications have focused on the law of contracts, land law, company law, and social enterprises and cooperatives. In these two last matters, he worked as a consultant to the Minister of Economy, Development, and Tourism of the Republic of Chile during 2014–2015. In 2015, he coordinated the commemoration of the 150th anniversary of the Chilean commercial code. Since 2016, he has participated in the commission to elaborate on the project of the new Commercial Code for Chile.
</div>

9783031142154

Private International Law, International and Foreign Law, Comparative Law

/Private International Law, International and Foreign Law, Comparative Law/Law/Humanities and Social Sciences/

/Private International Law, International and Foreign Law, Comparative Law/Law/Humanities and Social Sciences//Business Law/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences//Business Ethics/Moral Philosophy and Applied Ethics/Philosophy/Humanities and Social Sciences/Management/Business and Management//Social Economy/Humanities and Social Sciences/Society/Social Policy///

978-0-387-94954-3

1. Epithelial Tissue.- 2. Connective Tissue.- 3. Cartilage and Bone.- 4. Blood Cells and Hemopoietic Cells.- 5. Muscular Tissue.- 6. Nervous Tissue and Nervous System.- 7. Circulatory System.- 8. Lymphatic Organs.- 9. Respiratory System.- 10. Digestive System.- 11. Urinary System.- 12. Male Reproductive System.- 13. Female Reproductive System.- 14. Endocrine Organs.- 15. The Integument.- 16. The Eye.- 17. The Ear.- References.

The beginning student of histology is frequently confronted by a paradox: diagrams in many books that illustrate human microanatomy in a simplified, cartoon-like manner are easy to understand, but are difficult to relate to actual tissue specimens or photographs. In turn, photographs often fail to show some important features of a given tissue, because no individual specimen can show all of the tissue's salient fea­ tures equally well. This atlas, filled with photo-realistic drawings, was prepared to help bridge the gap between the simplicity of diagrams and the more complex real­ ity of microstructure. All of the figures in this atlas were drawn from histological preparations used by students in my histology classes, at the level of light microscopy. Each drawing is not simply a depiction of an individual histological section, but is also a synthesis of the key structures and features seen in many preparations of similar tissues or organs. The illustrations are representative of the typical features of each tissue and organ. The atlas serves as a compendium of the basic morphological characteristics of human tissue which students should be able to recognize.

<p>Over 300 beautiful color illustrations presented in a large format</p><p>Outstanding graphical details help histology students understand complex structures</p><p>Each drawing is a compilation of the key structures and features seen in many preparations from similar tissues or organs, and doesn't simply depict an individual section</p>

9780387949543

/Anatomy/Biological Sciences/Life Sciences//Cell Biology/Biological Sciences/Life Sciences//Human Physiology/Physiology/Biological Sciences/Life Sciences////

10.1007/978-0-387-21760-4

978-3-030-80405-3

Guidelines for safe work on AC cable systems under induced voltages or current.- Recommendations for testing of long AC Submarine Cables with Extruded Insulation for System Voltage above 30(36) to 500 (550) kV.- Accessories in Transitions from Overhead to Underground.- Accessories in Large Cross-Section Cable Systems.- Recommendations for mechanical testing of submarine cables and their accessories.- Recommendations for testing DC extruded cable systems for power transmission at a rated voltage up to 500 kV.- Recommendations for Testing DC Transition Joints for Power Transmission at a Rated Voltage up to 500kV.- Surge Voltage Limiters and Link Boxes.- Maintenance and remaining life management of accessories.- New Work Items.

This CIGRE Green book on accessories for HV and EHV extruded cables covers relevant issues in cable system design, cable design, and submarine cables, including offshore generation connection. It provides comprehensive and unbiased information, essential recommendations and guidelines for design, installation, testing and maintenance of accessories to professionals through the exceptional expertise of the authors.The publication is divided in two volumes covering land and submarine applications, HVAC and HVDC systems, andtransitions from lapped cable systems to extruded cable systems, from OHL to UG cables and from cables to substations. It equips the reader with recommendations for testing, installation, maintenance, and remaining life management. This volume is dedicated to Land and Submarine AC/DC Applications while Volume 1 deals with Components.The book compiles the results of the work achieved by several Working Groups and Task Forces of CIGRE Study Committee 21/B1, and Joint Working Groups and Joint Task Forces with other Study Committees. Many experts from Study Committees 21/B1 (Insulated Cables), 15/D1 (Materials and Emerging Test Techniques), 33/B3 (Substations), C3 (System Environmental Performance), and C4 (System Technical Performance) have participated in this work in the last 30 years in order to offer comprehensive, continuous, and consistent outputs.

Covers land and submarine applications, HVAC and HVDC systems, and transitionsPresents recommendations for testing the complete cable systemsCompiles the results of the work achieved in the last 30 years

The Study Committee B1 of CIGRE (Insulated Cables) covers underground and submarine, AC and DC, Insulated Cable Systems. SC B1 (formerly SC 21) was established in 1927 and celebrated its 80th anniversary during the 2007 Study Committee meeting in Osaka (Japan).<div>
</div><div>
</div><div>Pierre Argaut graduated as an Electrical Engineer from the “Institut d’Electrotechnique de Grenoble” in 1971. He joined Delle-Alsthom (Now part of Alstom Grid) in Nov 1971 and took several positions before heading the R&D Department on GIS. After being Operation Manager of South European Pipeline, he joined SILEC in 1988 and retired at the end of 2010. His last position with SILEC was Senior Vice President. In Study Committee B1 (Insulated Cables) Pierre has held position of Working Group Member (21.09;21.06;21.07;21.17), French SC Member, Working Group Convener (B1.19), Special Reporter (2010), Advisory Group Convener (Tutorial Advisory Group till 2010) and is currently Chairman of SC B1 since 2010. He received the Technical Committee Award in 2000 and Distinguished Member Award in 2002.</div>

9783030804053

/Electrical Power Engineering/Electrical and Electronic Engineering/Technology and Engineering/

/Electrical Power Engineering/Electrical and Electronic Engineering/Technology and Engineering//Electrical Power Engineering/Energy Grids and Networks/Electrical and Electronic Engineering/Technology and Engineering/////

10.1007/978-3-030-80406-0

978-1-4419-1650-1

Rhonda J. Moore, Department of Health and Human Services, Kensington, MD, USA

A Biopsychosocial Approach to Understanding Chronic Pain and Disability.- Part I: Communication and Pain.- Pain and Intercultural Communication.- Truth telling and Palliative Care.- Communication and Palliative Care: E-health Interventions and Pain Management.- Educating Patients and Caregivers about Pain Management: : What clinicians need to know.- Part II: Assessment.- Pain Assessment Tools in Palliative Care and Cancer.- Quality Indicators for Pain in Palliative Care.- Palliative Care Clinical Trials: Generalizability and Applicability in Hospice and Palliative Care Practice.- Dynamic Pain Assessment: An Application of Clinical Infometrics to Personalized Pain Treatment and Management.- Assessing Pain and Unmet Needs in Patients with Advanced Dementia: The Role of the Serial Trial Intervention (STI) .- Part III: Common Pain Conditions.- Pediatric Chronic Pain.- Pain in the Older Person.- Pain After Traumatic Brain Injury.- Pain in the Battlefield Injured.- Pain, Whiplash Disorder and Traffic Safety.- Chronic Low Back Pain.- Adult Cancer-Related Pain.- Part IV. Mechanisms.- Neuroanatomy of Pain and Pain Pathways.- Acute to Chronic Pain: Transitions in the Post Surgical Patient.- Pain and the Placebo/Nocebo Effect.- Sex Differences in Pain across the Life Course.- Stress and Pain.- Hope in the context of pain and palliative care.- Temporomandibular Disorders and Fibromyalgia.- Phantom Limb Pain.- Pharmacogenetics of Pain: the Future of Personalized Medicine.- Pain Imaging.- Part V. Interventions.- Evidence-based Pharmacotherapy of Chronic Pain.- Chronic Pain and Opioids.- Nerve Blocks, Trigger Points, and Intrathecal Therapy for Chronic Pain.- Neurosurgical Interventions for the Control of Chronic Pain Conditions.- Rehabilitation Treatments for Chronic Musculoskeletal Pain.- Part VI: Psychosocial, Complementary and Alternative (CAM) and Spiritual Approaches for the Control of Symptoms.- Pain, Depression and Anxiety in Cancer.- Support groups for Chronic Pain.- CAM in Chronic Pain and Palliative Care.- Spiritual Dimensions of Pain and Suffering.- Part VII: Perspectives from the Humanities and Social Sciences.- Suffering, Hope, and Healing.- Narrative and Pain: Towards an Integrative Model.- Representations of the Body in Pain: Anthropological Approaches.- The Art of Pain: the Patient’s Perspective of Chronic Pain.- Part VIII: Ethical Issues and Future Directions.- Disparities in Pain Management and Palliative Care.- The Delineation and Explication of Palliative Options of Last Resort.- Recognition and Resolution of Ethical Barriers to Palliative Care Research.- How Health Care Reform can Improve Access to Quality Pain and Palliative Care Services.

This book takes both a biobehavioral and a lifespan approach to understanding long-term and chronic pain, and intervening to optimize patients’ functioning. Rich in clinical diversity, chapters explore emerging areas of interest (computer-based interventions, fibromyalgia, stress), ongoing concerns (cancer pain, low back pain), and special populations (pediatric, elderly, military). This coverage provides readers with a knowledge base in assessment, treatment, and  management that is up to date, practice strengthening, and forward looking. Subject areas featured in the Handbook include: ▪ Patient-practitioner communication▪ Assessment tools and strategies▪ Common pain conditions across the lifespan▪ Biobehavioral mechanisms of chronic pain▪ Pharmaceutical, neurological, and rehabilitative interventions▪ Psychosocial, complementary/alternative, narrative, and spiritual approaches▪ Ethical issue and future directions With the rise of integrative perspective and the emphasis on overall quality of life rather than discrete symptoms, pain management is gaining importance across medical disciplines. Handbook of Pain and Palliative Care stands out as a one-stop reference for a range of professionals, including health practitioners specializing in pain management or palliative care, clinical and health psychologists, public health professionals, and clinicians and administrators in long-term care and hospice.  

Handbook of Pain and Palliative Care:Biobehavioral Approaches for the Life Course Rhonda J. Moore, editor This book takes both a biobehavioral and a lifespan approach to understanding long-term and chronic pain, and intervening to optimize patients’ functioning. Rich in clinical diversity, chapters explore emerging areas of interest (computer-based interventions, fibromyalgia, stress), ongoing concerns (cancer pain, low back pain), and special populations (pediatric, elderly, military). This coverage provides readers with a knowledge base in assessment, treatment, and  management that is up to date, practice strengthening, and forward looking. Subject areas featured in the Handbook include: ▪ Patient-practitioner communication▪ Assessment tools and strategies▪ Common pain conditions across the lifespan▪ Biobehavioral mechanisms of chronic pain▪ Pharmaceutical, neurological, and rehabilitative interventions▪ Psychosocial, complementary/alternative, narrative, and spiritual approaches▪ Ethical issue and future directions With the rise of integrative perspective and the emphasis on overall quality of life rather than discrete symptoms, pain management is gaining importance across medical disciplines. Handbook of Pain and Palliative Care stands out as a one-stop reference for a range of professionals, including health practitioners specializing in pain management or palliative care, clinical and health psychologists, public health professionals, and clinicians and administrators in long-term care and hospice.

<p>Takes multidisciplinary approach to chronic pain across the lifespan</p><p>Explores emerging areas such as computer-based interventions and fibromyalgia</p><p>Includes research from genetics, biology, psychology, neurology, oncology, anthropology, and more</p><p>Includes supplementary material: sn.pub/extras</p>

Rhonda Moore, PhD received her doctoral degree in cultural and medical anthropology from Stanford University and completed her post-doctoral fellowships in behavioral science from Stanford Medical School and in epidemiology at the University of Texas M.D. Anderson Cancer Center. Dr. Moore has edited two other books for Springer: Cancer, Culture and Communication (2004) with David Spiegel, MD (Stanford School of Medicine) and Biobehavioral Approaches to Pain(2009).

9781441916501

/Pain Medicine/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Health Psychology/Behavioral Sciences and Psychology/Humanities and Social Sciences//Behavioral Sciences and Psychology/Clinical Psychology/Humanities and Social Sciences/Rehabilitation Psychology//Neurology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences///

Matthew C. Altman, Central Washington University, ELLENSBURG, WA, USA

1. Introduction: Punishment, Its Meaning and Justification; Matthew C. Altman.- Part I: Philosophic History of Punishment Theory.- 2. The Philosophy of Punishment and the Arc of Penal Reform: From Ancient Lawgivers to the Renaissance and the Enlightenment, and through the Nineteenth Century; John D. Bessler.- 3. A Return to Hobbes: Reflections on Legal Positivism and the Point of Punishment; Margaret Martin.- 4. Is Crime Caused by Illness, Immorality, or Injustice? Theories of Punishment from 1900 to Today; Amelia M. Wirts.- Part II: Retributivism, Consequentialism, and Mixed Theories.- 5. Relational Conceptions of Retribution; Leora Dahan Katz - 6. Doubts about Retribution: Is Punishment Non-Instrumentally Good or Right?; Isaac Wiegman.- 7. Consequentialist Theories of Punishment; Hsin-Wen Lee.- 8. Rethinking Four Criticisms of Consequentialist Theories of Punishment; Christopher Bennett.- 9. In Defense of a Mixed Theory of Punishment; Matthew C. Altman.- 10. Rethinking Mixed Justifications; Leo Zaibert.- Part III: Beyond the Traditional Approaches.- 11. Expressive Theories of Punishment; Bill Wringe.- 12. Justifying Criminal Punishment as Societal-Defense; Phillip Montague.- 13. Fair Play Theories of Punishment; G��ran Duus-Otterström.- 14. The Rights-Forfeiture Theory of Punishment; Whitley Kaufman.- Part IV: Punishment in the Political Context.- 15. Criminal Justice and the Liberal State; Matt Matravers.- 16. From the Philosophy of Punishment to the Philosophy of Criminal Justice; Javier Wilenmann and Vincent Chiao.- 17. Beware of Prosecutors Bearing Gifts: How the Ancient Greeks Can Help Cure Our Addiction to Excessive Punishment; Clark M. Neily III and Chris W. Surprenant.- Part V: Proportionality and Sentencing.- 18. Proportionality Collapses: The Search for an Adequate Equation for Proportionality; Stephen Kershnar.- 19. Sentencing Pluralism; Douglas Husak.- Part VI: Neuroscience, Determinism, andFree Will Skepticism.- 20. The Impact of Neuromorality on Punishment: Retribution or Rehabilitation?; Sandy Xie, Colleen M. Berryessa, and Farah Focquaert.- 21. Punishment without Blame, Shame, or Just Deserts; Bruce N. Waller.- 22. Retributivism, Free Will, and the Public Health-Quarantine Model; Gregg D. Caruso.- 23. Do Rapists Deserve Criminal Treatment?; Katrina L. Sifferd.- 24. Free Will Skepticism and Criminals as Ends in Themselves; Benjamin Vilhauer.- Part VII: Abolitionism.- 25. Against Legal Punishment; Nathan Hanna.- 26. The Abolition of Punishment; Michael Davis.- Part VIII: Forgiveness and Restoration.- 27. Punishment and Forgiveness; John Kleinig.- 28. Restorative Justice, Punishment, and the Law; Lode Walgrave.- 29. Punitive Restoration; Thom Brooks.- Part IX: Applications.- 30. Mass Incarceration as Distributive Injustice; Benjamin Ewing.- 31. Blaming Kids; Craig K. Agule.- 32. Punitive Torture; Peter Brian Barry.- 33. The Justiceof Capital Punishment; Edward Feser.- 34. The Impermissibility of Execution; Benjamin S. Yost.- 35. Cruel and Unusual Punishment; Chad Flanders.

Altman has assembled an estimable group of scholars who provide fresh perspectives on traditional topics in the theory of legal punishment and intriguing discussions of issues that stretch the boundaries of penal theory. The contributions to the volume are of uniformly high quality, and scholars and students interested in these topics will benefit from reading and engaging with them.

Richard L. Lippke, Professor Emeritus, Department of Criminal Justice, Indiana University-Bloomington, USA


This is a serious survey of philosophical positions on the justification and politics of punishment, skeptical engagements with the legitimacy of criminal punishment, and explorations of possibilities for alternatives to punitiveness. International leaders in the field are well represented here. This book comes at an opportune moment for thinking critically about these important subjects. It will be a valuable resource for scholars interested in criminal law and the search for justice.


Erin I. Kelly, Pulitzer Prize-winning author and Professor of Philosophy, Tufts University, USA<div>​<div>
</div><div>This Handbook provides a comprehensive survey of major topics in the philosophy of punishment from many of the field’s leading scholars.Key featuresPresents a history of punishment theory from ancient times to the present.Evaluates the main proposed justifications of punishment, including retributivism, general and specific deterrence theories, mixed theories, expressivism, societal-defense theory, fair play theory, rights forfeiture theory, and the public health-quarantine model.Discusses sentencing, proportionality, policing, prosecution, and the role punishment plays in the context of the state.Examines advances in neuroscience and debates about whether free will skepticism undermines the justifiability of punishment.Considers forgiveness, restorative justice, and calls to abolish punishment.Addresses pressing social issues such as mass incarceration, juvenile justice, punitive torture, the death penalty, and “cruel and unusual” punishment.· With its unmatched breadth and depth, this book is essential reading for scholars who want to keep abreast of the field and for advanced students wishing to explore the frontiers of the subject.
Matthew C. Altman is Professor of Philosophy at Central Washington University, USA. His most recent monograph is A Theory of Legal Punishment: Deterrence, Retribution, and the Aims of the State (2021). He is also series editor of Palgrave Handbooks in the Philosophy of Law.
</div></div>

This Handbook provides a comprehensive survey of major topics in the philosophy of punishment from many of the field’s leading scholars.

Key featuresPresents a history of punishment theory from ancient times to the present.Evaluates the main proposed justifications of punishment, including retributivism, general and specific deterrence theories, mixed theories, expressivism, societal-defense theory, fair play theory, rights forfeiture theory, and the public health-quarantine model.Discusses sentencing, proportionality, policing, prosecution, and the role punishment plays in the context of the state.Examines advances in neuroscience and debates about whether free will skepticism undermines the justifiability of punishment.Considers forgiveness, restorative justice, and calls to abolish punishment.Addresses pressing social issues such as mass incarceration, juvenile justice, punitive torture, the death penalty, and “cruel and unusual” punishment.

· With its unmatched breadth and depth, this book is essential reading for scholars who want to keep abreast of the field and for advanced students wishing to explore the frontiers of the subject.

Discusses the history of punishment theory and the major proposed justifications of punishmentIncludes newly commissioned chapters from many of the field’s leading scholarsProvides an essential resource for anyone who wants to understand the current state of discipline

Matthew C. Altman is Professor of Philosophy at Central Washington University, USA. His most recent monograph is A Theory of Legal Punishment: Deterrence, Retribution, and the Aims of the State (2021). He is also series editor of Palgrave Handbooks in the Philosophy of Law.

Palgrave Standard US (P5)

9783031118739

/Philosophy of Law/Theories of Law, Philosophy of Law, Legal History/Law/Humanities and Social Sciences/Political Philosophy/Philosophy/

/Philosophy of Law/Theories of Law, Philosophy of Law, Legal History/Law/Humanities and Social Sciences/Political Philosophy/Philosophy//Social Philosophy/Philosophy/Humanities and Social Sciences//Moral Philosophy and Applied Ethics/Philosophy/Humanities and Social Sciences////

Laura Horn, Roskilde University, Roskilde, Denmark; Ayşem Mert, Stockholm University, Stockholm, Sweden; Franziska Müller, University of Hamburg, Hamburg, Germany

Political Science and International Studies

1. Introduction - The qurative turn in Global Politics.- Part I: Theory and concepts.- 2 The Evolution of Global Society Theory. By Barry Buzan a.k.a. Yrrab Nazub.- 3. The Past, Present and Future of Global Thought’ Reviewing a Handbook Chapter from 2122. By Lucian Ashworth.- 4. From World Politics to ‘Time Epistemics’: New Medievalism and the Story of a Certain Scholar. By Aleksandra Spalińska.- 5. Herman Gorter: An Introduction to the End of a World. By Annette Freyberg-Inan and Alexander van Eijk.- Part II- Themes.- (In)Security.- 6. Strategic Partnerships in Twenty-Second Century Global Politics: From Weathering Storms to the Politics of Anticipation. By Andriy Tyushka and Lucyna Czechowska.- 7. Nuclear Weapons in 2122: Disaster, Stability, or Disarmament?. By Michal Onderco and Jeffrey W. Knopf.- 8. The Death and Renaissance of Diplomacy. The New Diplomatic Order for Our Times. By Tomasz Kamiński.- 9. Ignored Histories, Neglected Regions: Origins of the Genosocial Order and the Normative Change Reconsidered. By Jakub Zahora.- 10. Not Yet a Global Health Paradigm: a scenario-based analysis of Global Health Policies. By Maria Ferreira.- Governance and technology.- 11. World-systems and the rescaling geography of Europe. By Giuseppe Porcaro.- 12. Shades of democracy in the post-Anthropocene. By Peter Christoff and Ayṣem Mert a.k.a. PCAM.- 13. ‘Big Daddy Don’t Like That!’ Global Rule by Planetary Algorithm. By Ronnie D. Lipschutz.- The Anthropocene.- 14. The Global Political Economics of Hydrogen. By John Szabó.- 15. The degrowth transition in Latin America: Deurbanised, autonomous city-states in 2122– An invitation. By Joshua Hurtado Hurtado.- 16. Planetary Politics in the 22nd Century. By Ian Manners.- 17. “Now Live from Lagos, Tehran and Oceanside”: Three B7CC Leaders Reflect on Strategies for Cooperation after the Anthropocentric Purge. By Franziska Müller.- Culture and Identity.- 18. World religions. By Luca Ozzano and Alberta Giorgi.- 19. The UNCorp Quantum Mechanism for Wellbeing. By Isabella Hermann.- 20. Cloning God: the UN Bioethics and Human Dignity Declaration of 2043 and the Rise of Monotheistic Fertility Cults in the Middle East. By Elana Gomel.- Policies/ Practices and reflections.- 21. An Autobiographical Reflection by Daqin Kanja Augustine. By Patrick Thaddeus Jackson.- 22. Search: Physical Twin. By Frans Magnusson and Elin Haettner, a.k.a. Hagnus Frelin.- 23. The Origins of AGE: From States and Markets to Scientific Methods. By Karim Zakhour.- Part III- Conclusions.- 24. Conclusion: Global Politics and IR in 2022.

This handbook offers a unique approach to the question: How do scholars write the future of global politics? Written in futur antérieur style, around the 200-year anniversary of the birth of International Relations (IR) as an academic discipline, the contributions engage in world-building and imagine different futures of IR. Set in a multiverse, 23 chapters draw on a range of possible themes and imaginaries, for instance post-pandemic conditions, the Anthropocene, and not least academic practices and the role of researchers. A concluding chapter anchors these explorations in contemporary discussions.The book mirrors the format and style of existing handbooks, combining outlines and discussions of theories, structures, processes, and core issues in IR with an academic science fiction account of how these might play out over the course of the next century. In doing so, the book challenges IR and provides alternative imaginaries, rather than predicting future conditions for all humanity. The book invites readers to reflect on how thinking about the future has become an increasingly radical, but more than ever necessary act. Laura Horn is Associate Professor at the Department of Social Science and Business at Roskilde University, Denmark.Ayṣem Mert is Senior Lecturer at the Department of Political Science at Stockholm University, Sweden.Franziska Müller is Assistant Professor at the Department of Social Sciences and Business at University of Hamburg, Germany.

This handbook offers a unique approach to the question: How do scholars write the future of global politics? Written in futur antérieur style, around the 200-year anniversary of the birth of International Relations (IR) as an academic discipline, the contributions engage in world-building and imagine different futures of IR. Set in a multiverse, 23 chapters draw on a range of possible themes and imaginaries, for instance post-pandemic conditions, the Anthropocene, and not least academic practices and the role of researchers. A concluding chapter anchors these explorations in contemporary discussions.

The book mirrors the format and style of existing handbooks, combining outlines and discussions of theories, structures, processes, and core issues in IR with an academic science fiction account of how these might play out over the course of the next century. In doing so, the book challenges IR and provides alternative imaginaries, rather than predicting future conditions for all humanity. The book invites readers to reflect on how thinking about the future has become an increasingly radical, but more than ever necessary act.

<p>Invites reflection on the future of International Relations in the ever changing conditions of the Anthropocene</p><p>Mirrors conventional handbooks by offering theoretical insights along futurist conversations</p><p>Experiments with future as method, and engages with formative political emotions of our time</p>

Laura Horn is Associate Professor at the Department of Social Science and Business at Roskilde University, Denmark.

Ayṣem Mert is Senior Lecturer at the Department of Political Science at Stockholm University, Sweden.

Franziska Müller is Assistant Professor at the Department of Social Sciences and Business at University of Hamburg, Germany.

Palgrave Standard US (P5)

9783031137211

/International Relations/Politics and International Studies/Humanities and Social Sciences/International Relations Theory/

/International Relations/Politics and International Studies/Humanities and Social Sciences/International Relations Theory/////

978-1-4939-2016-7

Steven M. Donn, MD, C.S. Mott Children’s Hospital, University of Michigan Health System, Ann Arbor, MI, USA; Mark C. Mammel, MD, Children’s Hospitals and Clinics, St. Paul, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, St. Paul, MN, USA

1. Principles of Pulmonary Graphics.- 2. Intro to Waveforms.- 3. Flow Waveform.- 4. Pressure Waveform Description Normal Abnormal Overshoot Plateau.- 5. Volume Waveform.- 6. Changes in Ventilator Settings and Alterations in Scalar Tracings.- 7. Pressure-Volume Loop.- 8. Flow-Volume Loop.- 9. Trend screens.- 10. Clinical scenarios.- 11. Quiz.

This pocket atlas explains how to use pulmonary graphics as a valuable adjunct for patient management.  Actual patterns commonly encountered in neonatal practice are presented side-by-side with schematic illustrations that take apart the graphic and identify its key features, accompanied by brief explanatory text.    The book addresses the principles of real-time pulmonary graphics, discusses waveforms and loops, and examines how both are affected by mechanical ventilation and disease states.  A series of clinical cases brings key points to life. 

This pocket atlas explains how to use pulmonary graphics as a valuable adjunct for patient management.  Actual patterns commonly encountered in neonatal practice are presented side-by-side with schematic illustrations that take apart the graphic and identify its key features, accompanied by brief explanatory text.    The book addresses the principles of real-time pulmonary graphics, discusses waveforms and loops, and examines how both are affected by mechanical ventilation and disease states.  A series of clinical cases brings key points to life. 

<p>Only book to explain how to use pulmonary graphics as adjunct for patient management</p><p>Teaches pattern recognition, the key to interpreting pulmonary graphics</p><p>Side-by-side presentation of actual pulmonary graphics captured from the ventilator and schematic illustrations, accompanied by brief text</p><p>Case scenarios included</p><p>Includes supplementary material: sn.pub/extras</p>

Steven M. Donn, MDProfessor of PediatricsUniversity of Michigan Medical SchoolDivision of Neonatal-Perinatal MedicineC.S. Mott Children’s HospitalUniversity of Michigan Health SystemCenter for Global Health School of Public HealthUniversity of MichiganAnn Arbor, MI USADr. Donn is a Springer author (Donn & Sinha, eds., Manual of Neonatal Respiratory Care, 3rd ed. (2012)).Mark C. Mammel, MDAssociates in Newborn MedicineSt. Paul, MN USAClinical Professor of PediatricsUniversity of Minnesota Medical SchoolMinneapolis, MN USA

9781493920167

/Pediatrics/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Intensive Care Medicine/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Pneumology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences////

10.1007/978-1-4939-2017-4

978-3-030-73643-9

Fritz Oser, Fribourg, Switzerland; Karin Heinrichs, University of Teacher Education Upper Austria, Linz, Austria; Johannes Bauer, University of Erfurt, Erfurt, Germany; Terence Lovat, University of Newcastle Australia, Callaghan, NSW

I. Editorial.- II. Historical Perspectives of Teacher Ethos.- III. Reflections on the State of Research on Teacher Ethos.- IV. Theoretical and Empirical Approaches to Teacher Ethos.- V. Teacher Ethos Focussing on the Development of Social Competencies and Social Relations.- VI. Developing Teachers´ Professional Ethos.- VII. The Concept of Teacher Ethos – Learning from Research on Ethos Beyond Schools and Teacher Education.- Epilog: For Fritz Oser.

This volume is the first handbook that brings together cutting-edge international research on teacher ethos from a broad array of disciplines. The main focus will be on research that illustrates current conceptualizations of ethos and its importance for acting effectively and responsibly in and out of the classroom. Research will encompass updated empirical and philosophical work that points to the difference in learning when teaching is practised as a moral activity instead of a merely functional one. Authors are among the world’s foremost researchers whose work crosses over from moral education into psychology, neuroscience, sociology, philosophy, pedagogy, and curriculum, drawing on these various fields of research. Today, more than ever, we understand that teachers, like other professionals, need more than subject-matter expertise for acting responsibly and doing their best in their daily duties. Doing so requires possessing a guiding system of professional ethics, moral positioning, goals, norms, and values – in other words: a professional ethos. While the handbook concentrates on Western domains in the current era, the work will extend to other cultures and times as well. With this comprehensive range of perspectives, the book will be attractive and useful for researchers on teachers and teaching as well as for teacher educators, curriculum designers, educational officials, and, last-but-not-least, anyone who is interested in what makes a good teacher.This volume is also a tribute to Fritz Oser, a leading scholar in research on ethos, who sadly passed-away during the compilation of this handbook.

This volume is the first handbook that brings together cutting-edge international research on teacher ethos from a broad array of disciplines. The main focus will be on research that illustrates current conceptualizations of ethos and its importance for acting effectively and responsibly in and out of the classroom. Research will encompass updated empirical and philosophical work that points to the difference in learning when teaching is practised as a moral activity instead of a merely functional one. Authors are among the world’s foremost researchers whose work crosses over from moral education into psychology, neuroscience, sociology, philosophy, pedagogy, and curriculum, drawing on these various fields of research.

Today, more than ever, we understand that teachers, like other professionals, need more than subject-matter expertise for acting responsibly and doing their best in their daily duties. Doing so requires possessing a guiding system of professional ethics, moral positioning, goals, norms, and values – in other words: a professional ethos. While the handbook concentrates on Western domains in the current era, the work will extend to other cultures and times as well. With this comprehensive range of perspectives, the book will be attractive and useful for researchers on teachers and teaching as well as for teacher educators, curriculum designers, educational officials, and, last-but-not-least, anyone who is interested in what makes a good teacher.

This volume is also a tribute to Fritz Oser, a leading scholar in research on ethos, who sadly passed-away during the compilation of this handbook.

<p>Presents teacher ethos as a “must have” and basic attitude of professional teachers</p><p>Provides many perspectives how to continue research on teacher ethos and to consolidate the scientific landscape</p><p>Discusses how to develop teacher ethos in teacher education as a basis for enhancing teacher professionalism</p><p>Includes chapters from authors of various disciplines and scientific orientations</p>

Karin Heinrichs holds a professorship in vocational education at the University of Teacher Education in Upper Austria. Since her dissertation she has been working in the field vocational and teacher education focussing on issues of moral judging and acting. After publishing a handbook on moral motivation together with Fritz Oser and Terry Lovat, the researcher focused on motives and values guiding teachers as professionals. One highlight was a small conference on teacher ethos 2016 in Bamberg, that shows the inspiring power of the concept of teacher ethos and motivates to edit this international handbook. In their own research on teacher ethos, Karin Heinrichs and her coauthors focus on a social facet of teacher ethos and on forming appreciative teacher-student-relationships in the classroom as shown in a previous article (Heinrichs & Ziegler, 2018), their contribution in this international handbook as well as in Ziegler´s dissertation that is going to be published in 2021. Johannes Bauer is full professor of educational research and methodology at the University of Erfurt, Germany. One of his primary research interests is in understanding teacher professionalism, its dimensions, and development across the stages of teachers' professional education and career. Johannes Bauer has published numerous research articles and special issues on these topics in leading scholarly journals, among them Science. The present volume on teacher ethos extends his work on goals, values, attitudes, and beliefs as key aspects of teacher professionalism.Terence Lovat is Emeritus Professor and former Pro Vice-Chancellor, University of Newcastle Australia, Honorary Research Fellow, University of Oxford UK, Honorary Professor, University of Glasgow UK and Adjunct Professor, Royal Roads University Canada. He is a philosopher of education whose main work has centred on curriculum theory and values education and ethics in education. He has a particular interest in religion and specialises in the theology and history of Islam and Islamic Education. Professor Lovat has many publications on values education and Islam with Springer Nature and edited a handbook on moral motivation with Fritz Oser and Karin Heinrichs with Sense Publishing.

9783030736439

/Teaching and Teacher Education/Education/Humanities and Social Sciences/Professional and Vocational Education/

/Teaching and Teacher Education/Education/Humanities and Social Sciences/Professional and Vocational Education//Educational Psychology/Behavioral Sciences and Psychology/Humanities and Social Sciences//International and Comparative Education/Education/Humanities and Social Sciences/Education Science//Behavioral Sciences and Psychology/Humanities and Social Sciences//Education/Humanities and Social Sciences/Professional and Vocational Education//

10.1007/978-3-030-73644-6

978-981-99-1658-0

Limin Liao, China Rehabiliation Research Center China Rehabilitation Science InstituteCapital Medical University, Beijing, China; Helmut Madersbacher, University Hospital, Innsbruck, Austria

Anatomical Basis.- The Innervation and Neural Control of the Lower Urinary Tract.- Physiology and Pharmacology.- Pathology and Pathophysiology.- Epidemiology.- Classification.- Diagnosis and Evaluation.- Treatment.- Non-invasive Conservative Treatment.- Minimal Invasive Treatment.- Electrical Stimulation and Neuromodulation.- Detrusor Myoplasty.- Bladder Augmentation/Augmentation Cystoplasty.- Substitution/Diversion.- Surgery for Bladder Outflow.- Other New Procedures.- Management for Complications.- Follow-Up.- Specificities of Neurogenic Bladder from Some Nervous System Diseases.

This book introduces neurourology as an emerging interdisciplinary area that covers the basic and clinical studies of the neural control on the normal lower urinary tract and the lower/upper urinary tract dysfunction due to neuropathy disorders. It systematically describes all aspects of neurourology from the epidemiology of the neurogenic bladder; to the pathology and pathophysiology of the lower urinary tract; to the diagnosis and treatment of the neurogenic bladder by conservative therapies or surgeries. This book provides a useful resource for medical doctors, nurses and students in the field of neurourological conditions.In this second edition, 15 chapters are added, mostly in psychogenic lower urinary tract, standard of care, urodynamics, and new surgical procedures. The editors have invited an impressive number of renowned contributors, including 98 internationally recognized specialists in this field from 25 countries in Europe, Asia, North America, and South America.

This book introduces neurourology as an emerging interdisciplinary area that covers the basic and clinical studies of the neural control on the normal lower urinary tract and the lower/upper urinary tract dysfunction due to neuropathy disorders. It systematically describes all aspects of neurourology from the epidemiology of the neurogenic bladder; to the pathology and pathophysiology of the lower urinary tract; to the diagnosis and treatment of the neurogenic bladder by conservative therapies or surgeries. This book provides a useful resource for medical doctors, nurses and students in the field of neurourological conditions.In this 2nd edition, 15 chapters are added, e.g. on urodynamic practice, psychogenic reasons of LUTDs, standard of care, physiotherapy, upper urinary tract rehabilitation to enable self-catheterization, pediatric neurourology, new surgical procedures. The editors have invited an impressive number of renowned contributors, including 98 internationally recognized specialists in this field from 25 countries in Europe, Asia, North America, and South America. This handbook provides a useful resource for medical doctors, nurses and students in the field of neurourological conditions.

<p>Introduces Neurourology as an emerging multidisciplinary topic</p><p>Includes basic and clinical studies of urinary tract dysfunction due to neuropathy disorders</p><p>Covers all aspects of neurourology</p>

Dr. Limin Liao M.D. PhD is a Professor of Urology in Capital Medical University (CMU) in Beijing, China. He is the President of China Rehabilitation Science Institute, vice-director of the China Rehabilitation Research Center (CRRC), the chairman at the Department of Urology and the Department of Neurourology of CRRC in Beijing, and Director of the Ph.D. training program on Neurourology and Urodynamics in the Rehabilitation School of CMU and the Cheeloo College of Medicine of Shandong University. Dr. Liao graduated and received the Degree of Medical Bachelor from the 3rd Military Medical University in Chongqing, China (1986). He completed his urological training and postgraduate education in the General Hospital of PLA in Beijing and received his M.D. (1994). In 1998, he joined the Department of Urology of Medical School of Aachen Technical University (RWTH) in Germany, where he earned his Ph.D. in Urodynamics. Dr. Liao is the president of Chinese Continence Society (CCS) and vice-chairman of the China Neuromodulation Society (CNS). He is member of editorial board of 8 Chinese Journals including the Journal of Chinese Urology. He became an expert with special state allowance in China (2004), and in 2007 received the Dayu Prize, the highest Chinese achievement award in Urodynamics and Incontinence. Dr. Liao is the officer of the International Neuro-Urology Society (INUS) Board Committee for Regional Chapters and the first member of the International Continence Society (ICS) in China (1997). He is also a member of the Urodynamic and Neurourology subcommittees of the ICS. He is an associate editor of Neurourology and Urodynamics. In 2008, Dr. Liao was elected as a trustee of the ICS and the chairman of the 42nd ICS annual meeting in Beijing in 2012. Dr. Liao has published over 350 papers and book chapters in Chinese and English, and had over 100 presentations on these topics. In 2019 he co-edited the book Neurourology: Theory and Practice with Professor Helmut Madersbacher, a book of 80 chapters, which was later included in Springer Nature’s Major Reference Works (MRW). Dr. Liao has received extensive research funding including from the national key technology R&D program. Dr. Liao’s main clinical interests are: neurourology, urodynamics, voiding dysfunction, incontinence, pelvic floor dysfunction, and BPH. He specializes in urodynamic quality control, urinary tract reconstruction, neuromodulation and neurostimulation for the treatment of neurogenic lower urinary tract dysfunction and bowel dysfunction. His current research includes augmentation uretero-enterocystoplasty for refractory urinary tract dysfunction, functional MRI study on central control of storage and central pathogenesis of overactive bladder (OAB) and the central mechanism of action of sacral neuromodulation.
Helmut Madersbacher was born and raised in Innsbruck, Austria. He received his medical degree from the University of Innsbruck. He obtained the Austrian specialist degree in Urology in 1969, completed his PhD in 1975 and was appointed Associate Prof. of Urology at the Innsbruck University Hospital. During these years, he received several fellowships to visit urodynamic and neuro-urology centers in Europe (Karolinska Hospital in Stockholm/Sweden, British Institute of Urology in London, Stoke Mandeville Hospital/ UK) and overseas (Houston/ Texas together with Brantley Scott for 6 months and in Perth/ Australia with Sir George Bedbrook).Between 1973 and 1993 he was consultant urologist in the nearby Spinal Cord Injury Centre of Bad Häring, set up a neuro-urology service and started the neuro-urological care of children with myelomeningocele at the Univ. Hospital Innsbruck. In 1995 he became Head of the newly founded Neuro-Urology Unit there. In 1989 he founded the

9789819916580

/Neurology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences/Urology////

George Laskaris, Ass. Professor Emeritus of Oral Medicine, Medical School, University of Athens, Athens, Greece; Dimitris Tatakis, The Ohio State University, Columbus, OH, USA; Eleana Stoufi, Harvard School of Dental Medicine (HSDM), Boston, USA

,978-3-540-43249-4,978-3-642-62788-0,978-3-642-55597-8,978-3-642-55596-1

Normal Periodontium: Normal Periodontium.- Local Diseases and Conditions Affecting Periodontal Tissues: Periodontal and Gingival Health.- Gingivitis.- Periodontitis.- Necrotizing Periodontal Diseases.- Peri-Implant Diseases and Conditions.- Other Local Non - Dental Biofilm Induced Conditions Affecting Periodontal Tissues: Periodontal Abscesses.- Mucogingival Deformities and Conditions Αround Teeth.- Endodontic and Periodontal Lesions.- Traumatic Occlusal Forces and Occlusal Trauma.- Tooth and Prostheses Related Factors.- Developmental Disorders.- Heavy Metal and Foreign Bodies Depositions.- Mechanical Gingival Lesions.- Chemical and Thermal Gingival Lesions.- Drug Influenced Gingival Lesions.- Radiation and Chemotherapy-Induced Gingival Lesions.- Allergic and Inflammatory Reactions.- Pigmentary Disorders.- Bacterial Gingival Infections.- Viral Gingival Infections.- Fungal Gingival Infections.- Aphthous Ulcers.- Periodontitis as a Risk Factor for Systemic Diseases.- Gingivitis and Periodontitis as a Source of Malodor.- Systemic Diseases Affecting Periodontal Tissues: Genetic Diseases.- Bacterial Infections.- Viral Infections.- HIV Infection and AIDS.- Systemic Mycoses.- Protozoa Infections and Infestations.- Hematologic Diseases Non Neoplastic.- Mucocutaneous Diseases.- Paraneoplastic Mucocutaneous Diseases.- Autoimmune and Autoinflammatory Diseases.- Orofacial Granulomatosis.- Metabolic Diseases.- Endocrine Diseases.- Vitamin Deficiencies.- Potentially Malignant Disorders Affecting Periodontal Tissues: Leukoplakia.- Tumors Affecting Periodontal Tissues: Benign Tumors.- Malignant Tumors.- Hematopoietic and Lymphoid Tissue Malignancies.- Other Lesions, Tumors and Cysts Affecting Periodontal Tissues: Reactive Lesions.- Fibro Osseous Lesions.- Peripheral Odontogenic Tumors.- Soft Tissue Cysts.- Appendix. Classification of Gingival Lesions by Color and Morphology.

This comprehensive atlas illustrates the important relationship between periodontal and systemic health and disease with a wealth of superb illustrations. The periodontium as a part of the oral tissues is of great interest to dentists and its importance extends beyond local disorders to a wide range of conditions that may affect periodontal health. The atlas covers both local and systemic disorders including inflammatory diseases, developmental disorders, metabolic disorders, endocrine disorders, cancer and a vast number of other diseases, that may present with gingival or periodontal lesions. Now in its 2nd edition, Periodontal Manifestations of Local and Systemic Diseases helps periodontists, oral medicine specialists, general dentists, and dental students to diagnose and manage patients with complex medical problems. The book is unique because no other books specifically focused on the periodontal manifestations of oral and systemic diseases have been available in this form. Nineteen years after the first edition the book has been almost entirely rewritten, expanded and updated. Over 50% of the pictorial material has been renewed and enriched with high quality color images. The book is written by a team of experienced experts and will be a valuable resource for the community.

This comprehensive atlas illustrates the important relationship between periodontal and systemic health and disease with a wealth of superb illustrations. The periodontium as a part of the oral tissues is of great interest to dentists and its importance extends beyond local disorders to a wide range of conditions that may affect periodontal health. The atlas covers both local and systemic disorders including inflammatory diseases, developmental disorders, metabolic disorders, endocrine disorders, cancer and a vast number of other diseases, that may present with gingival or periodontal lesions. Now in its 2nd edition, Periodontal Manifestations of Local and Systemic Diseases helps periodontists, oral medicine specialists, general dentists, and dental students to diagnose and manage patients with complex medical problems. The book is unique because no other books specifically focused on the periodontal manifestations of oral and systemic diseases have been availablein this form. Nineteen years after the first edition the book has been almost entirely rewritten, expanded and updated. Over 50% of the pictorial material has been renewed and enriched with high quality color images. The book is written by a team of experienced experts and will be a valuable resource for the community.

Includes a wealth of superb illustrationsCovers a wired range of systemic diseasesExplains the important relationship between periodontal and systemic health

George Laskaris DDS, MD, MSc, PhD. Oral Medicine specialist (Univ. Bristol & Univ. London). Ass. Prof of Oral Medicine, Medical School of Athens Univ., visiting Prof. Univ of London. He founded and directed the Oral Medicine Clinic (1971-2008) at the Univ. Clinic of “A. Syggros” hospital. He has over 600 publications at Greek and International scientific journals and has presented over 1.000. He is the author of 10 books in Greek and 6 in English, which have been translated in 12 more languages. His book “Color atlas of Oral Diseases” has been awarded by the British Medical Association as the best medical book and now it runs its 4th edition. His books are listed as books of reference to many important Universities around the world. He has over 3000 citations.<div>
</div><div><div>Dimitris N. Tatakis, DDS, PhD, a Diplomate of the American Board of Periodontology (ABP), is Professor and Director of the Advanced Education Program, Division of Periodontology, College of Dentistry, The Ohio State University, and serves as Director for Global Initiatives at the College. Dr. Tatakis completed his dental education at the University of Athens, Greece. He then attended the University at Buffalo and graduated with a certificate in Periodontics and a PhD degree in Oral Biology. He has authored over 160 peer-reviewed scholarly articles published in biomedical, periodontal, and dental journals, and several book chapters. His active research interests include wound healing and periodontal surgical outcomes. His clinical research has received honors such as the R. Earl Robinson Periodontal Regeneration Award and the E. Bud Tarrson Research Award in Oral Plastic Surgery. Dr. Tatakis serves as Examiner for the ABP and serves or has served on the Editorial Board of several publications, including the Journal of Clinical Periodontology and the Journal of Periodontology. He is the recipient of the American Academy of Periodontology Outstanding Periodontal Educator Award, and lectures nationally and internationally.</div>Eleana Stoufi DDS, MSc, PhD graduate from University of Athens. She holds a MSc. degree , and her specialty diploma in Oral Medicine and Oral Pathology from Harvard University, School of Dentistry, where now has the position of a Visiting Lecturer. She is a scientific Associate of the program HRH, USA. Has over 100 presentations and publications in Greece and internationally and she is the co-author (with Dr. G. Laskaris) of the book “Pocket Atlas of Oral Diseases” (2019), in Greek. She is the Vice President of the GAOM (Greek Association of Oral Medicine).


Professor Crispian Scully, Emeritus Professor of Oral Medicine of UCL and past Dean and Director of Dental Research and Studies of UCL Eastman Dental Institute. He was a graduate of the Royal London Dental School (gaining honours in BDS and a 1st class BSc in biochemistry) and honours in MB BS when studying in Guy's Hospital London. Following completion of PhD studies as an MRC Research Fellow at Guy's, Crispian Scully was appointed lecturer and later senior lecturer in the University of Glasgow Dental School. In 1982, Crispian Scully was appointed Professor of Oral Medicine at the University of Bristol Dental School. Following his appointment as Dean in 1993, he was appointed Commander of the British Empire (CBE) in the 2000 New Year Honours. Crispian Scully worked on over 1000 publications including research and clinical papers, 150 chapters, 34 authored and 11 edited books.</div>

9783031108273

/Dentistry/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences/////

978-3-030-70912-9

Fred R. Volkmar; Rachel Loftin; Alexander Westphal; Marc Woodbury-Smith

Fred R. Volkmar, Yale University and Southern Conn. State University, New Haven, USA; Rachel Loftin, Northwestern University Feinberg School of Medicine, Chicago, USA; Alexander Westphal, Yale School of Medicine, New Haven; Marc Woodbury-Smith, Newcastle University, Newcastle upon Tyne, UK

Chapter 1. Introduction.- Chapter 2. The Autism Diagnosis.- Chapter 3. Expert Evidence about Autism Spectrum Disorder.- Chapter 4. Neuroscience of Autism in the Legal Context.- Chapter 5. Trauma in Individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder: An Empirically-Informed Model of Assessment and Intervention to Address the Effects of Traumatic Events.- Chapter 6. Legal Defense in Criminal Cases.- Chapter 7. Obtaining testimony from autistic people.- Chapter 8. ASD and unlawful behaviour: background.- Chapter 9. Bullying & Autism and Related Disorders.- Chapter 10. Cyber-dependent crime, autism and autistic-like traits.- Chapter 11. Violent Behavior in Autism and Asperger's Disorder.- Chapter 12. Sexual Offending and ASD.- Chapter 13. Defending Men with Autism Accused of Online Sexual Offenses.- Chapter 14. Stalking, Autism and the Law Chapter 15. The Right to Special Education.- Chapter 16. Navigating The Transition To Adulthood—Preparing For Life Under The U.S. Legislative Model.- Chapter 17. Legal Issues and Academic Accommodations in Higher Education.- Chapter 18. Autism Spectrum Disorder and the Workplace.- Chapter 19. Laws Affecting the Health, Security, Autonomy and Well-Being of People with ASD.- Chapter 20. Clinicians as Advocacy Allies for People with ASD.- Chapter 21. Psychological Assessment of Autism Spectrum Disorders and the Law.- Chapter 22. Violence Risk Assessment in Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD).- Chapter 23. Autism and Operational Policing.- Chapter 24. Preventing Criminal Sexual Behavior.- Chapter 25. Violence Prevention.- Chapter 26. Service provision in forensic settings Chapter 27. Moving Forward.

<div>This book addresses an important and relatively neglected topic in the scientific literature: individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) who have dealings with the legal system. It examines issues and implications for autistic people, who have a significant risk for engagement with the legal system in some capacity (e.g., witness/bystander, victim, or perpetrator).</div><div>
</div><div>Key areas of coverage include:</div><div>
</div><div>Autistic people as victims and perpetrators of criminal activities, including violence, stalking, sexual exploitation, and cybercrime. Risks for unlawful behavior in individuals with autism and Asperger's. Legal assessment issues, such as witness protection and postconviction diagnoses. Legal outcomes for autistic people, including case law, prevention, service provisions in correctional settings, and rights and support systems. </div><div>
</div><div>The Handbook of Autism Spectrum Disorder and the Law is an essential, comprehensive resource that explores the risk for unlawful behaviors affecting autistitc people as victims and perpetrators, as well as related issues of assessment and treatment, and outcome. It is a must-have reference for researchers, clinicians/practitioners, and graduate students in psychology, psychiatry, social work, and law, as well as professionals in such related fields, as criminology/criminal justice and the legal system.</div><div>
</div>

<div>This book addresses an important and relatively neglected topic in the scientific literature: individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) who have dealings with the legal system. It examines issues and implications for autistic people, who have a significant risk for engagement with the legal system in some capacity (e.g., witness/bystander, victim, or perpetrator).</div><div>
</div><div>Key areas of coverage include:</div><div>Autistic people as victims and perpetrators of criminal activities, including violence, stalking, sexual exploitation, and cybercrime. Risks for unlawful behavior in individuals with autism and Asperger's. Legal assessment issues, such as witness protection and postconviction diagnoses. Legal outcomes for autistic people, including case law, prevention, service provisions in correctional settings, and rights and support systems. </div><div>
</div><div><div>The Handbook of Autism Spectrum Disorder and the Law is an essential, comprehensive resource that explores the risk for unlawful behaviors affecting autistitc people as victims and perpetrators, as well as related issues of assessment and treatment, and outcome. It is a must-have reference for researchers, clinicians/practitioners, and graduate students in psychology, psychiatry, social work, and law, as well as professionals in such related fields, as criminology/criminal justice and the legal system.</div></div>

<p>Examines issues and implications confronting individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and Asperger’s within the legal system</p><p>Explores pathways and risks for unlawful behaviors and individuals with ASD, both as victim and perpetrator</p><p>Addresses key considerations for attorneys dealing with defendants who have ASD</p><p>Reviews alternative approaches for first responders to manage situations involving individuals with ASD</p>

Fred R. Volkmar is the Irving B. Harris Professor of Child Psychiatry, Pediatrics, and Psychology at the Child Study Center, Yale University School of Medicine. An international authority on Asperger’s disorder and autism, Dr. Volkmar was the primary author of the DSM-IV autism and pervasive developmental disorders section. He has authored several hundred scientific papers and has co-edited numerous books, including Asperger Syndrome, the fourth edition of The Handbook of Autism and Pervasive Developmental Disorders, A Practical Guide for Autism: What Every Parent, Family Member, and Teacher Should Know, Evidence-Based Practices and Treatments for Children with Autism and Adolescents, and Adults with Autism Spectrum Disorders. He is also the Editor of the five-volume Encyclopedia of Autism Spectrum Disorders, published by Springer.
<div>
</div><div>
</div><div>Rachel Loftin is an autism specialist trained in school and clinical psychology. She maintains a private practice that offers diagnosis and assessment, therapy, and consultation on educational and legal cases. She is adjunct faculty in the psychiatry departments in the psychiatry departments of Northwestern and Yale University. She was previously an associate professor in the Department of Psychiatry at Rush University Medical Center, where she was the clinical director of the autism program. Dr. Loftin completed fellowship training in developmental disorders at Yale.
</div><div>
</div><div>
</div><div>Alexander Westphal is an Associate Professor of Psychiatry at the Yale University School of Medicine. He is based in the Division of Law and Psychiatry and has a secondary appointment at the Yale Child Study Center. Dr. Westphal did his undergraduate degree at Bennington College, his medical degree at Brown University, and a PhD in the Graduate School of Arts and Sciences at Yale University. He completed general training in psychiatry at Yale, as well as fellowships in Child and Adolescent Psychiatry and Forensic Psychiatry. Dr. Westphal has a special interest in legal issues for individuals with autism and other developmental disorders, and serves regularly as an expert witness.
</div><div>
</div><div>Marc Woodbury-Smith is Clinical Senior Lecturer in the Biosciences Institute at Newcastle University, UK and an Honorary Consultant Psychiatrist. He is also Associate Investigator at the Centre for Applied Genomics at the Hospital for Sick Children in Toronto, Canada. He trained in psychiatry in Cambridge, UK and at the Yale Child Study Center. As a psychiatrist specializing in developmental disabilities, he has worked clinically with children and adults with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) for more than 20 years, and has published widely on both basic sciences (genetics) and legal aspects of ASD. He is currently Associate Editor of the Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders. </div><div>
</div>

9783030709129

/Educational Psychology/Behavioral Sciences and Psychology/Humanities and Social Sciences/School Psychology/

/Educational Psychology/Behavioral Sciences and Psychology/Humanities and Social Sciences/School Psychology//Child and Adolescence Psychology/Developmental Psychology/Behavioral Sciences and Psychology/Humanities and Social Sciences//Biotechnology/Biological Sciences/Life Sciences////

Original French edition published by Elsevier Masson SAS, Issy-les-Moulineaux, 2016

<div><div>This innovative atlas focuses on peripheral nerves and provides a brand new approach compared to regular anatomy books. Using a modern 3D approach, it offers an alternative to conventional anatomical structures. It reviews all the anatomy and the morphology of these structures from an original point of view. </div><div>In these three-dimensional diagrams, as well as in the watercolor drawings enhanced with a 3D inlay, each type of nerve is depicted in a minute detail. </div><div>The atlas simplifies the anatomy and make it easy and understandable by allowing readers to develop a mental “real-time 3D GPS”. </div><div>The integration of MRI sections related to the drawings and the descriptions of the main nerve injuries provide medical students with a flexible but effective transition to the radiological interpretation and furthers the clinical learning process. </div><div>After a detailed evaluation of the morphofunctional anatomy of the peripheral nerves, the authors present a collection of relevant data on neuromuscular transmission, both from classical and recent literature, ranging from the central and peripheral nervous system to the effector muscle. This information offers a basis for understanding the physiology, the pathology, and the repair prospects of peripheral nerves from a purely theoretical point of view.</div><div>The book is divided into three main parts: </div><div>- Fundamental notions: from immunohistochemistry to limb innervation</div><div>- The upper limb: the brachial plexus and related peripheral nerves</div><div>- The lower limb: the lumbosacral plexus and related peripheral nerves</div><div><br/></div><div><br/></div><div>This atlas also features 261 outstanding full-colour 2D and 3D illustrations. Each picture has been designed in 2D and 3D with a combination of the original editor’s personal drawings/paintings and 3D-modeling tools. </div><div>This book is a valuable resource for anyone studying medicine, anaesthesiology, neurosurgery, spine surgery, pain, radiology or rheumatology and is also of high interest to the whole medical community in general.</div></div>

<p>A unique topographical guide to the 3D approach of the peripheral nerves</p><p>An educational approach tailored for students based on a nerve classification</p><p>261 outstanding 2D full-colour pictures</p>

<div>Prof. Philippe Rigoard  is a Senior surgeon and coordinator of the Spine & Neuromodulation Unit within the Neurosurgical Department, at the Poitiers University Hospital, in France. He is also an Honorary Consultant at St Thomas & Guy’s Hospital, Pain clinic, in London, UK, an Anatomy conference reader at the Human Morphology Institute, Faculty of Medicine of the University of Poitiers and a Researcher at the Inserm, CIC (Clinical Investigation Center) 802. He is research program director of the N3Lab, Neuromodulation & Neural Networks Lab in Poitiers.</div><div>In parallel of studying anatomy and morphology at National Art Institute, Beaux-Arts, Paris, from 1994-1996, he decided to enter into medicine. He received his medical degree as 1st Laureate of faculty of Medicine, Poitiers in 2006 and completed postgraduate medical training in spine surgery 2008 and a fellowship in functional neurosurgery in 2009.</div><div>From 2002-2007 he also completed his PhD of Sciences, in Poitiers as well as several degrees including in Neuromuscular Diseases, acute pain, chronic pain and pain management in emergency conditions, microsurgical techniques and surgical robotics.</div><div>His main research interest is neuromodulation and spine biomechanics. He has intensive scientific collaborations with several researchers worldwide, e.g., Dr. Kumar (Canada), Dr. Desai, Dr. North, Dr. Slavin (USA) and Dr. Al-Kaisy (UK).  He is reviewer for many scientific journals and a member of several learnt societies, including the International Association for the Study of Pain, International Neuromodulation society, European Association of Neurosurgeons, French and North American Society of Spine Surgery. </div><div>He has also published dozens of journal articles, abstracts, and book chapters, and has lectured at numerous conferences and symposia worldwide.</div>

9783319430881

/Anatomy/Biological Sciences/Life Sciences//Neurosurgery/Surgery/Life Sciences/Health Sciences//Anesthesiology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Minimally Invasive Surgery/Surgery/Life Sciences/Health Sciences//Orthopaedics/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Rheumatology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences/

Caroline van Lindert, Mulier Institute, Utrecht, The Netherlands; Jeroen Scheerder, KU Leuven, Leuven, Belgium; Ian Brittain, Centre for Business in Society, Coventry, UK

1. Introduction. Sport participation a human right for persons with a disability.- 2. Understanding disability, disability sport and inclusion.- 3. Participation in sport and physical activity amongst people with a disability. A pan-European comparative approach.- 4. Denmark: Disability sports policy at arm’s length.- 5. Finland. Facts behind the long and complicated process of disability inclusion in sports.- 6. Disability and sport in Iceland.- 7. Norway.- 8. Beyond inclusion - opportunity structures in sports for all in Sweden.- 9. Ireland.- 10. Northern Ireland: Disability Sport in a Shared Space.- 11. United Kingdom: An inclusionary approach to sport.- 12. Austria: Half Way to Inclusion?.- 13. Disability sport in Belgium/Flanders. From a fragmented mosaic towards a more inclusive landscape.- 14. Complexity and Coexistence: Disability Sport in Germany.- 15. The Netherlands, towards inclusive sport for people with a disability.- 16. Switzerland.- 17. Hungary: Rise of attention given to disability sports.- 18. Disability Sport in Lithuania.- 19. Structure of the analysis on the development and situation of disability sport in Slovenia.- 20. Portugal: pathways of sport for people with disabilities .- 21. Disability sport in Spain.- 22. Turkey (Republic of Turkey): Disability Sports, Policies and Implementations.- 23. The landscape of sport for persons with a disability: a system within a system.

“This volume is likely to fill a large gap in the market and is set to become the ‘go to’ text on sports participation among people with disabilities. The book is very well structured around a similar organising principle which eases the task of reading and comparing between the multiple European case studies presented.”

– Jonathan Grix, Professor of Sport Policy and Politics, Manchester Metropolitan University, UK



“This handbook will make an important contribution by enabling the development and exchange of knowledge in the areas of sport participation and policies and inclusion of persons experiencing disability among practitioners, policy makers and researchers.”

— David Legg, Professor at the Department of Health and Physical Education, Mount Royal University, Calgary, Canada, and President of the International Federation of Adapted Physical Activity



This handbook explores the various ways in which disability sport is governed and organised across Europe, as well as examining the extent to which persons with a disability participate in sport at the grassroots level. Based upon a solid theoretical framework and up-to-date data, the 19 country-specific chapters in this handbook give a comparative overview of the structuring, steering and supporting elements of disability sport policy and sport participation levels amongst persons with a disability, as well as the extent to which countries adopt policies to promote inclusion in sport in this population. A multitude of authors also identify the various methods and challenges in collecting sport participation data with regard to persons with a disability. This handbook will be a valuable resource for academic study across a range of sport and disability related programs, as well as a point of reference for researchers and policymakers working in this area.


Caroline van Lindert is Senior Researcher at the Mulier Institute, Utrecht, The Netherlands.

Jeroen Scheerder is Professor in the Faculty of Movement & Rehabilitation Sciences, KU Leuven, Belgium, and head of the Policy in Sports & Physical Activity Research Group.

Ian Brittain is Associate Professor (Research) in the Centre for Business in Society at Coventry University, UK.

This handbook explores the various ways in which disability sport is governed and organised across Europe, as well as examining the extent to which persons with a disability participate in sport at the grassroots level. Based upon a solid theoretical framework and up-to-date data, the 19 country-specific chapters in this handbook give a comparative overview of the structuring, steering and supporting elements of disability sport policy and sport participation levels amongst persons with a disability, as well as the extent to which countries adopt policies to promote inclusion in sport in this population. A multitude of authors also identify the various methods and challenges in collecting sport participation data with regard to persons with a disability. This handbook will be a valuable resource for academic study across a range of sport and disability related programs, as well as a point of reference for researchers and policymakers working in this area.

<p>Written from a cross-national perspective based on a collection of country-specific chapters from all regions of Europe</p><p>Contains up-to-date data, in-depth descriptions and analyses within a solid theoretical framework</p><p>Compares countries policies, infrastructure and participation levels with respect to sport for people with disabilities</p>

Caroline van Lindert is Senior Researcher at the Mulier Institute, Utrecht, The Netherlands.

Jeroen Scheerder is Professor in the Faculty of Movement & Rehabilitation Sciences, KU Leuven, Belgium, and head of the Policy in Sports & Physical Activity Research Group.

Ian Brittain is Associate Professor (Research) in the Centre for Business in Society at Coventry University, UK.

Palgrave Standard US (P5)

9783031217586

/Sport Science/Sport Sociology/Humanities and Social Sciences/Society/Sociology/

/Sport Science/Sport Sociology/Humanities and Social Sciences/Society/Sociology//Humanities and Social Sciences/Society/Social Policy//Sport Science/Humanities and Social Sciences/Society////

978-3-030-80468-8

Gilson M. Bastos; Tom Breckenridge; Mike Lamb; Tara-Lee MacArthur; Simon Ryder

Gilson M. Bastos, MSG Transmission, Sao Paulo, Brazil; Tom Breckenridge, TB TCS Ltd, Glasgow, UK; Mike Lamb, Dominion Energy, Richmond, VA, USA; Tara-Lee MacArthur, Ergon Energy | Energy Queensland, Townsville, QLD, Australia; Simon Ryder, Doble Engineering, Guildford, UK

Overview of Transformer and Reactor Procurement Process.- Identification of Transformer and Reactor Functional Requirements.- Technical Specifications.- Supplier Qualification and Development.- Tender Process and Evaluation.- Losses and Efficiency.- Contract .- Design Review.- Progress Inspections.- Final Test.- Transport.- Storage.- Installation.- Pre-Commissioning.- Operation During the Warranty or Guarantee Period.

This Green Book provides those involved in transformer procurement with comprehensive guidance on industry best practice to avoid wrong decisions. Transformers are one of the expensive components in the power system, and also contribute a large proportion of the losses. Transformers also have long lives - more than 40 years in many cases. Making the wrong decisions during the procurement process can have serious and long-lasting consequences.

Provides guidance on industry best practice to make right decisionsServes those involved in transformer procurementHelps avoiding serious and long-lasting consequences

​Study Committee A2 is responsible for all aspects of power transformers and reactors with CIGRE, throughout their life cycle from procurement to disposal. Study Committee A2 places a special emphasis on innovative solutions to problems facing both manufacturers and users. A power transformer is a non-mechanical apparatus used to change the voltage, but not the frequency, of an alternating current supply. Power transformers play an essential role in the generation, transmission, and distribution of electricity. A reactor is a non-mechanical apparatus of similar design and construction to a power transformer, used to control voltages or currents in parts of the electricity network.<div>
</div><div>Gilson M Bastos was born in Brazil in 1954 and graduated in Electrcial Engineering from the Catholic University of Rio de Janeiro in 1979. He joined Furnas Centrais Eletricas, one of the largest utilities in Brazil, and working as transformer engineer and electrical equipment engineer up to 2007. From 2007 to 2013 he worked in the renewable energy area as manager of the planning department. From 2014 until his retirement from Furnas in 2017, he was in charge of all transmission projects. Following his retirement from Furnas, he has joined MSG Transmission, where he is responsible for new 500kV transmission projects.<div> He has been an active member of CIGRE for many years. He was a member of working groups A2.27 on condition monitoring facilities, A2/B4.28 on HVDC transformers, and A2.37 on transformer reliability. He was also regular member for Brazil on SC A2 between 2014 and 2020.Tom Breckenridge was born in Greenock, Scotland, in 1955. He studied electrical and electronic engineering at the University of Glasgow between 1973 and 1977. He joined the South of Scotland Electricity Board in 1978, initially as an operational engineer within the distribution field. A move to transmission substation design followed in 1996, where he also assumed the role as principal transformer expert for Scottish Power responsible for specification purchasing and approval of all transformers. Leaving Scottish Power in 2006, he founded TB TCS Ltd through which he provides specialist services in the field of large power transformers on a global basis, primarily operating in the procurement area.He is a registered European engineer, a fellow of the IET, a UK chartered engineer, and a distinguished member of CIGRE. He was convenor of CIGRE working group A2-36 on transformer procurement. Tom is chairman designate of British Standards PEL/14 committee for power transformers and a member of several IEC maintenance teams under IEC TC14 where he was also IEC convener for the latest version of IEC/IEEE standard 60076-16 for wind turbine transformers.Mike Lamb was born in the USA in 1966. He is currently manager of electric transmission operations engineering in the power delivery group at Dominion Energy in Richmond Virginia, USA. He joined Dominion Energy in 1988 and has held several engineering positions during his career with experience in electric substation and transmission line design and maintenance, distribution system planning and operations, and system operations contingency analysis and transmission open access. Prior to his current position, he was principal engineer in electric transmission operations engineering responsible for the technical oversight of the power transformer procurement process in support of all Dominion Energy’s business units. Mike now leads a team of specialized engineers responsible for major electric transmission equipment specifications; system analysis, technical investigations and root cause analyses, and providing analysis and guidance for emerging technological challenges.

He became a me

9783030804688

/Electrical Power Engineering/Electrical and Electronic Engineering/Technology and Engineering/

/Electrical Power Engineering/Electrical and Electronic Engineering/Technology and Engineering//Electrical Power Engineering/Energy Grids and Networks/Electrical and Electronic Engineering/Technology and Engineering/////

10.1007/978-3-030-80469-5

Introduction.- General Techniques in Gynecological Ultrasound.- Ultrasound Evaluation of Myometrium.- Ultrasound Evaluation of Endometrium.- Ultrasound Evaluation of Cervix.- Ultrasound Evaluation of Vagina.- Ultrasound Evaluation of Ovaries.- Endometriosis.- Ultrasound Evaluation of Adnexal Pathologies.-Ultrasound Evaluation of Pregnancy Related Pathologies.- Torsion.- Ultrasound Evaluation of Congenital Uterine Anomalies.- Ultrasound in other Miscellaneous Conditions.- Exploring Pathologies based on Clinical Presentation.

This atlas and guide book is focused on gynecological ultrasound, an area that has remained in the shadow of obstetric ultrasound & fetal medicine. Gynecological ultrasound has seen rapid advances owing to expanding research and improved ultrasound equipment. This book leverages these advances and provides abundant illustrations and practice points of classical and new ultrasound features. It serves as a guide for radiologists, gynecologists and sonologists for the accurate diagnosis of gynecological pathologies. The chapters of this book also serve as a comprehensive resource for various topics with hundreds of images and figures, including basic gray scale images, Doppler studies and three dimensional ultrasound illustrations. In addition, standard terms for the evaluation and reporting of gynecological pathologies are discussed. Emergencies like ovarian torsion, complex adnexal cyst are also covered.

This atlas and guide book is focused on gynecological ultrasound, an area that has remained in the shadow of obstetric ultrasound & fetal medicine. Gynecological ultrasound has seen rapid advances owing to expanding research and improved ultrasound equipment. This book leverages these advances and provides abundant illustrations and practice points of classical and new ultrasound features. It serves as a guide for radiologists, gynecologists and sonologists for the accurate diagnosis of gynecological pathologies. The chapters of this book also serve as a comprehensive resource for various topics with hundreds of images and figures, including basic gray scale images, Doppler studies and three dimensional ultrasound illustrations. In addition, standard terms for the evaluation and reporting of gynecological pathologies are discussed. Emergencies like ovarian torsion, complex adnexal cyst are also covered.

<p>This book provides comprehensive coverage of diagnoses across a wide range of gynecological pathologies, using various ultrasound techniques</p><p>Abundant illustrations of pathologies with key points in each chapter for quick reference</p><p>Of late the IOTA (International Ovarian Tumor Analysis), IETA (International Endometrial Tumor Analysis) and MUSA (Morphological Uterus Sonographic Assessment) groups have arrived on a consensus for terminologies to describe sonographic features. This book provides an explanation of these terminologies in ultrasound diagnosis of gynecological pathologies.</p><p>This book is a practical guide that aims to provide significant value in addressing challenges faced by gynecologists, radiologists and sonologists, in their day to day practice and during emergencies.</p>

Dr. Mala Sibal is a consultant physician at the department of Fetal Medicine & Obstetric and Gynecological Ultrasound, Manipal Hospital, Bangalore. She has fourteen years of experience in the field of gynecological ultrasound, prior to which she practiced clinical obstetrics and gynecology for seven years.Dr. Sibal has been an invited speaker at numerous national and international conferences on this subject and has authored peer-reviewed journal articles on novel diagnostic ultrasound techniques in the American Journal of Ultrasound in Medicine. She has also trained and taught several practitioners and medical students in the field of gynecological ultrasound. Dr. Sibal is also a principal investigator in the ongoing International Ovarian Tumor Analysis (IOTA – 5) International Research Program. She has also created an online portal, ‘Gynecology Academy’ (www.gynac.org), for basic and advanced training in gynecological ultrasound. She holds a DNB post-graduate degree in Obstetrics and Gynecology and an MBBS graduate degree from Jawaharlal Nehru Medical College, Belgaum, where she stood first in Gynecology.

9789811027130

/Gynecology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Radiology/Life Sciences/Health Sciences/////

10.1007/978-981-10-2714-7

Karen Evans, UCL Institute of Education, London, UK; Wing On Lee, Singapore University of Social Sciences, Singapore, Singapore; Jörg Markowitsch, 3s Research and Consulting, Vienna, Austria; Miriam Zukas, Birkbeck, University of London, London, UK

XXI, 1343 p. 58 illus., 37 illus. in color. In 2 volumes, not available separately.

History, Theory and Philosophy.- Fresh Perspectives on Policy and Policy Development.- Fresh Perspectives on Policy and Policy Development.- Re-imagining Lifelong Learning for Future Challenges.<div>
</div>

The Third edition of this well-received and widely used Handbook brings together an entirely new set of chapters, to reflect progress and new themes in the ten years to 2022. Building on the established structure of the first two Handbooks, the four sections focus in turn on: philosophy, history and theory development; fresh perspectives on policy and policy development; emerging programs and new approaches; and re-imagining lifelong learning for future challenges.The Handbook stimulates readers with fresh and timely insights, while exploring anew some enduring themes. New topics and themes introduced in all sections address lifelong learning challenges associated with climate change, the digital world, the rise of populism, migration and precarious living. The Handbook features learning innovations and evolving pedagogies such as intergenerational learning, art as pedagogy to promote public-mindedness, neuroscience enhancing learning effectiveness, and lifelong learning for sustainability. Policy responses to lifelong learning for work and well-being are debated.In state of the art contributions, authors from around the globe focus readers' attention on multifaceted processes, issues and decisions that must be better understood and enacted if inclusive development and fair access to lifelong learning are to become realities for us all.

New edition—substantially revised and updated.Features a comprehensive survey, analysis, and exploration of lifelong learningState-of-the-art contributions from a truly global list of contributors

<div>Professor Karen Evans is Emeritus Professor of Education at University College London (UCL). She was previously Head of Lifelong Education and International Development in UCL Institute of Education. She is a Fellow of the UK Academy of Social Science and honorary professorial fellow in the Economic and Social Research Council Centre for Learning and Life Chances at UCL. Her areas of research and publication focus on comparative studies of work and learning in changing social landscapes, and on learning in life and work transitions. She is Editor of Springer’s Lifelong Learning Book Series and plays a leading role in the AsiaEurope Education and Research Hub for Lifelong Learning.
</div><div>
</div><div>Professor Wing On Lee is Executive Director of the Institute for Adult Learning and Professor at the Singapore University of Social Sciences. He has previously assumed senior positions at Zhengzhou University, Open University of Hong Kong, National Institute ofEducation, Singapore, Hong Kong Institute of Education (now EDUHK), University of Sydney, and University of Hong Kong. He was former President of the World Council of Comparative Education Societies (WCCES), and has published 36 books and 200 book chapters and journal articles. He is also Editor of three Routledge and one Springer Book Series.
</div><div>
</div><div>Dr. Jörg Markowitsch is Senior Partner at 3s Research & Consulting in Vienna which he founded in 2001. He holds a Master’s degree in Mathematics from the Technical University of Vienna and a PhD in Philosophy from the University of Vienna. He is policy advisor on national and EU-level for senior officials and policy makers and is active in European Union expert groups and in international research associations. His areas of research include comparative research on vocational education and adult learning; skills taxonomies and skills forecasts; European educational policy.
</div><div>
</div><div>Professor Miriam Zukas is Professor Emerita of Adult Education in the Department of Psychosocial Studies, School of Social Sciences, History and Philosophy (SSHP), Birkbeck University (London). She was Executive Dean of SSHP until 2016. She is a Fellow of Birkbeck and a National Teaching Fellow. Her research and publication areas focus on adult higher education, academic work and learning, professional workplace pedagogies, and professional learning in transitions. She also has a long-standing interest in gender in education and work.
</div>

9783031195914

/Education/Humanities and Social Sciences/Lifelong Learning//Education/Humanities and Social Sciences/Professional and Vocational Education//Inclusive Education/Education/Humanities and Social Sciences//Education/Humanities and Social Sciences/Educational Policy and Politics//Didactics and Teaching Methodology/Education/Humanities and Social Sciences/Curriculum Studies//

978-3-319-66004-2

<div>1. Relational Thinking in Sociology: Relevance, Concurrence and Dissonance.- 2. The Relation as Magical Operator: Overcoming the Divide between Relational and Processual Sociology.- 3. Sociology of Infinitesimal Difference: Gabriel’s Tarde Heritage.- 4. Pluralism and Relationism in Social Theory: Lessons from the Tarde/Durkheim Debate.- 5. G.H. Mead and Relational Sociology: The Case of Concepts.- 6. Pragmatist Methodological Relationalism in Sociological Understanding of Evolving Human Culture.- 7. Gilles Deleuze and Relational Sociology.- 8. Triangular Relations: Michel Serres on Parasites, Angels, Quasi-objects, and the Virtual.- 9. Bruno Latour and Relational Sociology.- 10. Georg Simmel and Relational Sociology.- 11. Georg Simmel’s Concepts of Forms of Sociation as an Analytical Tool for Relational Sociology.- 12. Switchings among Netdoms: The Relational Sociology of Harrison White.- 13. Relationalism and Social Networks.- 14. Is Niklas Luhmann a Relational Sociologist?.- 15. Charles Tilly and Relational Sociology.- 16. Michael Mann and Relational Sociology.- 17. Pierre Bourdieu and Relational Sociology.-18. Relational Sociology and Postcolonial Theory: Sketches of a ‘Postcolonial Relationism’.- 19. ‘To Understand the Shore, it is not Enough… to Pick up an Empty Shell…’: Feminist Epistemologies, Ecological Thinking, and relational Ontologies.- 20. Beyond the Manifesto: Mustafa Emirbayer and Relational Sociology.- 21. Critical Realism as Relational Sociology.- 22. An Original Relational Sociology Grounded in Critical Realism.- 23. Deconstructing and Reconstructing Social Networks.- 24. Networks, Interactions and Relations.- 25. From the Concept of ‘Trans-action’ to a Process-Relational Sociology.-26. Relational Agency.- 27. Power and Relational Sociology.- 28. Relational Radicalization.- 29. The Relational Meaning-Making of Riots: Narrative Logic and Network Performance of the London ‘Riots’.- 30. Music Sociology and Relational Perspective.- 31. Relational Sociology: Contributions to Understanding Residential Decision-Making in Later Life.- 32. Relations, Organizing, Leadership and Education.- 33. Marcel Mauss, the Gift and Relational Sociology.</div>

This handbook on relational sociology is about a rapidly growing approach in the social sciences; an approach which is connected to the interests of a large, diverse pool of researchers across a range of disciplines.The book aims to elucidate the complexity and the scope of this growing approach by dealing with three central questions: where does relational sociology come from and what are its principal concerns? What are the main theoretical and methodological currents within relational sociology? What have we studied in relational sociology and what are the results? Relational sociology has been one of the key foundations of the 'relational turn' in human sciences since the 1980s, and offers the opportunity to redefine the basic epistemological and ontological principles of sociology as we know it. <div><br/></div>

This handbook on relational sociology covers a rapidly growing approach in the social sciences—one which is connected to the interests of a large, diverse pool of researchers across a range of disciplines. Relational sociology has been one of the key foundations of the “relational turn” in human sciences since the 1980s, and it offers a unique opportunity to redefine the basic epistemological and ontological principles of sociology as we know it. The contributors collected here aim to elucidate the complexity and the scope of this growing approach by dealing with three central questions: Where does relational sociology come from and what are its principal concerns? What are the main theoretical and methodological currents within relational sociology? What have we studied in relational sociology and what are the results? <br/> <br/>

<p>Presents cutting-edge research in the understudied discipline of relational sociology</p><p>Builds on the work of theorists such as Mauss, Latour, Simmel, Deleuze, and Serres</p><p>Explores the discipline within the context of the so-called 'relational turn' of the late twentieth century</p>

François Dépelteau is Professor of Sociology at Laurentian University, Canada. He is a specialist in sociological theory and relational sociology, and has published many books and articles in journals such as Sociological Theory and The International Review of Sociology. 

Palgrave Standard US (P5)

9783319660042

/Sociological Theory/Humanities and Social Sciences/Society/Sociology/

/Sociological Theory/Humanities and Social Sciences/Society/Sociology//Economic Sociology/Humanities and Social Sciences/Society/Sociology//Sociology of Culture/Humanities and Social Sciences/Society/Sociology///

Demetrios Demetriades, University of Southern California, Los Angeles, CA, USA; Kenji Inaba, University of Southern California, Los Angeles, CA, USA; Philip D. Lumb, University of Southern California, Los Angeles, CA

I AIRWAY.- 1. Endotracheal intubation, oral and nasal.- 2 Percutaneous Tracheostomy .- 3 Open Tracheostomy.- 4 Cricothyroidotomy.- 5 Bronchoscopy.- II CHEST.- 6 Chest tube placement.- 7 Thoracentesis with U/S guidance.- 8 Heimlich valve catheter placement.- 9 ECMO cannulation and management.- III CARDIOVASCULAR.- 10 Central line placement subclavian.- 11 Internal jugular vein catheter, with and without ultrasound guidance.- 12 Swan Ganz catheter placement.- 13 Arterial line placement with and without ultrasound guidance.- 14 Bedside IVC Filter placement.- 17 Pericardiocentesis with ultrasound guidance.- 18 Resuscitative Thoracotomy.- 19 Intra-aortic Balloon Placement.- 20 REBOA (Resuscitative Endovascular Balloon Occlusion of the Aorta) Placement.- IV DIAGNOSTIC ECHOCARDIOGRAPHY.- 21 Bedside focused echocardiography (including TEE and TTE).- 22 Vascath/Dialysis catheter placement.- V CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM.- 23 ICP monitor placement.- 24 Spinal Paracentesis.- 25 Epidural Catheter Analgesia.- VI COMPARTMENT SYNDROMES.- 26 Upper and Lower Extremity Compartment pressure measurement.- 27 Abdominal Compartment pressure measurement (Bladder Pressures).- 28 Bedside Laparotomy/Decompression of abdominal compartment syndrome.- 29 Escharotomy for Burns.- VII ABDOMEN, GASTROINTESTINAL TRACT.- 30 Diagnostic Peritoneal Lavage.- 31 Percutaneous Gastrostomy.- 32 Blakemore tube placement for esophageal varices.

This atlas is designed to provide an all-inclusive resource that describes step by step how to perform the essential bedside procedures required to provide optimal care to the critically ill patient. Detailed descriptions of these procedures, with sequential photographs depicting each critical step, provide an in depth understanding of the anatomy, critical technical steps and common pitfalls to both military and civilian trainees. For the advanced professional operator, this atlas will provide a rapid refresher of the critical steps and is an excellent teaching resource, based on the decades of collective experience accumulated by the authors. The top quality photographs of perfused and ventilated cadavers makes this atlas a standard reference for surgeons, critical care physicians, nurses and all critical care professionals.

This atlas is designed to provide an all-inclusive resource that describes step by step how to perform the essential bedside procedures required to provide optimal care to the critically ill patient. Detailed descriptions of these procedures, with sequential photographs depicting each critical step, provide an in depth understanding of the anatomy, critical technical steps and common pitfalls to both military and civilian trainees. For the advanced professional operator, this atlas will provide a rapid refresher of the critical steps and is an excellent teaching resource, based on the decades of collective experience accumulated by the authors. The top quality photographs of perfused and ventilated cadavers makes this atlas a standard reference for surgeons, critical care physicians, nurses and all critical care professionals.

<p>Precise step-by-step demonstration of common bedside procedures and interventions that every critical care surgeon and intensive care professional must know and perform in clinical practice</p><p>Provides unique all-inclusive resource for both trainees and professional practitioners</p><p>A wealth of high-quality figures and photographs gained through the use of perfused and ventilated cadavers ensure excellent readability of images</p><p>A must-have reference for surgeons, critical care physicians, nurses and all critical care professionals</p>

Prof. Demetrios Demetriades is currently tenured Professor of Surgery and Director of the Division of Trauma, Emergency Surgery and Surgical Intensive Care Unit, Los Angeles County and University of Southern California Medical Center, the largest trauma center in California and one of the largest in the United States. Dr Demetriades is one of the most published trauma surgeons in the United States and has published more than 620 peer review publications in referenced journals, two trauma atlas books, 6 books, and more than 120 book chapters. He has delivered more than 400 invited lectures in the United States and 40 other countries. Dr Demetriades has mentored many young faculty and fellows, many of whom currently hold leadership positions nationally and internationally. For his role in education, he received the title of 'Master Teacher' by the USC School of Medicine. He has been the founder and course director of the annual USC National Trauma, Emergency Surgery and Surgical Critical Care Symposium, now in its 23nd year. Dr Demetriades was instrumental in the establishment of the USC Navy Trauma Training Program, now in its 13th year. This program has trained more than 2,500 US Navy personnel in trauma. He was honored numerous times by the US Navy. In 2011 he was honored by the American College of Surgeons and delivered the Scudder Oration. In 2013 he was honored by the American Heart Association with Lifetime Achievement Award in Trauma Resuscitation Science. In 2014 he received the FDA Distinguished Service Award. In 2015 he was elected in the top '1000 International Scientists' by the Republic of China. In 2017 he served as the Vice President and a member of the Executive Board of the American Association for the Surgery of Trauma. He is an Honorary member of numerous national societies in many countries, received honorary doctorates from two European universities and sits on the editorial boards of numerous journals Dr. Inaba is MB, BS, MCCM an Associate Professor, Clinical Scholar, of Surgery, Emergency Medicine and Anesthesia at the University of Southern California. He is the Medical Director of the Surgical Intensive Care Unit and the Associate Trauma Medical Director. He is the Program Director for both the General Surgery Residency and the Surgical Critical Care Fellowship. While at USC he has been the recipient of 25 teaching awards including the prestigious USC Keck School of Medicine Overall Excellence in Teaching Award for the Clinical Sciences, the Alpha Omega Alpha Honorary Medical Fraternity Faculty Teaching Award and the Leonard Tow Humanism in Medicine Award. In addition to his teaching at USC, he has lectured extensively, having given more than 250 invited lectures around the world. He has mentored more than 95 research fellows and students who have garnered 28 separate research awards for this work. Dr. Inaba has authored more than 300 peer reviewed articles, 260 scientific presentations and 22 textbook chapters in the area of trauma resuscitation, diagnostics and hemorrhage control.Dr Lumb is currently Professor of Anesthesiology, University of Southern California, Los Angeles. Former positions include vice chairman and associate professor of anesthesiology at Duke University, chairman and professor of anesthesiology at Albany Medical College, chairman and Eric A. Walter Professor of Anesthesiology at Penn State-Milton S. Hershey Medical Center and chairman and professor of Anesthesiology, Keck School of Medicine the University of Southern California. Other notable previous appointments include president and secretary-general of the World Federation of Societies of Intensive and Critical Care Medic

9783319783666

/Surgery/Life Sciences/Health Sciences//Intensive Care Medicine/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Emergency Medicine/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences////

Maja Hojer Bruun; Ayo Wahlberg; Rachel Douglas-Jones; Cathrine Hasse; Klaus Hoeyer; Dorthe Brogård Kristensen; Brit Ross Winthereik

Maja Hojer Bruun, Aarhus University, Aarhus, Denmark; Ayo Wahlberg, University of Copenhagen, Copenhagen, Denmark; Rachel Douglas-Jones, IT University of Copenhagen, Copenhagen, Denmark; Cathrine Hasse, Aarhus University, Aarhus, Denmark; Klaus Hoeyer, University of Copenhagen, Copenhagen, Denmark; Dorthe Brogård Kristensen, University of Southern Denmark, Odense, Denmark; Brit Ross Winthereik, IT University of Copenhagen, Copenhagen, Denmark

The Anthropology of Technology: The Formation of a Field.- Section 1: Perspectives, Fields, and Approaches.- Making ‘Technology’ Visible: Technical Activities and the Chaîne Opératoire.- Technology as Skill in Handwork and Craft: Basketwork and Handweaving.- Material Culture Studies: Objectification, Agency, and Intangibility.- Feminist Technoscience and New Imaginaries of Human Reproduction.- Assemblage Ethnography: Configurations Across Scales, Sites, and Practices.- Humanism, Posthumanism, and New Humanism: How Robots Challenge the Anthropological Object.- Structuring Race into the Machine: The Spoiled Promise of Postgenomic Gene Sequencing.- An Interventional Design Anthropology of Emerging Technologies: Working Through an Interdisciplinary Field.- Computational Ethnography: A Case of Covid-19’s Methodological Consequences.- Section 2: Knowing, Unknowing, and Re-knowing.- Knowing, Unknowing, and Re-knowing.- Technology, Environment, and the Ends of Knowledge.- Charting the Unknown: Tracking the Self, Experimenting with the Digital.- Data, Knowledge Practices, and Naturecultural Worlds: Vehicle Emissions in the Anthropocene.- Set, Setting, and Clinical Trials: Colonial Technologies and Psychedelics.- Assembling Population Data in the Field: The Labour, Technologies, and Materialities of Quantification.- Peopled by Data: Statistical Knowledge Practices, Population-Making, and the State.- Data Practices and Sustainable Development Goals: Organising Knowledge for Sustainable Futures.- Section 3: Communities, Collectives, and Categories.- Communities, Collectives, and Categories.- Un/Doing Race: On Technology, Individuals, and Collectives in Forensic Practice.- Learning, Technology, and the Instrumentalisation of Critique.- Technology, Gender, and Nation: Building Modern Citizens in Maoist China.- Imagineerism: Technology, Robots, Kinship. Perspectives from Japan.- Collectivities and Technological Activism: Feminist Hacking.- Inside Technology Organisations: Imaginaries of Digitalisation at Work.- Section 4: Ethics, Values, and Morality.- Ethics, Values, and Morality.- Moral Ambiguities: Fleshy and Digital Substitutes in the Life Sciences.- Enacting Authenticity: Changing Ontologies of Biological Entities.- Technologies of Beauty: The Materiality, Ethics, and Normativity of Cosmetic Citizenship.- The Optimised and Enhanced Self: Experiences of the Self and the Making of Societal Values.- Articulations of Ethics: Energy Worlds and Moral Selves.- Competing Responsibilities and the Ethics of Care in Young People’s Engagements with Digital Mental Health.- Committee Work: Stem Cell Governance in the United States.- Section 5: Infrastructures, Linkages, and Livelihoods.- Infrastructures, Linkages, and Livelihoods.- Accumulation: Exploring the Materiality of Energy Infrastructure.- Food Infrastructures and Technologies of Trust in Contemporary China.- Water Infrastructures: The Making and Maintenance of Material and Organisational Connections.- Electricity as a Field for Anthropological Theorizing and Research.- Circuit Board Money: An Infrastructural Perspective on Digital Payments.

This Handbook offers an overview of the thriving and diverse field of anthropological studies of technology. It features 39 original chapters, each reviewing the state of the art of current research and enlivening the field of study through ethnographic analysis of human-technology interfaces, forms of social organisation, technological practices and/or systems of belief and meaning in different parts of the world.

The Handbook is organised around some of the most important characteristics of anthropological studies of technology today: the diverse knowledge practices that technologies involve and on which they depend; the communities, collectives, and categories that emerge around technologies; anthropology’s contribution to proliferating debates on ethics, values, and morality in relation to technology; and infrastructures that highlight how all technologies are embedded in broader political economies and socio-historical processes that shape and often reinforce inequality and discrimination while also generating diversity. All chapters share a commitment to human experiences, embodiments, practices, and materialities in the daily lives of those people and institutions involved in the development, manufacturing, deployment, and/or use of particular technologies.

<div>This Handbook offers an overview of the thriving and diverse field of anthropological studies of technology. It features 39 original chapters, each reviewing the state of the art of current research and enlivening the field of study through ethnographic analysis of human-technology interfaces, forms of social organisation, technological practices and/or systems of belief and meaning in different parts of the world.

The Handbook is organised around some of the most important characteristics of anthropological studies of technology today: the diverse knowledge practices that technologies involve and on which they depend; the communities, collectives, and categories that emerge around technologies; anthropology’s contribution to proliferating debates on ethics, values, and morality in relation to technology; and infrastructures that highlight how all technologies are embedded in broader political economies and socio-historical processes that shape and often reinforce inequality and discrimination while also generating diversity. All chapters share a commitment to human experiences, embodiments, practices, and materialities in the daily lives of those people and institutions involved in the development, manufacturing, deployment, and/or use of particular technologies.</div><div>Chapters 11 and 31 are available open access under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License via link.springer.com.
</div>

<p>Fills a substantial gap in the scholarly and academic literature addressing social studies of technology</p><p>Timely, topical and unique exposition of the subject, which will be required reading for years to come</p><p>Cutting-edge resource for students in anthropology, STS courses and related disciplines</p>

<div>Maja Hojer Bruun is Associate Professor at the Department of Educational Anthropology, Aarhus University.

Ayo Wahlberg is Professor MSO at the Department of Anthropology, University of Copenhagen.

Rachel Douglas-Jones is Associate Professor at the Department of BusinessIT, IT University of Copenhagen.

Cathrine Hasse is Professor at the Department of Educational Anthropology, Aarhus University.

Klaus Hoeyer is Professor at the Department of Public Health, University of Copenhagen.

Dorthe Brogård Kristensen is Associate Professor at the Department of Business and Management, University of Southern Denmark.

Brit Ross Winthereik is Professor at the Department of BusinessIT, IT University of Copenhagen.</div><div>
</div>

Palgrave Standard US (P5)

9789811670831

/Humanities and Social Sciences/Anthropology/Society//Science and Technology Studies/Humanities and Social Sciences/Society//Sociology of Science/Humanities and Social Sciences/Society/Sociology//Research Methods in Anthropology/Humanities and Social Sciences/Anthropology/Society//Medical Anthropology/Humanities and Social Sciences/Anthropology/Society//

10.1007/978-981-16-7084-8

W. Andrew Eglseder, University of Maryland School of Medicine, Attending Orthopaedic and Hand Surgeon, R. Adams Cowley Shock Trauma Center, University of Maryland Medical Center, Baltimore, MD, USA

Eglsederisms.- Operating Room Principles.- Principles of Fixation.- Sternoclavicular Joint Dislocations.- Clavicle Fractures.- Distal Clavicular Fractures and Acromioclavicular Dislocations.- Glenoid and Scapular Body Fractures.- Floating Shoulder.- Proximal Humeral Fractures.- Humeral Fractures.- Humeral Nonunions.- Distal Humeral Supracondylar Fractures.- Distal Humeral Transcondylar Fractures.- Distal Humeral T-Intercondylar Fractures .- Distal Humeral Anterior Shear Fractures .- Olecranon Process Fractures.- Transolecranon Fracture Dislocations.- Radial Head and Neck Fractures.- Elbow Terrible Triad Injuries.- Monteggia Fractures.- Shaft Fractures of the Radius and Ulna.- Floating Elbow.- Galeazzi Fractures.- Distal Radius Fractures.- Perilunate Injuries.- Carpometacarpal Joint Injuries .- Metacarpal Fractures .- Phalangeal Fractures.<br/>

Demonstrating current management techniques for traumatic fractures and dislocations of the upper extremity, this atlas utilizes a practical, how-to structure, discussing philosophy, approach, patient positioning, prepping, draping, and surgical techniques for each type of injury. Generously illustrated with intraoperative photos, the chapters of this atlas are arranged by anatomic location, from the clavicle and shoulder down to the fingers, with each chapter briefly describing the thought processes involved in choosing surgical interventions and applied anatomy approaches, fixation selections, and techniques. Actual case examples, cadaver photos and plentiful radiographs illustrate the text for a strongly visual presentation, and a list of 'Eglsederisms' - pithy bits of advice for residents and veteran surgeons alike - set the stage for a highly demonstrative resource for orthopedic and trauma surgeons, residents and fellows.

Demonstrating current management techniques for traumatic fractures and dislocations of the upper extremity, this atlas utilizes a practical, how-to structure, discussing philosophy, approach, patient positioning, prepping, draping, and surgical techniques for each type of injury. Generously illustrated with intraoperative photos, the chapters of this atlas are arranged by anatomic location, from the clavicle and shoulder down to the fingers, with each chapter briefly describing the thought processes involved in choosing surgical interventions and applied anatomy approaches, fixation selections, and techniques. Actual case examples, cadaver photos and plentiful radiographs illustrate the text for a strongly visual presentation, and a list of 'Eglsederisms' - pithy bits of advice for residents and veteran surgeons alike - set the stage for a highly demonstrative resource for orthopedic and trauma surgeons, residents and fellows.<br/>

<p>Provides a highly visual practical, how-to surgical approach to traumatic fractures and dislocations of the upper extremity</p><p>Discusses philosophy, approach, patient positioning, prepping, draping, and surgical techniques for each type of injury, arranged by anatomic location from the clavicle and shoulder down to the fingers</p><p>A valuable pictorial resource for orthopedic and trauma surgeons, residents and fellows</p>

W. Andrew Eglseder Jr., MD<br/>Professor of Orthopedics<br/>University of Maryland School of Medicine<br/>Attending Orthopedic and Hand Surgeon<br/>R Adams Cowley Shock Trauma Center<br/>University of Maryland Medical Center<br/>Baltimore, MD, USA 

9783319668567

/Orthopaedics/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//General Surgery/Surgery/Life Sciences/Health Sciences/////

Amy L. Reschly, University of Georgia, Athens, GA, USA; Sandra L. Christenson, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN, USA

,978-1-4614-2017-0,978-1-4614-6791-5,978-1-4614-2019-4,978-1-4614-2018-7

<div>Section I: Defining Student Engagement: Models and Related Constructs.- Jingle Jangle Revisited: History and Further Evolution of the Student Engagement Construct.- Using the Positive Synergy Between Engagement and Motivation.- Situated Expectancy Value Theory, Dimensions of Engagement, and Academic Outcomes.- Study Demands – Resources Model of Student Engagement and Burnout.- Agentic Engagement.- Academic Emotions and Student Engagement.- School Belonging and Student Engagement: The critical overlaps, similarities, and implications for student outcomes.- Self-Efficacy and Engaged Learners.- Using Self-Regulated Learning (SRL) Assessment Data to Promote Regulatory Engagement in Learning and Performance Contexts.- Hope and Student Engagement/Disengagement.- Section II: Student Engagement: Positive Development and Outcomes.- Relationships between Student Engagement and Mental Health as Conceptualized from a Dual-Factor Model.- Resilience and Student Engagement: Promotive and Protective Processes in Schools.- Developmental Relationships and Student Academic Motivation: Current Research and Future Directions.- Early Childhood Engagement.- Using Positive Student Engagement to Create Opportunities for Students with Troubling and High-Risk Behaviors.- Student Engagement and School Dropout: Theories, Evidence, and Future Directions.- Exploring the Character of Student Persistence in Higher Education: The Impact of Perception, Motivation, and Engagement .- Section III: Contexts for Engagement.- Expanding an Equity Understanding of Student Engagement: The Macro (Social) and Micro (School) Contexts.- Parental Influences on Achievement Motivation and Student Engagement.- Teacher-Student Relationships, engagement in school, and student outcomes.- The Role of Peer Relationships on Academic and Extracurricular Engagement in School.- Instruction and Student Engagement: Implications for Academic Engaged Time.- The Role of Academic Engagement in Students’ Educational Development: Insights from Load Reduction Instruction and the 4M Academic Engagement Framework.- Achievement Goal Theory and Engagement.- Student Engagement: The Importance of the Classroom Context.- Student Engagement and Learning Climate.- Engaging High School Students in Learning.- The Role of Policy in Supporting Student Engagement:.- Section IV: Measurement.- The Measurement of Student Engagement: Methodological Advances and Comparison of New Self-Report Instruments.- Measuring Student Engagement with Observational Techniques.- Multicultural and Cross-Cultural Considerations in Understanding Student Engagement in Schools: Promoting the development of Diverse Students Around the World.- Measuring Student Engagement: New Approaches and Issues.- Advances in Student Engagement: Conceptual, Empirical, and Applied Considerations.</div><div>
</div>

The second edition of the handbook reflects the expanding growth and sophistication in research on student engagement. Editorial scope and coverage are significantly expanded in the new edition, including numerous new chapters that address such topics as child and adolescent well-being, resilience, and social-emotional learning as well as extending student engagement into the realm of college attendance and persistence. In addition to its enhanced focus on student engagement as a means for promoting positive youth development, all original chapters have been extensively revised and updated, including those focusing on such foundational topics related to student engagement as motivation, measurement, high school dropout, school reform, and families.Key areas of coverage include:Demography and structural barriers to student engagement.Developmental and social contexts of student engagement.Student engagement and resilience.Engaging students through effective academic instruction and classroom management.Social-emotional learning and student mental health and physical well-being.Student engagement across the globe, languages, and cultures.The second edition of the Handbook of Research on Student Engagemen is the definitive resource for researchers, scientist-practitioners and clinicians as well as graduate students in such varied fields as clinical child and school psychology, social work, public health, educational psychology, teaching and teacher education, educational policy, and all interrelated disciplines.

The second edition of the handbook reflects the expanding growth and sophistication in research on student engagement. Editorial scope and coverage are significantly expanded in the new edition, including numerous new chapters that address such topics as child and adolescent well-being, resilience, and social-emotional learning as well as extending student engagement into the realm of college attendance and persistence. In addition to its enhanced focus on student engagement as a means for promoting positive youth development, all original chapters have been extensively revised and updated, including those focusing on such foundational topics related to student engagement as motivation, measurement, high school dropout, school reform, and families.

Key areas of coverage include:Demography and structural barriers to student engagement.Developmental and social contexts of student engagement.Student engagement and resilience.Engaging students through effective academic instruction and classroom management.Social-emotional learning and student mental health and physical well-being.Student engagement across the globe, languages, and cultures.

The second edition of the Handbook of Research on Student Engagement is the definitive resource for researchers, scientist-practitioners and clinicians as well as graduate students in such varied fields as clinical child and school psychology, social work, public health, educational psychology, teaching and teacher education, educational policy, and all interrelated disciplines.

<p>Addresses child well-being, resilience, and social-emotional learning as well as college attendance and persistence</p><p>Focuses on positive youth development, student motivation, academic measurements, high school dropout, and school reform</p><p>Examines student engagement through effective academic instruction and classroom management </p>

Amy L. Reschly, Ph.D., is a professor and department head of Educational Psychology at the University of Georgia. Her scholarly work focuses on student engagement, dropout prevention, and working with families to promote student success. She is co-editor of the first edition of the Handbook of Research on Student Engagement and the Handbook of Student Engagement Interventions.

Sandra L. Christenson, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus, Department of Educational Psychology at the University of Minnesota, continues to research interventions that enhance engagement at school and with learning for marginalized students with and without disabilities. She has been a principal investigator on several federally funded projects in the areas of dropout prevention and family-school partnerships, including Check & Connect, which is in its 29th year of research and implementation. Dr. Christenson publishes extensively; recently she co-edited the Handbook of Research on Student Engagement and the Handbook of Student Engagement Interventions.

9783031078521

/Educational Psychology/Behavioral Sciences and Psychology/Humanities and Social Sciences/School Psychology/

/Educational Psychology/Behavioral Sciences and Psychology/Humanities and Social Sciences/School Psychology//Behavioral Sciences and Psychology/Clinical Psychology/Humanities and Social Sciences/Clinical Social Work//Public Health/Life Sciences/Health Sciences//Teaching and Teacher Education/Education/Humanities and Social Sciences/Professional and Vocational Education///

Jeffrey C. Stark, University of Idaho, Idaho Falls, ID, USA; Mike Thornton, University of Idaho, Parma, ID, USA; Phillip Nolte, University of Idaho, Idaho Falls, ID, USA

Preface.- Introduction.- 1. The Origin of Potato Production Systems.- 2. Potato Growth and Development.- 3. Variety Selection and Management.- 4. Seed Production and Certification.- 5. Field Selection, Crop Rotations & Soil Management.- 6. Alternative/Organic Management Systems.- 7. Seed and Planting Management.- 8. Nutrient Management.- 9. Disease Management.- 10. Nematode Management.- 11. Insect Pests and Their Management.- 12. Weed Management.- 13. Irrigation Management.- 14. Physiological Disorders.- 15. Tuber Quality.- 16. Harvest Management.- 17. Storage Management.- 18. Principles of Economics and Marketing.- 19. Cost of Production.- 20. Processing and Nutrition.- Index.

This comprehensive guide to potato production systems management contains 20 chapters and more than 350 color photographs. Beginning with the history of potato culture, it spans all aspects of potato production, pest and planting management, storage, and marketing. Written by a team of over 35 scientists from North America, this book offers updated research-based information and serves as a unique, valuable tool for researchers, extension specialists, students, and farm managers. More than a description of principles, it contains practical analytical tools, charts, and methods to create guidelines for best production practices and cost estimates. Some key areas include: Potato Growth and Development, Potato Variety Selection and Management, Seed and Planting Management, Seed Production and Certification, Field Selection, Crop Rotation, and Soil Management, Integrated Pest Management for Potatoes, Potato Nutrient Management, Irrigation Management, Tuber Quality, Economics and Marketing, Production Costs, among others. Potato Production Systems should be a valuable reference for successful culture of the 'noble tuber.'

This comprehensive guide to potato production systems management contains 20 chapters and more than 350 color photographs. Beginning with the history of potato culture, it spans all aspects of potato production, pest and planting management, storage, and marketing. Written by a team of over 35 scientists from North America, this book offers updated research-based information and serves as a unique, valuable tool for researchers, extension specialists, students, and farm managers. More than a description of principles, it contains practical analytical tools, charts, and methods to create guidelines for best production practices and cost estimates. Some key areas include: Potato Growth and Development, Potato Variety Selection and Management, Seed and Planting Management, Seed Production and Certification, Field Selection, Crop Rotation, and Soil Management, Integrated Pest Management for Potatoes, Potato Nutrient Management, Irrigation Management, Tuber Quality, Economics and Marketing, Production Costs, among others. Potato Production Systems should be a valuable reference for successful culture of the 'noble tuber.'

<p>There is no other book like it, providing comprehensive coverage of all aspects of potato production, pest management, storage, marketing, and utilization in the U.S</p><p>The book has wide appeal since it addresses the needs of potato industry personnel, consultants, teachers, and students</p><p>It is by far the most up-to-date book on potato management systems in the U.S</p>

Dr. Jeffrey Stark<div><div>Professor and Director, University of Idaho Potato Variety Development Program</div><div>Department of Plant, Soil, and Entomological Sciences</div><div>University of Idaho, Moscow, Idaho 83844</div></div><div>
</div><div><div>Dr. Mike Thornton</div><div>Professor, Plant Physiologist</div><div>Department of Plant, Soil and Entomological Sciences</div><div>University of Idaho, Parma, ID 83660</div><div>
</div><div>Dr. Phillip Nolte</div><div>Extension Professor of Plant Pathology, Emeritus</div><div>University of Idaho, Moscow, Idaho 83844
</div></div><div>
</div><div> </div>

9783030391560

/Plant Development/Biological Sciences/Life Sciences/Plant Science/

/Plant Development/Biological Sciences/Life Sciences/Plant Science//Plant Evolution/Biological Sciences/Life Sciences/Plant Science//Plant Biotechnology/Biotechnology/Biological Sciences/Life Sciences/Plant Science//Plant Physiology/Biological Sciences/Life Sciences/Plant Science/Physiology//Plant Genetics/Biological Sciences/Life Sciences/Genetics and Genomics/Plant Science//Agriculture/Biological Sciences/Life Sciences/

978-1-0716-2387-9

Cesar E. Silva, Williams College, Williamstown, MA, USA; Alexandre I. Danilenko, B.Verkin Institute for Low Temperature Physics and Engineering of the NAS of Ukraine, Kharkiv, Ukraine

Encyclopedia of Complexity and Systems Science Series

<div>Introduction to Ergodic Theory.- Ergodic Theory: Basic Examples and Constructions.- Ergodicity and Mixing Properties.- Ergodic Theory: Recurrence.- Ergodic Theorems.- Spectral Theory of Dynamical Systems.- Joinings in Ergodic Theory.- Entropy in Ergodic Theory.- Isomorphism Theory in Ergodic Theory.- Dynamical Systems of Probabilistic Origin: Gaussian and Poisson Systems.- Ergodic Theory: Non-singular Transformations.- Sarnak’s Conjecture from the Ergodic Theory Point of View.- Smooth Ergodic Theory.- Ergodic and spectral theory of area-preserving flows on surfaces.- Pressure and Equilibrium States in Ergodic Theory.- Parallels Between Topological Dynamics and Ergodic Theory.- Symbolic Dynamics.- Operator ergodic theory.- Dynamical Systems and C-algebras.- The complexity and the structure and classification of Dynamical Systems.- Ergodic Theory: Interactions with Combinatorics and Number Theory.- Ergodic Theory on Homogeneous Spaces and Metric Number Theory.- Ergodic Theory:Rigidity.- Chaos and Ergodic Theory.- Ergodic Theory: Fractal Geometry</div><div>
</div>

This volume in the Encyclopedia of Complexity and Systems Science, Second Edition, covers recent developments in classical areas of ergodic theory, including the asymptotic properties of measurable dynamical systems, spectral theory, entropy, ergodic theorems, joinings, isomorphism theory, recurrence, nonsingular systems. It enlightens connections of ergodic theory with symbolic dynamics, topological dynamics, smooth dynamics, combinatorics, number theory, pressure and equilibrium states, fractal geometry, chaos. In addition, the new edition includes dynamical systems of probabilistic origin, ergodic aspects of Sarnak's conjecture, translation flows on translation surfaces, complexity and classification of measurable systems, operator approach to asymptotic properties, interplay with operator algebras

Addresses the latest developments in the fieldProvides comprehensive references to classic papers as well as the most recent literatureIncludes in-depth, essay-length chapters on key topics

<div>Cesar E. Silva is the Hagey Family Professor of Mathematics at Williams College, where he has taught since 1984, and was chair of the department in 2008-2009 and 2010-2012. He received his PhD from the University of Rochester under the supervision of Dorothy Maharam, and his BS from the Pontificia Universidad Catolica in Peru. He has held visiting positions at a number of universities including Maryland and Toronto. In 2015, Silva was elected a Fellow of the American Mathematical Society. Silva’s research interests are in ergodic theory and dynamical systems, in particular the dynamics of nonsingular and infinite measure-preserving transformations, rank-one transformations, and p-adic dynamics. Silva is the author of Invitation to Ergodic Theory and Invitation to Real Analysis, both published by the American Mathematical Society, and is co-editor of two volumes of conference proceedings, published in the AMS Contemporary Mathematics series. He was associate editor of AMS Notices and is the author or co-author of over 50 research articles in the general area of ergodic theory.</div><div>
</div>Dr. Alexandre I. Danilenko is currently a leading research fellow at B. Verkin Institute for Low Temperature Physics & Engineering of the National Academy of Sciences of Ukraine. He is an expert in ergodic theory and dynamical systems. Dr. Danilenko conducts research in spectral theory, orbit theory, entropy theory, theory of joinings, nonsingular dynamics, topological dynamics, etc. During his career, he has authored or co-authored more than 60 research papers published in internationally recognized mathematical journals. Alexandre I. Danilenko received his C.Sc. degree in mathematics at Kharkiv State University in 1991 under the supervision of V. Ya. Golodets. More than 10 years he was employed as Assistant Professor and Associate Professor atV. Karazin Kharkiv National University (Ukraine). He habilitated at N. Copernicus University in Torun (Poland) in 2003. Since 2002 he has been working at B. Verkin Institute for Low Temperature Physics & Engineering of the National Academy of Sciences of Ukraine.

9781071623879

/Dynamical Systems/Analysis/Mathematics and Computing/Mathematics/

/Dynamical Systems/Analysis/Mathematics and Computing/Mathematics//Theoretical, Mathematical and Computational Physics/Physics and Astronomy/Physical Sciences//Civil Engineering/Technology and Engineering////

978-3-662-64377-8

Jörg Dörr, Chair of “Digital Farming” and Fraunhofer Institute for Experimental Software Engineering (IESE), Extended Institute Management, Kaiserslautern, Germany; Matthias Nachtmann, Sustainable Business Model Developer, Limburgerhof, Germany and Chairman Förderverein Digital Farming e.V. (Friends of Digital Farming), Kaiserslautern, Germany

1. Introduction.- 2. Framework for the Digital Transformation of the Agricultural Ecosystem.- 3. Technology Perspective.- 4. Agronomy Perspective.- 5. Farming System Perspective,- 6. Sustainability Perspective.- 7. Summary.

The Handbook Digital Farming sheds light on the technological, economic, social, and legal perspectives of the digital transformation. The authors of the individual chapters explain the state of the art and the development of business models, enabling readers to draw conclusions for their own organizations. They also provide an outlook on trends, and further developments. The handbook provides technological facts from renowned experts and concrete business examples from experienced companies and start-ups. It is aimed at farmers, farm and business managers, decision-makers and developers of digital tools and strategies in the agri-food sector, as well as scientists and students. The handbook provides insights to the discussion of what contribution digital farming can make to the implementation of Green Deal, Farm to Fork and the new Common Agricultural Policy.<div>
</div><div><div>The Editors</div><div>Prof. Dr.-Ing. Jörg Dörr holds the chair of 'Digital Farming' at TU Kaiserslautern. Furthermore, he is member of the extended institute management of Fraunhofer IESE in Kaiserslautern. In this position, he is responsible for the research programs of the institute and leads the Smart Farming research program.</div><div>
</div><div>Dr. Matthias Nachtmann as chairperson of the Friends of Digital Farming e.V. supports promotion of talents, research, development and testing of new technologies. He is business model expert with BASF SE, Agricultural Solutions and responsible to identify, support and scale sustainable business models in Europe.</div></div>

The Handbook Digital Farming sheds light on the technological, economic, social, and legal perspectives of the digital transformation. The authors of the individual chapters explain the state of the art and the development of business models, enabling readers to draw conclusions for their own organizations. They also provide an outlook on trends, and further developments. The handbook provides technological facts from renowned experts and concrete business examples from experienced companies and start-ups. It is aimed at farmers, farm and business managers, decision-makers and developers of digital tools and strategies in the agri-food sector, as well as scientists and students. The handbook provides insights to the discussion of what contribution digital farming can make to the implementation of Green Deal, Farm to Fork and the new Common Agricultural Policy.

<p>First ever handbook on Digital Farming</p><p>Technological, economic, social and legal perspectives</p><p>Written for practitioners and researchers/developers alike</p>

Prof. Dr.-Ing. Jörg Dörr holds the chair of 'Digital Farming' at TU Kaiserslautern. Furthermore, he is member of the extended institute management of Fraunhofer IESE in Kaiserslautern. In this position, he is responsible for the research programs of the institute and leads the Smart Farming research program.

Dr. Matthias Nachtmann as chairperson of the Friends of Digital Farming e.V. supports promotion of talents, research, development and testing of new technologies. He is business model expert with BASF SE, Agricultural Solutions and responsible to identify, support and scale sustainable business models in Europe.

9783662643778

/Vehicle Engineering/Mechanical Engineering/Technology and Engineering/

/Vehicle Engineering/Mechanical Engineering/Technology and Engineering//Agriculture/Biological Sciences/Life Sciences//Automation/Control, Robotics, Automation/Electrical and Electronic Engineering/Technology and Engineering//Sustainability/Earth and Environmental Sciences/Environmental Sciences/Physical Sciences///

10.1007/978-3-662-64378-5

978-3-030-46666-4

Omar Yusef Kudsi, Good Samaritan Medical Center, Tufts University School of Medicine, Boston, MA, USA

Robotic Transabdominal Preperitoneal Repair for Subxiphoid Hernia (TAPP).- Robotic Epigastric Hernia Repair: Totally Extraperitoneal (TEP).- Robotic Umbilical Hernia Repair: Totally Extraperitoneal (TEP).- Robotic Hybrid Ventral Hernia Repair: Totally Extraperitoneal (TEP).- Robotic Supra-pubic Hernia Repair Transabdominal Preperitoneal (TAPP).- Robotic Posterior Component Separation.- Robotic Extended Totally Extraperitoneal (reTEP) Midline Ventral Hernia Repair.- Robotic Subcostal Hernia Repair: Totally Extraperitoneal (TEP).- Hybrid Robotic Lateral Incisional Hernia Repair: Totally Extraperitoneal (TEP).- Robotic Totally Extraperitoneal (TEP) Flank Hernia Repair.- Robotic Parastomal Hernia Repair.- Robotic Lumbar Hernia Repair: Totally Extraperitoneal (TEP).- Robotic Iliac Hernia Repair: Totally Extraperitoneal (TEP).- Robotic Inguinoscrotal Hernia Repair: Transabdominal Preperitoneal (TAPP).- Robotic Direct Inguinal Hernia Repair: Transabdominal Preperitoneal (TAPP).- Robotic Anterior Component Separation.

This atlas demonstrates how to perform each available extraperitoneal hernia repair via a set of high-quality annotated images showing step-by-step guidance on how to perform the surgery. Robotic extraperitoneal hernia procedures are considered great teaching procedures especially with a dual teaching console. The book bridges the gap between traditional hernia and laparoscopic hernia texts by combining both approaches to create a book with a unique visual approach. Preoperative, intraoperative, and postoperative figures are integrated to highlight the importance of these step-by-step procedures, enhance skill and efficiency, and avoid surgical pitfalls. Detailed descriptive figures accompany step-by-step instructions and include specific anatomical annotations that describe the anatomy and layers of the abdominal wall during hernia procedures.Robotic Hernia Surgery provides a comprehensive, insightful and state-of-art review of this field, and serves as a valuable resource for surgeons, surgeons in training, and students with an interest in hernia and robotic hernia surgery.

This atlas demonstrates how to perform each available extraperitoneal hernia repair via a set of high-quality annotated images showing step-by-step guidance on how to perform the surgery. Robotic extraperitoneal hernia procedures are considered great teaching procedures especially with a dual teaching console. The book bridges the gap between traditional hernia and laparoscopic hernia texts by combining both approaches to create a book with a unique visual approach. Preoperative, intraoperative, and postoperative figures are integrated to highlight the importance of these step-by-step procedures, enhance skill and efficiency, and avoid surgical pitfalls. Detailed descriptive figures accompany step-by-step instructions and include specific anatomical annotations that describe the anatomy and layers of the abdominal wall during hernia procedures.

Robotic Hernia Surgery provides a comprehensive, insightful and state-of-art review of this field, and serves as a valuable resource for surgeons, surgeons in training, and students with an interest in hernia and robotic hernia surgery.

<p>Written by an expert in the field of hernia surgery</p><p>First hernia atlas to focus solely on extraperitoneal hernia surgery</p><p>Provides 500 detailed, professional still operative images with annotation and legends describing step-by-step procedures</p><p>Figures include anatomical details to facilitate understanding for surgeons in training and students</p>

<div>Omar Yusef Kudsi</div><div>Chairman, Department of Surgery</div><div>Director, Robotic Surgery Fellowship</div><div>Good Samaritan Medical Center</div><div>Tufts University School of Medicine</div><div>Boston, MA</div><div>USA</div><div>
</div><div>
</div><div></div>

9783030466664

/General Surgery/Surgery/Life Sciences/Health Sciences//Minimally Invasive Surgery/Surgery/Life Sciences/Health Sciences/////

10.1007/978-3-030-46667-1

978-3-030-41715-4

Klaus Evertz, HfWU Nuertingen-Geislingen University, Köln, Germany; Ludwig Janus, St. Elizabeth University Bratislava, Dossenheim, Germany; Rupert Linder, Gynecology, Obstetrics and Psychotherapy, Birkenfeld, Germany

Part I. Prenatal Psychology – Origins and Methodology.- Chapter 1. The History of Prenatal Psychology.- Chapter 2. Methodological Levels.- Part II. Empirical Research, Brain and Stress Studies.- Chapter 3. Prenatal Structural Brain Development: Genetic and Environmental Determinants.- Chapter 4. Continuity and Dialog.- Chapter 5. The Pre- and Perinatal Origins of Childhood and Adult Diseases and Personality Disorders.- Chapter 6. Transgenerational Consequences of Perinatal Experiences: Programming of Health and Disease from Mother to Child and Subsequent Generations.- Chapter 7. Prenatal Developmental Origins of Early Brain and Behavior Development, of Self-Regulation in Adolescence, and of Cognition and Central and Autonomic Nervous System Function in Adulthood.- Chapter 8. Prenatal Psychoneuroimmunology.- Chapter 9. Epigenetics.- Chapter 10. Contemporary Environmental Stressors and Adverse Pregnancy Outcomes – OPERA.- Chapter 11. Traces of the Invisible World of Becoming - Epigenetics as a Molecular Correlate of Prenatal Psychology.- Part III. Psychosomatics of Pregnancy and Birth.- Chapter 12. Attachment Guided Birth Culture as a Means to Avoid Pre- and Perinatal Health Disorders.- Chapter 13. Mother-Embryo-Dialog (M-E-D).- Chapter 14. Prenatal Roots of Attachment.- Chapter 15. The Psychotherapeutic Treatment of IVF/ICSI Babies: A Clinical Report.- Chapter 16. Improving Pregnancy Outcomes: Effects of an Integrated Linkage of Obstetrics and Psychotherapy.- Chapter 17. On the Psychodynamics of Preeclampsia and HELLP Syndrome.- Chapter 18. A Visual Exploration of Psychodynamics in Problematic Pregnancies: Case Studies in Analytic-Aesthetic Art Therapy.- Chapter 19. Eric: Case study of an experienced one twin loss.- Chapter 20. Love, Pregnancy, Conflict and Solution: On the Way to an Understanding of Conflicted Pregnancy.- Chapter 21. Conflict of Pregnancy: Experiences from a Gynaecological and Psychotherapeutic Practice.- Chapter 22. On the History of the Pregnancy Conflict.- Part IV. Neonatology.- Chapter 23. Prenatal Bonding, the Perinatal Continuum and the Psychology of Newborn Intensive Care.- Chapter 24. Relating to the Preterm Child.- Part V. Psychotherapy.- Chapter 25. Introduction- The Prenatal Dimension in Psychotherapy.- Chapter 26. Therapy Stories for Prenatal and Perinatal Experiences: How Young Children Express Prenatal and Perinatal Experiences in Psychotherapy.- Chapter 27. Analytical Psychotherapy and the Access to Early Trauma.- Chapter 28. Pre- and Perinatal Baby Therapy: Baby Body Language.- Chapter 29. The Quality of an Original Experience of Being: The Fundamentals of Body-Psychotherapy in the Context of Prenatal Psychology.- Chapter 30. Prenatal Regression in Psychotherapy.- Chapter 31. The Arc of Life: Continuity between Conception and Death. Art therapy and Prenatal Psychology.- Chapter 32. Psychological Aspects of the First Trimester.- Chapter 33. Pre- and Periconceptional and Prenatal Psychology: Early Memories and Preverbal Approaches.- Chapter 34. Stress, Trauma, and Shock: The Failures and Successes of Cathartic Regression Therapy.- Chapter 35. Psychotherapy with infants and children.- Chapter 36. Birth Trauma: The Psychological Effects of Obstetrical Interventions.- Chapter 37. Psychoanalytic Parent-Infant-Psychotherapy: Transition to Parenthood.- Part VI. Prevention.- Chapter 38. On the Fundamentals and Necessities of Promoting Parental Competence.- Chapter 39. Introduction to Prenatal Bonding (BA)*.- Chapter 40. The Impact of Parental Conflict on the Intrauterine Realm.- Chapter 41. Post-Partum Mood Disorders: Prevention by Pre

The handbook synthesizes the comprehensive interdisciplinary research on the psychological and behavioral dimensions of life before, during, and immediately after birth. It examines how experiences during the prenatal period are associated with basic physiological and psychological imprints that last a lifetime and explores the ways in which brain networks reflect these experiences. Chapters offer findings on prenatal development, fetal programming, fetal stress, and epigenetics. In addition, chapters discuss psychotherapy for infants – before, during, and after birth – as well as prevention to promote positive health and well-being outcomes.Topics featured in this handbook include:Contemporary environmental stressors and adverse pregnancy outcomesThe psychology of newborn intensive care.Art therapy and its use in treating prenatal trauma.The failures and successes of Cathartic Regression Therapy.Prenatal bonding and its positive effects on postnatal health and well-being.The role of family midwives and early prevention.The cultural meaning of prenatal psychology.The Handbook of Prenatal and Perinatal Psychology is an essential resource for researchers, clinicians and related professionals, as well as graduate students in a wide range of interrelated disciplines, including developmental psychology, pediatric and obstetrical medicine, neuroscience, infancy and early child development, obstetrics and gynecology, nursing, social work, and early childhood education.

The handbook synthesizes the comprehensive interdisciplinary research on the psychological and behavioral dimensions of life before, during, and immediately after birth. It examines how experiences during the prenatal period are associated with basic physiological and psychological imprints that last a lifetime and explores the ways in which brain networks reflect these experiences. Chapters offer findings on prenatal development, fetal programming, fetal stress, and epigenetics. In addition, chapters discuss psychotherapy for infants – before, during, and after birth – as well as prevention to promote positive health and well-being outcomes.

Topics featured in this handbook include:Contemporary environmental stressors and adverse pregnancy outcomesThe psychology of newborn intensive care.Art therapy and its use in treating prenatal trauma.The failures and successes of Cathartic Regression Therapy.Prenatal bonding and its positive effects on postnatal health and well-being.The role of family midwives and early prevention.The cultural meaning of prenatal psychology.

The Handbook of Prenatal and Perinatal Psychology is an essential resource for researchers, clinicians and related professionals, as well as graduate students in a wide range of interrelated disciplines, including developmental psychology, pediatric and obstetrical medicine, neuroscience, infancy and early child development, obstetrics and gynecology, nursing, social work, and early childhood education.

<p>Examines psychological and behavioral dimensions of life before, during, and immediately after birth</p><p>Describes how experiences during the prenatal period affect basic physiological and psychological imprints across the lifespan</p><p>Discusses epigenetics and developmental psychology</p><p>Explores stress and brain development as well as neonatology and prenatal bonding</p><p>Examines the effects of encouraging positive maternal attitudes</p>

Klaus Evertz works as psycho-, art- and body therapist in own office and Center for Palliative Medicine, University Hospital Cologne. Painter and cultural psychologist. Research in Images as Forms of Consciousness. Lectureships at the Universities Cologne and Dresden and at the University for Art Therapy Nuertingen.

Ludwig Janus, M.D., is a lecturer and psychoanalysis instructor at the Psychoanalytic Training Institute in Heidelberg, Germany. He is past-president of the International Society for Prenatal and Perinatal Psychology and Medicine (ISPPM) and current Co-editor of the International Journal of Prenatal and Perinatal Psychology. He has published numerous articles and books on prenatal and perinatal psychology and on psychohistory, including The Enduring Effects of Prenatal Life.

Rupert Linder, M.D., is a gynecologist, obstetrician and psychotherapist profoundly integrating these three specialties in private praxis. Dr. Linder directs research in prevention of premature birth and improvement of mother child outcomes. He is past-president of the International Society for Prenatal and Perinatal Psychology and Medicine (ISPPM). He in intensily working on the integration of the medical and social realms of his area and supports programs for improving early mother child interaction.

9783030417154

/Developmental Psychology/Behavioral Sciences and Psychology/Humanities and Social Sciences/

/Developmental Psychology/Behavioral Sciences and Psychology/Humanities and Social Sciences//Pediatrics/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Social Work/Humanities and Social Sciences/Society////

Historical Perspective on Joint Denervation.- Proprioception and Charcot Joint.- Central Wrist Denervation.- Radial Wrist Denervation.- Ulnar Wrist Denervation.- Lateral Elbow (Tennis Elbow) Denervation.- Medial Elbow (Pitcher’s and Golfer’s Elbow) Denervation.- Shoulder Denervation.- Hand Denervation.- Knee Denervation.- Lateral Ankle (Sinus Tarsi) Denervation.- Medial Ankle Denervation.- Foot Denervation.- Hip Denervation.- TMJ (Temporomandibular Joint) Denervation.

<div>This book serves as an anatomic atlas of the nerves that innervate the joints of the human body in a format that also provides technical insight into pathways that both interventional pain management and surgical subspecialists can use to denervate those painful joints when traditional approaches to manage the pain are no longer successful. This book avails the knowledge of how denervation can relieve joint pain available to the many groups of physicians who care for this problem. Each chapter is devoted to a joint and reviews the neural anatomy as it relates to the clinical examination of the patient. Chapters are user friendly and provide details on the indicated nerve blocks and the clinical results of partial joint denervation. Clinical case studies also serve as a helpful guide in each chapter. Extensive intra-operative clinical photographs and photographs from new prosections provide examples to guide those physicians providing care to the patients with joint pain. </div><div>
</div><div>Joint Denervation: Anatomic Atlas of Surgical Technique should be of interest to surgical subspecialists from Neurosurgery, Plastic Surgery, Hand Surgery, Orthopedic Surgery, Podiatric Foot & Ankle Surgery, and Oral & Maxillofacial Surgeons. It may also interest those physicians trained in Anesthesia, Radiology, and Physical & Rehabilitation Medicine for their evaluation and treatment protocols using hydrodissection, cryoablation and pulsed radiofrequency approaches to pain.</div><div>
</div>

<div><div>This book serves as an anatomic atlas of the nerves that innervate the joints of the human body in a format that also provides technical insight into pathways that both interventional pain management and surgical subspecialists can use to denervate those painful joints when traditional approaches to manage the pain are no longer successful. This book avails the knowledge of how denervation can relieve joint pain available to the many groups of physicians who care for this problem. Each chapter is devoted to a joint and reviews the neural anatomy as it relates to the clinical examination of the patient. Chapters are user friendly and provide details on the indicated nerve blocks and the clinical results of partial joint denervation. Clinical case studies also serve as a helpful guide in each chapter. Extensive intra-operative clinical photographs and photographs from new prosections provide examples to guide those physicians providing care to the patients with joint pain. </div><div>
</div><div>Joint Denervation: Anatomic Atlas of Surgical Technique should be of interest to surgical subspecialists from Neurosurgery, Plastic Surgery, Hand Surgery, Orthopedic Surgery, Podiatric Foot & Ankle Surgery, and Oral & Maxillofacial Surgeons. It may also interest those physicians trained in Anesthesia, Radiology, and Physical & Rehabilitation Medicine for their evaluation and treatment protocols using hydrodissection, cryoablation and pulsed radiofrequency approaches to pain.</div></div><div>
</div>

<p>Provides a single source of information needed for the diagnosis, and medical/surgical treatment, of joint pain of neural origin</p><p>Each chapter includes a clinical case study as a guide</p><p>Written by A. Lee Dellon with a chapter on History of Joint Denervation contributed by Andreas Gohritz</p>

<div>A. Lee Dellon Professor of Plastic Surgery and Neurosurgery Johns Hopkins University Baltimore, MD USA</div>

9783030055370

/Neurosurgery/Surgery/Life Sciences/Health Sciences//Plastic Surgery/Surgery/Life Sciences/Health Sciences//Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery/Surgery/Life Sciences/Health Sciences//Pain Medicine/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences///

978-3-030-49178-9

Part I. Morphological and Functional Anatomy of the Peripheral Nerve.- Chapter 1. The Normal Nerve. Chapter 2. The Injured Nerve.- Chapter 3. The Plexus.- Part II Nerves of the Upper Limb.- Chapter 4. The Brachial Plexus.- Chapter 5. The Axillary Nerve.- Chapter 6. The Musculocutaneous Nerve.- Chapter 7. The Radial Nerve.- Chapter 8. The Median Nerve.- Chapter 9. The Ulnar Nerve.- Chapter 10. The Suprascapular Nerve.- Chapter 11. The Long Thoracic Nerve.- Part III Nerves of the lower limb.- Chapter 12. The Lumbosacral Plexus.- Chapter 13. The Obturator Nerve.- Chapter 14. The Femoral Nerve.- Chapter 15. The Sciatic Nerve.- Chapter 16. The Tibial Nerve.- Chapter 17. The Fibular Nerve.- Chapter 18. The Lateral Cutaneous Nerve.- Chapter 19. The Ilio Hypogastric and Ilio Inguinal Nerve.- Index.

<div><div>This book focuses on the anatomy of the peripheral nervous system. Using the latest 3D-computer graphic modeling techniques, the author developed the innovative NEURO 3D LOCATORTM concept, which provides 3D in-vivo ultrasound images of peripheral nerve architectures, allowing readers to develop a mental real-time 3D GPS of the peripheral nervous system. </div><div> </div><div>This new edition is an extended version of the “Student edition” dedicated to Experts and is divided into three main parts: The first part describes fundamental concepts, from immunohistochemistry to limb innervation, and includes a detailed evaluation of the morphofunctional anatomy of the peripheral nerves. It also presents relevant data on neuromuscular transmission, from both classic and recent literature, to enable readers to gain an understanding the physiology and pathology of peripheral nerves as well as the prospects of repair. The second section addresses the upper limb, the brachial plexus and related peripheral nerves, while the third section focuses on the lower limb, the lumbosacral plexus and related peripheral nerves.</div><div> </div><div>By providing MRI sections related to the drawings and the descriptions of main nerve injuries, it facilitates radiological interpretation and clinical learning. The book also features detailed descriptions of surgical approaches and the ultrasound anatomy of the limbs, and includes supplementary material on applications to peripheral nerve stimulation, surgical procedures and interventional pain medicine techniques.</div><div> </div><div>Presenting high-quality 3D videos showing the progression of the ultrasound probe in real-time, synchronized with live ultrasound views and enhanced with anatomical computerized graphic layers, as well as over 500 outstanding full-color 2D and 3D illustrations, and access to than 100 practical videos, this unique book is a valuable resource for anesthesiologists, radiologists, orthopedic surgeons, neurosurgeons, neuromodulators, physiatrists, pain physicians and rheumatologists. It will also appeal to the medical community in general.</div></div><div>
</div>

<div><div>This book focuses on the anatomy of the peripheral nervous system. Using the latest 3D-computer graphic modeling techniques, the author developed the innovative NEURO 3D LOCATORTM concept, which provides 3D in-vivo ultrasound images of peripheral nerve architectures, allowing readers to develop a mental real-time 3D GPS of the peripheral nervous system. </div><div> </div><div>This new edition is an extended version of the “Student edition” dedicated to Experts and is divided into three main parts: The first part describes fundamental concepts, from immunohistochemistry to limb innervation, and includes a detailed evaluation of the morphofunctional anatomy of the peripheral nerves. It also presents relevant data on neuromuscular transmission, from both classic and recent literature, to enable readers to gain an understanding the physiology and pathology of peripheral nerves as well as the prospects of repair. The second section addresses the upper limb, the brachial plexus and related peripheral nerves, while the third section focuses on the lower limb, the lumbosacral plexus and related peripheral nerves.</div><div> </div><div>By providing MRI sections related to the drawings and the descriptions of main nerve injuries, it facilitates radiological interpretation and clinical learning. The book also features detailed descriptions of surgical approaches and the ultrasound anatomy of the limbs, and includes supplementary material on applications to peripheral nerve stimulation, surgical procedures and interventional pain medicine techniques.</div><div> </div><div>Presenting high-quality 3D videos showing the progression of the ultrasound probe in real-time, synchronized with live ultrasound views and enhanced with anatomical computerized graphic layers, as well as over 500 outstanding full-color 2D and 3D illustrations, and access to than 100 practical videos, this unique book is a valuable resource for anesthesiologists, radiologists, orthopedic surgeons, neurosurgeons, neuromodulators, physiatrists, pain physicians and rheumatologists. It will also appeal to the medical community in general.</div></div><div>
</div>

<p>Features 500 outstanding color pictures and over 100 top-quality 3D videos, available as ESM</p><p>Offers a unique 3D topographical guide to the anatomy of the peripheral nerves</p><p>Provides a unique resource for anesthesiologists, radiologists, orthopedic surgeons, neurosurgeons, neuromodulators, physiatrists, pain physicians and rheumatologists</p>

<div>Prof. Philippe Rigoard is a spine and functional neurosurgeon and the head of the Spine & Neuromodulation Department at the Poitiers University Hospital, in France. He is also an Honorary Consultant at St Thomas & Guy’s Hospital, Pain clinic, in London, UK, an Anatomy conference reader at the Human Morphology Institute, Faculty of Medicine of the University of Poitiers and a Researcher at the CNRS, UPR 3346 Lab, Faculty of Sciences, Futuroscope. He is research program director of the PRISMATICS (Predictive Research In Spine & Neuromodulation Management And Thoracic Innovations In Cardiac Surgery) Lab in Poitiers.</div><div>
</div><div>In parallel of studying anatomy and morphology at National Art Institute, Beaux-Arts, Paris, from 1994-1996, he decided to enter into medicine. He received his medical degree as 1st Laureate of faculty of Medicine, Poitiers in 2006 and completed postgraduate medical training in spine surgery 2008 and a fellowship in functional neurosurgery in 2009.</div><div>
</div><div>From 2002-2007 he also completed his PhD of Sciences, in Poitiers as well as several degrees including in Neuromuscular Diseases, acute pain, chronic pain and pain management in emergency conditions, microsurgical techniques and surgical robotics.</div><div>
</div><div>His main research interest is neuromodulation and spine biomechanics. He has intensive scientific collaborations with several researchers worldwide, e.g., Prof. Moens (Be), Dr. Al-Kaisy (UK), Prof. North and Prof. Slavin (USA). He is reviewer for many scientific journals and a member of several learnt societies, including the International Association for the Study of Pain, International Neuromodulation society, European Association of Neurosurgeons, French and North American Society of Spine Surgery, and has been recently elected to become member of the National Academy of Surgery. </div><div>
</div><div>He is the actual president of the French Neuromodulation Association (SFNM) and the French chapter of the International Neuromodulation Society.</div>
<div>He has also published dozens of journal articles, abstracts, and book chapters, and has lectured at numerous conferences and symposia worldwide.</div><div>
</div><div>
</div><div>
</div>

9783030491789

/Anatomy/Biological Sciences/Life Sciences//Anesthesiology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Radiology/Life Sciences/Health Sciences//Neurosurgery/Surgery/Life Sciences/Health Sciences//Surgical Orthopedics/Surgery/Life Sciences/Health Sciences//Pain Medicine/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences/

10.1007/978-3-030-49179-6

Sam Goldstein, Neurology, Learning and Behavior Center, Salt Lake City, UT, USA; Melissa DeVries, Intermountain Healthcare, Salt Lake City, UT, USA

Chapter 1. Introduction: DSM-5 Within the Internalizing/Externalizing Framework.- Section I. Internalizing Disorders.- NEURODEVELOPMENTAL DISORDERS.- Chapter 2. Intellectual Disabilities & Global Developmental Delay.- Chapter 3. Language Disorder.- Chapter 4. Specific Learning Disabilities.- SCHIZOPHRENIA SPECTRUM.- Chapter 5. Childhood Onset Schizophrenia Spectrum and Other Psychotic Disorders.- MOOD DISORDERS.- Chapter 6. Bipolar Disorder.- Chapter 7. Depressive Disorders.- ANXIETY DISORDERS.- Chapter 8. Separation Anxiety Disorder & Panic Disorders in Children.- Chapter 9. Generalized Anxiety Disorder.- OBSESSIVE COMPULSIVE AND RELATED DISORDERS.- Chapter 10. Obsessive Compulsive Disorder.- Chapter 11. Body Dysmorphic Disorder.- Chapter 12. Trichotillomania and Excoriation Disorders.- TRAUMA AND STRESS RELATED DISORDERS.- Chapter 13. Attachment Disorders.- Chapter 14. Disinhibited social Engagement Disorder.- Chapter 15. Post Traumatic and Acute Stress Disorders.- FEEDING AND EATING DISORDERS.- Chapter 16. Pica.- Chapter 17. Anorexia Nervosa and Bulimia Nervosa in Childhood and Adolescence.- Chapter 18. Binge Eating Disorder.- Section II. EXTERNALIZING DISORDERS.- NEURODEVELOPMENTAL DISORDERS.- Chapter 19. Autism Spectrum Disorder & Social Pragmatic Language Disorders.- Chapter 20. Attention Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder.- Chapter 21. Tourette's and Tic Disorders.- Chapter 22. Developmental Coordination Disorder.- ELIMINATION DISORDERS.- Chapter 23. Enuresis.- Chapter 24. Encopresis.- DISRUPTIVE, IMPULSE CONTROL AND CONDUCT DISORDERS.- Chapter 25. Oppositional Defiant Disorder.- Chapter 26. Conduct Disorder.- Chapter 27. Pyromania.- Chapter 28. Alcohol Related Disorders & Other Substance Use Disorders.- RELATIONSHIP PROBLEMS.- Chapter 29. Parent-Child and Sibling Relational Problems.- Chapter 30. Family Disruption.- Section III. Treatment Approaches.- Chapter 31. Cognitive Behavioral Therapy.- Chapter 32. Behavioral Interventions.- Chapter 33. Cognitive Behavioral Interventions to Improve Social Skills. 

<div>This handbook synthesizes and integrates the science of internalizing and externalizing childhood disorders with the diagnostic structure of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual – 5th Edition (DSM-5) of the American Psychiatric Association. It offers a comprehensive overview of DSM-5 disorders in childhood, covering etiology, symptom presentation, assessment methods, diagnostic criteria, and psychotherapeutic and pharmacological approaches to treatment, prognosis, and outcomes. Clinical vignettes and empirical insights illustrate key concepts and diagnostic and treatment issues such as developmental, cultural, gender, and other considerations that may influence diagnosis and case formulation. In addition, chapters on psychosocial therapies offer robust guidelines for working with children and adolescents with DSM-5 disorders. The Handbook also addresses the shift from categorical to dimensional, diagnostic, and treatment systems, particularly focusing on the current shift in funded research in childhood disorders.</div><div> </div><div>Topics featured in this Handbook include:</div><div>Intellectual disabilities and global developmental delay.<br/>Depressive disorders in youth.<br/>Posttraumatic and acute stress disorders in childhood and adolescence.<br/>Autism spectrum and social pragmatic language disorders.<br/>Alcohol-related disorders and other substance abuse disorders.<br/>Parent-child and sibling relationships. <br/>Cognitive-behavioral interventions and their role in improving social skills.</div><div>The Handbook of DSM-5 Disorders in Children and Adolescents is a must-have resource for researchers, professors, and graduate students as well as clinicians, professionals, and scientist-practitioners in clinical child and school psychology, pediatrics, social work, and educational psychology.</div><div><br/></div>

<div>This handbook synthesizes and integrates the science of internalizing and externalizing childhood disorders with the diagnostic structure of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual – 5th Edition (DSM-5) of the American Psychiatric Association. It offers a comprehensive overview of DSM-5 disorders in childhood, covering etiology, symptom presentation, assessment methods, diagnostic criteria, and psychotherapeutic and pharmacological approaches to treatment, prognosis, and outcomes. Clinical vignettes and empirical insights illustrate key concepts and diagnostic and treatment issues such as developmental, cultural, gender, and other considerations that may influence diagnosis and case formulation. In addition, chapters on psychosocial therapies offer robust guidelines for working with children and adolescents with DSM-5 disorders. The Handbook also addresses the shift from categorical to dimensional, diagnostic, and treatment systems, particularly focusing on the current shift in funded research in childhood disorders.</div><div> </div><div>Topics featured in this Handbook include:</div><div>Intellectual disabilities and global developmental delay.<br/>Depressive disorders in youth.<br/>Posttraumatic and acute stress disorders in childhood and adolescence.<br/>Autism spectrum and social pragmatic language disorders.<br/>Alcohol-related disorders and other substance abuse disorders.<br/>Parent-child and sibling relationships. <br/>Cognitive-behavioral interventions and their role in improving social skills.</div><div>The Handbook of DSM-5 Disorders in Children and Adolescents is a must-have resource for researchers, professors, and graduate students as well as clinicians, professionals, and scientist-practitioners in clinical child and school psychology, pediatrics, social work, and educational psychology.</div><div><br/></div>

<p>Synthesizes and integrates the science of internalizing and externalizing childhood disorders with the DSM-5Provides an overview of internalizing and externalizing childhood behaviors</p><p>Offers clinical vignettes to illustrate key concepts and diagnostic and treatment issues</p><p>Addresses the shift from categorical to dimensional, diagnostic, and treatment systems</p><p>Explores the shift in research funding for child disorders?</p>

Sam Goldstein, Ph.D., is a doctoral level psychologist with areas of study in school psychology, child development, and neuropsychology. He is licensed as a psychologist and certified as a developmental disabilities evaluator in the State of Utah. Dr. Goldstein is a Fellow in the National Academy of Neuropsychology and American Academy of Cerebral Palsy and Developmental Medicine. Dr. Goldstein is an Assistant Clinical Instructor in the Department of Psychiatry. Since 1980, Dr. Goldstein has worked in a private practice setting as  the Director of a multidisciplinary team, providing evaluation, case management, and treatment services for children and adults with histories of neurological disease and trauma, learning disability, adjustment difficulties, and attention deficit disorder. Dr. Goldstein is on staff at the University Neuropsychiatric Institute. He has served as a member of the Children’s Hospital Craniofacial Team. He has also been a member of the Developmental Disabilities Clinic in the Department of Psychiatry at the University of Utah Medical School.  Dr. Goldstein has authored, co-authored or edited 38 clinical and trade publications, including 17 text books dealing with managing children's behavior in the classroom, genetics, attention disorder and adult learning disabilities. With Barbara Ingersoll, Ph.D., he has co-authored texts dealing with controversial treatments for children’s learning and attention problems and childhood depression. With Anne Teeter Ellison, he has authored Clinician’s Guide to Adult ADHD: Assessment and Intervention. With Nancy Mather, Ph.D., he has completed 3 texts for teachers and parents concerning behavioral and educational issues. With Michael Goldstein, M.D., he has completed two texts on attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. He has edited 3 texts with Cecil Reynolds, Ph.D., on neurodevelopmental and genetic disorders in children. With Robert Brooks, Ph.D., he has authored 11 texts including, Handbook of Resilience in Children,Understanding and Managing Children’s Classroom Behavior – 2nd Edition, Raising Resilient Children, Nurturing Resilience in Our Children, Seven Steps to Help Children Worry Less, Seven Steps to Anger Management, The Power of Resilience, Raising a Self-Disciplined Child and Raising Resilient Children with Autism Spectrum Disorders. With Jack Naglieri and Sally Ozonoff, Ph.D., he has authored a number of texts on autism, assessment of Intelligence and Executive Functioning.  He has co-authored a parent training program and is currently completing a number of additional texts on resilience, ADHD and genetics.  Dr. Goldstein is the Editor-in-Chief of the Journal of Attention Disorders and serves on 7 Editorial Boards.  He is also the Co-Editor of the Encyclopedia of Child Development and Behavior. With Jack Naglieri, Ph.D., Dr. Goldstein is the co-author of the Autism Spectrum Rating Scales, Comprehensive Executive Functioning Inventory, Rating Scales of Impairment and the Cognitive Assessment System – 2nd Edition.  Dr. Goldstein, a knowledgeable and entertaining speaker, has lectured extensively on a national and international basis to thousands of professionals and parents concerning attention disorders in children, resilience, depression, adjustment and developmental impairments, autism, and assessment of brain dysfunction.<br/> Melissa DeVries, Ph.D., is a doctoral level psychologist with areas of study in school psychology, neuropsychology, and child development. She is a licensed psychologist and is a member of the National Association of School Psychologists and the American Psychological Association. Dr. DeVries has worked at the Neurology, Learning and Behavior Center in Salt Lake City, Utah since 2009 providing evaluation, ca

9783319571942

/School Psychology/Educational Psychology/Behavioral Sciences and Psychology/Humanities and Social Sciences/

/School Psychology/Educational Psychology/Behavioral Sciences and Psychology/Humanities and Social Sciences//Pediatrics/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Social Work/Humanities and Social Sciences/Society//Educational Psychology/Behavioral Sciences and Psychology/Humanities and Social Sciences///

978-981-16-7679-6

Yinping Zhang, Tsinghua University, China; Philip K. Hopke, Clarkson University, Potsdam, NY, USA; Corinne Mandin, Scientific and Technical Center for Building (CSTB), Marne-La-Vallée

XLII, 2194 p. 420 illus., 329 illus. in color. In 3 volumes, not available separately.

1. History and Perspective of Indoor Air Quality Research.- 2. High Volatility Organic Compounds (VVOCs).- 3. Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs).- 4. Semi Volatile Organic Compounds (SVOCs).- 5. Cooking, Heating Appliances.- 6. Vaping and Secondhand Exposure.- 7. Particles, Including Particles of Ambient Origin.- 8. Aerosol Dynamics for Particles.- 9. Deposition of Particles.- 10. Resuspension of Particles.- 11. Interaction of Gas Phase Pollutants and Particles.- 12. Cooking Aerosol.- 13. Personal Care Products as Sources.- 14. Sampling and Analysis of VVOCs, VOCs in Indoor Air.- 15. Sampling and Analysis of SVOCs in Indoor Environment.

People live in indoor environment about 90% of lifetime and an adult inhales about 15 kg air each day, over 75% of the human body’s daily mass intake (air, food, water). Therefore, indoor air quality (IAQ) is very important to human health. This book provides the basic knowledge of IAQ and highlights the research achievements in the past two decades. It covers the following 12 sections: introduction, indoor air chemicals, indoor air particles, measurement and evaluation, source/sink characteristics, indoor chemistry, human exposure to indoor pollutants, health effects and health risk assessment, IAQ and cognitive performance, standards and guidelines, IAQ control, and air quality in various indoor environments. It provides a combination of an introduction to various aspects on IAQ studies, the current state-of-knowledge, various advances and the perspective of IAQ studies. It will be very helpful for the researchers and technicians in the IAQ and the related fields. It is also useful for experts in other fields and general readers who want to obtain a basic understanding of and research advances in the field of IAQ.A group of experts in IAQ research have been recruited to write the chapters. Their research interests and experience cover the scope of the book. In addition, some experienced experts in IAQ field have been invited as advisors or reviewers to give their comments, suggestions and revisions on the handbook framework and the chapter details. Their contribution guarantees the quality of the book. We are very grateful to them. Last but not least, we express our heartfelt thanks to Prof. Spengler, Harvard University, for writing the foreword of the current Handbook of Indoor Air Quality both as a pioneer scientist who contributed greatly to indoor air science and as an Editor-in-chief of Handbook of Indoor Air Quality 2001, 1st ed. New York: McGraw-Hill. In addition to hard copies, the book is also published online and will be updated by the authors as needed to keep it aligned with current knowledge. These salient features can make the handbook fresh with the research development.

<p>Comprehensively describes indoor air quality from basic knowledge to scientific research in the last two decades</p><p>Supported by the International Society of Indoor Air Quality and Climate (ISIAQ)</p><p>Contributors are highly recognized experts at international level</p>

<div>Yinping Zhang, Ph.D, is a professor in the Institute of Built Environment, Tsinghua University, Beijing, China. He is chairman of the Association of Indoor Environment and Health of China, director of the Beijing Key Laboratory of Indoor Air Quality (IAQ), head of the Building Environment Test Center, Tsinghua University, and president of the Academy of Fellows of the International Society of Indoor Air Quality and Climate (ISIAQ). Zhang received his Bachelor (1985), Master (1988) and Ph.D degrees (1991) from the University of Science and Technology of China (USTC). He has been a visiting scholar or professor in Stuttgart University, Germany (1994.5-95.5), Tokyo University, Japan (1996.10-12), and the Technical University of Denmark (DTU) (2004.10-12) and the Otto Mønsted visiting professor at DTU, Denmark (2007/2008, 3 months). His principal research interests are indoor air quality and building energy efficiency. He has been the PI for over 40 research projects whose budgets were over 10 million $US. He has published more than 10 books or book chapters, and more than 280 papers in international journals. His H index is 64 (Web of Science Core Collection). He is editor-in-chief or a key member of the editorial boards for over 20 Chinese IAQ related standards. He has given over 20 plenary and keynote speeches in International Conferences including four International Conferences of Indoor Air (Copenhagen, Denmark, 2008; Hong Kong, China, 2014; Ghent, Belgium, 2016; Seoul, Korea, 2020).
He serves as an associate editor of Energy and Buildings and Carbon Neutrality, and is a member on the editorial boards of Indoor Air, Environmental International, Sustainable Cities and Society. He received the 1st Prize from the Natural Science Ministry of Education of China (2010), the 1st Prize from the Science and Technology Development Ministry of Beijing (2020), and the Inoue Uichi award (Japan, 2022).<div>
</div><div><div><div>Dr. Philip K. Hopke is the Bayard D. Clarkson Distinguished Professor Emeritus at Clarkson University, and former Director of the Center for Air Resources Engineering and Science (CARES), and former Director of the Institute for a Sustainable Environment (ISE). He is the head of the Aerosol Technologies Lab at Novosibirsk State Technical University and also holds an adjunct professorship in the Department of Public Health Sciences at the University of Rochester School of Medicine and Dentistry. Dr. Hopke is a past Chair of EPA’s Clean Air Scientific Advisory Committee (CASAC), and has served on the EPA Science Advisory Board (SAB). Professor Hopke is a Past President of the American Association for Aerosol Research (AAAR), and was a member of the more than a dozen National Research Council committees. He is a member of the NRC’s Board of Environmental Studies and Toxicology. He is a fellow of the International Aerosol Research Assembly, the American Association for the Advancement of Science and the American Association for Aerosol Research. He is an elected member of the International Statistics Institute and was the recipient of the Eastern Analytical Symposium Award in Chemometrics and the Chemometrics in Analytical Chemistry Conference Lifetime Achievement Award. He is also a recipient of the David Sinclair Award of the AAAR. He served as a Jefferson Science Fellow at the U.S. Department of State during the 2008-09 academic year.</div></div><div>
</div> He has extensive experience in indoor air quality issues including radon and radon decay product behavior, indoor atmospheric chemistry and secondary particle formation, in-room aerosol dynamics, and cooking and other sources of primary indoor particulate matter. He has been editor-in-chief of Aerosol S

9789811676796

/Earth and Environmental Sciences/Environmental Sciences/Physical Sciences/

/Earth and Environmental Sciences/Environmental Sciences/Physical Sciences//Building Physics, HVAC/Civil Engineering/Technology and Engineering//Engineering Thermodynamics, Heat and Mass Transfer/Mechanical Engineering/Technology and Engineering//Public Health/Life Sciences/Health Sciences///

10.1007/978-981-16-7680-2

Political Science and International Studies

Introduction José Pedro Zúquete.- SECTION I Conceptual/Empirical Issues.- 1. Left-wing Extremism: the conceptual dimension Uwe Backes.- 2. The Evolution of Left-Wing Extremism Garth Davies and Vanja Zdjelar.- 3. Radicalization and Left-Wing Extremism Katharina Krüsselmann and Daan Weggemans.- 4. Women in Left-Wing Extremism Irina Jugl and Daniel Kohler.- 5. Vanguardism and Left-Wing Extremism Phillip W. Gray.- 6. Left-Wing Extremism and Violence Ignacio Sánchez-Cuenca.- 7. Guerrilla and Cognitive Warfare in Transnational Leftwing Extremism Josh Vandiver.- 8. The Measurement of Left-Wing Extremist Attitudes Sebastian Jungkunz.- 9. Research Techniques in the Study of Left-Wing Extremism Arije Antinori.- SECTION II Manifestations of Left-Wing Extremism.- Europe.- 10. Germany Eckhard Jesse.- 11. France Isabelle Sommier.- 12. United Kingdom Luke March.- 13. Greece Lamprini Rori and Vasiliki Georgiadou.- 14. Spain Carles Viñas.- 15. Italy Francesco Marone.- 16. Scandinavia Jan Jämte, Måns Lundstedt, Magnus Wennerhag

“A first full-scale, remarkably broad conceptual and historical study of left-wing extremism. An indispensable reading in the field”.

Azar Gat, Ezer Weitzman Professorial Chair, School of Political Science, Tel Aviv University, Israel

“An essential reading for those serious about understanding the contemporary challenges faced by liberal representative democracy”.

Professor Matt Goodwin, University of Kent, UK

“This handbook breaks with the underestimation of a polymorphic phenomenon that can now be observed all over the world and promises to become an indispensable working tool and a precious source of reflection on the new world disorder.”

Pierre-André Taguieff, Director of the Centre for Political Research at Sciences Po, Paris



'A work of impressive originality, this remarkably comprehensive book is badly needed, providing broad comparative perspective and objective analysis of the extreme left around the world. It will be an indispensable handbook not merely for scholars but also for all those interested in contemporary affairs, for it has no equal in the current literature.'

Professor Stanley Payne, Professor Emeritus of History at the University of Wisconsin–Madison, USA



This handbook provides a broad overview of left-wing extremism and its associated key issues and themes. It breaks new ground by assembling in a single volume a comparative analysis of the phenomenon that is both multidimensional and multidisciplinary. Gathering a wide range of influential scholars who have worked at length in the field of extremism studies from different perspectives, backgrounds, and geographical settings, the Palgrave Handbook of Left-Wing Extremism presents an array of thought-provoking and innovative as well as informative analyses and discussions – both historical and contemporary – about the phenomenon of left-wing extremism and of how researchers conceive of and approach it in their study. The Handbook is designed to be, for the foreseeable future, the reference work for all students, researchers, and general readers interested in achieving a comprehensive understanding of left-wing extremism in all its manifestations, subtleties, and dynamics, and both its current and its potential directions.

José Pedro Zúquete is Research Fellow at the Social Sciences Institute of the University of Lisbon, Portugal. He is the author of Missionary Politics in Contemporary Europe (2007), The Struggle for the World (co-authored with Charles Lindholm, 2010), and The Identitarians (2018).

Chapter “Radical Left Movements in Scandinavia, 1980–2020: Straddling Militant Counterculture and Popular Movements” is available open access under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License via SpringerLink.

This handbook provides a broad overview of left-wing extremism and its associated key issues and themes. It breaks new ground by assembling in a single volume a comparative analysis of the phenomenon that is both multidimensional and multidisciplinary. Gathering a wide range of influential scholars who have worked at length in the field of extremism studies from different perspectives, backgrounds, and geographical settings, the Palgrave Handbook of Left-Wing Extremism presents an array of thought-provoking and innovative as well as informative analyses and discussions – both historical and contemporary - about the phenomenon of left-wing extremism and of how researchers conceive of and approach it in their study. The Handbook is designed to be, for the foreseeable future, the reference work for all students, researchers, and general readers interested in achieving a comprehensive understanding of left-wing extremism in all its manifestations, subtleties, and dynamics, and bothits current and its potential directions.

Chapter “Radical Left Movements in Scandinavia, 1980–2020: Straddling Militant Counterculture and Popular Movements” is available open access under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License via SpringerLink.

The first handbook in the market to explore the topic of left-wing extremism, a unique side of extremismExtremely comprehensive, including a theoretical, regional/country specific, and special topic sectionWell established author in the field with an established track record in this area

José Pedro Zúquete is Research Fellow at the Social Sciences Institute of the University of Lisbon, Portugal. He is the author of Missionary Politics in Contemporary Europe (2007), The Struggle for the World (co-authored with Charles Lindholm, 2010), and The Identitarians (2018).

Palgrave Standard US (P5)

9783031308963

/International Relations/Politics and International Studies/Humanities and Social Sciences/International Relations Theory/

/International Relations/Politics and International Studies/Humanities and Social Sciences/International Relations Theory//Political Sociology/Political Science/Politics and International Studies/Humanities and Social Sciences/Society/Sociology//Crime Control and Security/Criminology/Humanities and Social Sciences/Society////

Gianfrancesco Zanetti, University of Modena and Reggio Emilia, Modena, Italy; Mortimer Sellers, University of Baltimore, Baltimore, MD, USA; Stephan Kirste, Universität Salzburg, Salzburg, Austria

Handbook of the History of the Philosophy of Law and Social Philosophy